Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
131-95 RESOLUTION
• RESOLUTION NO. 131-95 MICR ocamEn A RESOLUTION AWARDING BID NO. 95-61 AND AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR AND CITY CLERK TO EXECUTE A CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT IN THE AMOUNT OF $257,700 WITH HARRISON DAVIS CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC.,AND APPROVING A BUDGET ADJUSTMENT IN THE AMOUNT OF $106,000. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS: Section 1. The Council hereby awards Bid No. 95-61 and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to execute a construction contract in the amount of $257,700 with Harrison Davis Construction Company, Inc. A copy of the contract attached hereto marked Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof. Section 2: The Council hereby approves a budget adjustment in the amount of $106,00 increasing SE Community Center Improvements, Acct. No. 2180 4990 5390 24, Project No. 94069, in the amount of $75,000 and Building Costs, Acct. 1010 6600 5804 00, Project No. 94069, m the amount of $31,000, by decreasing SE Commumty Center Director, Acct. No. 2180 4990 5390 25, in the amount of $25,000; Public Improvement -Target Area, Acct. No. 3180 4990 5390 17, m the amount of $27,500; Acquisition, Acct. No. 2180 4990 5390 18, in the amount of $22,500; and Donations, Acct. No. 1010 0001 4809 00, in the amount of $31,100. A copy of .the budget adjustment is attached hereto and made a part hereof. PASSED AND APPROVED this 17th day of October , 1995. ATTEST: By: Ann i -1:21/.211 Traci Paul, City Clerk Budget Year 1995 Oittof Faryetteoil c ;A Fatises !" Budget Adjustment Pori' i a Department: Administrative Services `• • Division: Community Development Program: CommunityxDevelopment Capital Project or Item Requested: Additional funding is requested to flind.theconstructton of the Southeast Fayetteville Community Center The'p oject is funded jointly by Community Development Fund lad General Fund. This request proposes to add an additional 5106,000 to complete the funding of the construction contract, funding for related furnishings and equipment and provide a project contingency. The additional funding request is proposed to be funded by donations received, Community Development Fund and General Fund. «e. Date Requested October 16, 1995 Adjustment # Project or Item Deleted: The funding proposed for this adjustment is from reallocation of the funding for the SE Community Center Director, Public Improvement Target Area, and, Acquisition in Community Development funds and recognizing donations from Citizens, the Governors Office and Reebok Corporation. Justification of this Increase: The additional funding is required to comply with HUD occupancy standards that require the building be fully functional upon :ompletion. Justification of this Decrease: The funding from the SE Community Center Director is available because the position is schedule to be filled after the community center is constructed; funding from the Public Improvement Target Area is available because the project budgeted is complete and the funds remain; funding from Acquisition is available because actual acquisitions are less than planned acquisition. • Account Name Amount Increase SE Community Center Improvements 75,000 Building Costs 31,000 Account Name SE Community Center Director ?ublic Improvement — Target Area 4cquisition Donations Amount Account Number Project Number 2180 4990 5390 24 94069 1010 6600 V 5804 00'= 94069 Decrease 25,000 27,500 22,500': Account Number Project Number 2180 4990 5390 25- 2180 4990 5390 17 2180 4990 5390 18 31,000 1010 0001 4809 00 '✓l�//L reged Ann 3udget 0 oordinator y Approval: Signatures Department Director • /o//G/9,..)-- --� YTS— or \ami or /0aar 4ay Type: A Budget Office Use Only Date of Approval +_a F Posted to General Ledger Entered in Category Log Budget Office Copy • tyt • THIS AGREEMENT, made this • EXHIBIT A CONTRACT • , ,.. HUD -42'38-F l " 17 day of October , 19 95 , by and • between CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE (Corporate Name of Owner) Mayor herein through its (6-66) herein called "Owner," acting T - c STRIKE OUT INAPPLICABLE TERMS ; (Title of Authorized Official) HARRTSON DAVTS CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, (a corporation) ( tLtinkig) INC, and • (.av1{( (319c�Ils ilial cit - y �� .re"'enf'.-FAYETTEVILLE County of WASHINGTON • heremafter,called "Contractor." 4 T • 4 WITNESSETH: That for and in .7:rnade nd performed by the OWNER, the '1;;t,the construction described as follows: SOUTHEAST FAYETTEVILLE COMMUNITY CENTER of Isar and State of VARKANSAS tieeren A. consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with the OWNER to -commence and complete hereinafter called the project, for the sum of TWO HUNDRED FIFTY—SEVEN THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDREttollars ($ 257, 700,6 d all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the General and Special Con- ditions of the Contract; and at his (its or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to com- plete the said project in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal, the General Conditions, Sup- plemental General Conditions and Special Conditions of the Contract, the plans, which include all maps, plats, blue prints, and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter thereof, the specifications and contract documents therefor as prepared by PERRY BUTCHER & ASSOCIATES herein entitled the Architect/Engineer, and as enumerated in Paragraph 1 of the Supplemental General Conditions, all of which are made a part hereof and col- lectively evidence and constitute the contract. The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 180 consecutive calendar days thereafter. The Contractor further agrees to pay, as liquidated damages, the sum of $100.00 for each conse-• tive calendar day thereafter as hereinafter provided in Paragraph 1.9 of the General Conditions. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract, and to make payments on account thereof as provided in Paragraph 25, "Payments to Contractor," of the General Conditions. 24 • • IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this contract in six (6) counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first above mentioned. (tel) ATTEST: (Witness) eer�e�''d (Seal) ZIA • ' .. w. mow wo x 1� j% A !.aNt•iblioNSI‘ � i~ N 411 (Sec}etary) 411}-tttr—Witness) By By CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE (Owner) MAYOR (Title) HARRISON DAVM CONSTRUCTION COMPANY INC. ( oatieror) _, _ // -r. /' e pfrec_rbEwen (7Ytle) (Address end Zip Code) NOTE: Secretary of the Owner should attest. If Contractor is a corporation, Secretary should attest. HUD -4238-F (6-66) 25 GPO 869.390 Res. /31-75 .4awir.vaig 1111101 Vat! i$4UlEJ.felll(lFyllitMiliVIDENSldCa UNITED STATES FIDEU We i MICROFILMEr LARANTY COMPANY Bond 1143-0120-65574-95-1 (A Stock Company) ARKANSAS STATUTORY PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND HARRISON DAVIS CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and UNITED STATES FIDELITY AND GUARANTY COMPANY, a coroporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Maryland and authorized to do business in the State of Arkansas, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto CITY. •OF. FAYETTEVILLE as Obligee hereinafter called Owner in the amount of TWO HUNDRED FIFTY SEVEN THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED and 00/100 Dollars ($ 257,700.00 ) for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns bC in ly and severally, firmly by these presents. Principal has by written agreement dated Z bb entered into a contract with Owner for r Southeast Fayetteville Community center which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the Principal shall faithfully perform the Contract on his part and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all cost and damage which he may suffer by reason, of failure so to do and shall fully reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any such default, and, further, that if the Principal shall pay all persons all indebtedness for labor or materials furnished or performed under said Contract, failing which such persons shall have a direct right of action against the Principal and Surety, jointly and severally under this obligation, subject to the Owner's priority, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond outside the State of Arkansas. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought on this bond except by the Owner, unless it is brought in accordance with A.C.A. Section 22-9-403 (b) and A.C.A. Section 18-44-503 (b) (Supp. 1987) as amended. No suit, action or proceeding shall be brought by the Owner after two years from the date on which final payment under the Contract falls due. Any alterations which may be made in the terms of the Contract, or in the work to be done under.it, or the giving by the Owner of any extension of time for the performance of the Contract, or any other forberance:. on the part of either the Owner or the Principal to the other shall not in any way release the Principal�an?J`.�. the Surety or Sureties, or. either or any of them, their heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns 3'c from their liability hereunder, notice to the Surety or Sureties of any such alteration, extension or forbearance ;• being hereby waived. In no event shall the aggregate liability of the Surety exceed the sum set out herein. Executed on this 20th day of October 19.95... • . HARRLSQN..DAV.I . C.ORSTRUCT IQN.. CQ.., ..I NG .. Principal ..49-6474 ANTI" COMPANY.• -t Surd ey n fact; : UNITE D• STATES FIDELITY A By Mali A. Perin, lot t�> ttMMARI 71/)I tIF: Contract 158 (Arkansas) (11-89) 5ii 2N1 •nl� •1 o • United States fidelityand Guaranty Company Power of Attorney No. 108979 .976028 USF W INSNRANCE Know all men by these presents: That Udbd Stabs Rd&Rty sad Goabaty Company, a corporation o. bed and misting order the laws of the State of Maryland and having in principal office at the Grp of Baltimore. it to State of Maryterd, does hereby constitute and appoint Charles M. Allen, G. Robert Smith, Sherri L. Moss, Malisa A. Perin and Dale E. Temple dteeth! d N. Little Rock ,Stated Arkansas its true andlawful Attamey(s}itFact. each intheir separate capacity lmore than one is named above. to sign its name as suretyto. ard to excute, seal ard acknowledge any and all tans, radestakigs, contracts and oder written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Company in its business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons garameeirg the performer) of coma= and executing Of guaranteeing bonds and undertakings waked or permitted ih any amen or proceedings allowed by law. In witness Whereof, the said Called States Malley aad Guaranty Company, las caused this instrument to be sealed with its corporate seal. duty attested by the ser aaras of is Vice President aidAssatam Seadary.dia 16th dayDecember .AD.19 94. Stab of Ma ylad Baltimore as ) Otitis 16th dayof December�Q ,A0.1994 *balm the orny same Jar A Huss, Vice e PresidedUnited Stam Fdally sad Gasnaaty Company and Thomas 1 arra Id. Assisvn4etary of said Canpartwith 6 m o% wtam I am personalhya��sted who berg by me severe/ duly swans said that day, doe said Jotm A. Huss and ThomasJ �FdeamU wee respecthely the Yaltesiiert and the Assistant SSecretap d dm said United Stabs Monty sad Gainsay Company, dacorpotatbndescribed inaiiiketich&Batedthe foregougPovrenofAtomay:that theyeach vb3 sealof said conpaatingatthe seal affoedtosaid Amer of Attorney was such corporate seal, that t was so afferag ekbfihe Bond of Directors of said c�rresratiot and that they signed their names thereto by hie order as Vince President and Assist= Seaetary, respectively. d the Company. 5:4) My Commission expires the 11th day rpc"' arch n`.eK9 This Power of Attorney is gamed under and bylenntyO Resolution Resolutimadopted by the Board of Directors of the United States Rdeldy aid Ceara* Company on September 24, 1992 Resolved, tat in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance barns of the Wnpant al bands, undertakigs, coraaas and other ireturuents relating To sari business may be sigied, exerted and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attomey(s}in-Faa pursuant to a Power of Anorney issued in accordarce with these resokrtom. Said Poweds)ofAttorney forand onbetal of the Company may and shall be ex�uted it the name and on behalf of the Company, ether by the Chairman, or the President a an Executive Vi Presider& or a Senior Vire President or a Vim President or an Assistant Vice President jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, oder their respective designations. The signature of ssdh officers may be engraved primed or lithographed. The sigratse of each of the foregoing offices and the seal of the Company may be afford by facsimile to any Power of Attorney orb anycertifcate relating thereto wining Attorney(s)-in-Fact for Ixsposes only of executing in and attesting bonds and tdertakigs and otlarwtitbgs obligatory in the nature thereof. and. moss subsequently revoked and subject to any lirnitatias set Fath therein. any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing With facsimile sigaiwe orfacsimile seal shall be refried binding upon the Co any and any such power se executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seat shall be yard and binding Spon the Company with respect to any bad as sadertakkg to which it is nal idly attached. Resolved. That Attomey(skwFan shall have the power and authority, unless subtlepuently revoked and, in any case, subject to the terns and lineations of the Power of Attorney issued to them. to execute and darner on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Cornrany to any and all bads and undertakings. and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any stch instrument executed by adh Attomey(s)-in-Feet shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an &optive Officer and seated and attested to by the Secretary of the Company. I. Thomas 1 Fitzgerald, an Assistant Secretary of the United Stabs Fidelity sad Gasnaly Company. do hereby certilythat the foregoing are true excepts from the flesoktias of the said Company as adopted by its Board of Directors on September 24, 1992 and that these Resohciors are in full force and effect I. to undersigned Assuan Secretary of to United Stabs RWettty sed Guaranty Company do hereby catty that the feegdrg Power of Attorney is in full force and effect and has not been revoked r nTestimony Whereof, I have hernrao set my hand and I the uuibsd Stabs BM' Gnndy Company on this 20th Sh'd October .1995. _ E:c.a is t + '': r rev. \S. •-:-; •r Notary Public • FS 317-94) J DAYS (I""""' ACORD CERTIFICA OF LIABit.CY 1NSUR CE 4 I 10/20195 PRODUCER Allen -Smith Ina. Inc. I 12 E. 56th Place I 1 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. P.O. Bax 4009 j COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE N. Little Rock, AR 72116 501.7539092 COMPANY A Employers Mutual Casualty Company INSURED Harrison Davis Const. Co., Inc 1 I COM B B 1931A Deane Street Fayetteville„ AR : • ! COMPANY C 72703 - COMPANY D COVMMINS THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POUCIES OF INSURANCE INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POUCIES. USTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS !THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POUCIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, UMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. CO LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECRVa DATE (MMODPYY) POLICY EXPIRATION DATE (MIUOOIYY) LIMITS A GENERAL LMBURY CD4 -5$-40.96 03/01/95 03/01/96 GENERAL AGGREGATE S 1,001\ X COMMERCIAL GENERAL uasLITY . PRODUCTS • COMP/OP AGO 0010 3 1,000 000 CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR 1. PERSONAL & ADV INJURY f 500,000 OWNERS & CONTRACTORS PROT I EACH OCCURRENCE f 500,000 FIRE DAMAGE (My one fire) f 50,000 1 MED EW (My one person) S 5.000 A AUTOMOBILE LUBBnY ' 0E453.40-96 03/01/95 03/01/96 ANY AUTO I COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 11000,000 ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY X SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) S X HIRED AUTOS 1 BODILY INJURY NON -OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) S ir PROPERTY DAMAGE S GARAGE MINIM AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT f ANY AUTO :; OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: EACH ACCIDENT ....:.................. S AGGREGATE S A MESS UABD.nY OA -53-404603/01/95 mange EACH OCCURRENCE 3 1 000000. X UMBRELLA FOFN f AGGREGATE $ 1,000.000. OTHER THAN UMBRELU FORM 1 1 f A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND GH453-0D-96 03/01/95 03/01/96 WC STRIA TORY UMIIS 0TH- Bi . EMPLOYERS' weanY I EL EACH ACCIDENT $ SQ0,000. THE PRDPRETOR/ PARTHERPRJE:CU LVE INCL E. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT 3 `�Or�- OFFICERS ARE x MCL I EL DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE S 500 n00_ A OTHER1 Bullders Risk - Reporting Form 004.-93-40- 96 t 03/01/95 03/01/96 Limit - $1,500,000.any one jab Materials Temporary Stored- DESCRIFION OF OPERATKONS/LOCAT1ONSNENI:LESBPECIAL ITtMS Job: Southeast Fayetteville Community Center ? I I I 'CERTIFICATE HOLDER City OY FeyBHeville`.....I 113 W. Mountain ,.... .... . { CANC'E'LLATION , MME MOULD ANY OF THE ABDESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCEUEBEFOREBRE THE ExPaUTIDN DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILLHUMMOCCDOCKOOLUL 10 DAYS ennui NOTICE TO THE CUIT1RCATE HOLDER NAMED TO TIE LEFT, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72701 ....�ii..i•:�.a.r •RILE i::._�.y:..af-.r L.a•, .:.:a .�.:a...:�.:.•, •S er..s: ,.o♦r;.•-r. :r�o-.•.A�. r•o.:.._r.;...:.a•.. i.,...: ��. oa. a:-.+_�. .::. r•t-, AUTTOnQs MITA / SS 11Na7 1ACOND • ; ACORD CORVORAitON 111118 FAYETTE`% THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS LE FROM: TO: You are NOTICE TO PROCEED City of Fayetteville, Arkansas Mayor Fred Hanna Harrison Davis Construction Company Harrison Davis hereby given notice to proceed with the construction of the SOUTHEAST FAYETTEVILLE COMMUNITY CENTER renamed the • YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER The Agreement date is October 17, 1995. The date of NOTICE TO PROCEED is the date of this notice and is the date on which the contractual construction period of 180 consecutive calendar days begins. Atte,, 4d Hanna, Mayor Traci Paul, City Clerk 113 WEST MOUNTAIN 72701 501-521-7700 FAX 501-575-8257 • Agenda Request X Contract Review (Change Order) Grant Review I For the City Council Meeting of N/A For Mayor's Signature -01 STAFF REVIEW FORM GD // CI my onJs. / d Oen/Cr RIS,Adras//on1 co ni/7Ui1, /7 Cen/er 3-/8-% Theoi • r I 1 joC' Res. /3/- 9S MICROFILMED From: Jan Simco Name Community Development Divison " Admin Services Department ACTION REQUESTED: lff<� Approval ofChange Order #14bt the Yvonne Richardson Community Center construction. COST TO THE CITY: i $4,325 d i /' / cro: Cost of this request 1010-6600-5804 2180-4990-5390.24 Account Number 94069 Project Number $306,100 Project Budget $156,449 Funds used to date $149,651 Remaining Budget SE Community Center Category/Project Name Com Dev Program Name Com Dev/Gen Fund Fund BUDGET REVIEW: Budgeted Item' Budget Coordinator Budget Adjustment Attached Administrative Services Director CONTRACT/GRANT/LEASE REVIEW: Grantor Agency: AccQ yinxto 3-02s 44 ntin MaMager Date zliare • a gin�� V ttorn Date 3-aq -9(P Purchasing Manager Date itor Date ADA Coordinator Date STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff recommends approval of the change orders. Division Head Date epartment Director Date 'ZAN Adm Svcs Dirrcto FAYETTEVTLLE THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE TO: Fred Hanna,'Mayor p , THRU: Ben Mayes, Administrative Services Directory Charles Venable, Assistant Public Works Director FROM: Jan Simco, Community Development Coordin Bert Rakes, Inspection Division Director DATE: March 27, 1996 SUBJECT: Yvonne Richardson Community Center - Change Orders #1 & #2 The Yvonne Richardson Community Center is currently under construction at 240 E. Rock St. Perry L. Butcher & Associates is architect and Harrison Davis Construction, Inc. is contractor for the project. The project is jointly funded by the City General Fund and the Community Development Block Grant. , We are requesting your consideration of two change orders in conjunction with the construction and summarized below: • The contractincludes a brick facade on the front entrance of the office portion of the building. Change Order #1 consists of additional brick on the front facade and lighting to allow a place for signage or lettering that can be attached onto the building. Signage is not a part of this contract and will be added later. A sketch of the modified facade is included in the Change Order #1 material. The cost of this change order is $ 4,325.00. 2. Change Order #2 reconciles a credit due for a change in exterior paint and additional costs for accessibility features in the showers. The cost of this change order is $1,123.00 The project budget is $306,000 which includes a contingency of $12,050. The combined cost of the change orders is $5,448.00. Staff recommends approval of the change orders and the costs to be paid from contingency funds. Attached are three copies of each change order and supporting documentation. Please call Jan (ext. 261) or Bert (ext. 235)!if you have questions or need additional information. Attachments BR/JS/js ANGE ORDER AIA DOCUMENT G701 • OWNER ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR FIELD OTHER • PROJECT: Yvonne Richardson Community Center (name, address) 240 East Rock Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 TO CONTRACTOR: (name, address) Harrison Davis Construction 1931-A Deane Street Fayetteville, AR 72703 The Contract is changed as follows: 1. Addition of brick and related 2. Addition of lighting at front • CHANGE ORDER NUMBER:` -1 1 DATE: March 18, 1996 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: 95168 CONTRACT DATE: October 17, 1995 CONTRACT FOR. General Construction structural work to front facadek$3,198.00i. facade: _..�ti 1 (1$1,127.00. Total $4,325.00 Not valid until signed by the Owner, Architect and Contractor. The original (Contract Sum) €3kttimiErdeEktiaaeibarlidewas Net change by previously authorized Change Orders The (Contract Sum) auxingthigidematort prior to this Change Order was The (Contract Sumbtcoatbatmattbitkmbet will be (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order in the amount of $ The new (Contract Sum) iplamixtexittlthoimpeout including this Change Order will be 5 The Contract Time will be.(increasedActolmEggttxximacti by The date of Substantial Completion as of tTe date of this Change Order therefore is This summary does not reflect changes in the Contract Sum, Contract Time or Guaranteed Maximum Price which have been authorized by Construction Change Directive. ' Perry L. Butcher and $ 257,700.00 $ 0 $ 257,700.00 NOTE: 4,325.00 262,025.00 April 27, 1996. ( 14 )days. • ARCHITEC1 114 S. First Street Address Rogers, &g 72756 t3 DATE . 1 8 • C AIA CONTRACIOR 1931-A Deane Street Address Fayetteville. AR 2703 - / - 9 le 131 DATE Y• - 0 NPR 113 West Mountain Street Address BY DATE CAUTION: You shoultl sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. AIA DOCUMENT G701 • CHANGE ORDER 1987 EDITION • AIAe • ©1987 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. • G701-1987 • • 4 - wM • INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR IIA DOCUMENT G701, CHANGE ORDER A. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Purpose This document is intended for use in implementing changes in the \\dark agreed to by the Owner Architect and Contractor. Execution of a COm- pleied 6701 fnrnl indict:les agreement upon all the terns of the change, inducting any changes in the Contran Sum (or Guaranteed Maximum Price) and Cunmut Time. 2. Related Documents This document WAS prepared for use under the terms of MA general cindiums first published in 1087, including AIA Da xument A201, Gcnend Conditions of the Contact for C instruction, and the general conditions n n:tined in AIA Documents A107 and A117. 3. Use of Current Documents Pring to using aux AIA document, the user 5111)01(1(.0[15W( the MA, an AIA num nen, chapter or a current AIA Documents ('rice List to determine the current edition of each document. 4. Limited License for Reproduction roduction Al A 1)ocunnn 6701 is a copyrighted work and may nor be reproduced or excerpted fnrnl in substantial part without the express written permis- sion Ili the AIA. The G71)1 document is intended 10 he used as a eonsunlahle—that is, the original document purchased by the user is intended tr Ie consumed in the course of being used. Them k no implied permission to reproduce this (1octnent, nor does membership in The American Institute of Architects conftr :mv further rights to reproduce them. A limited license is hereby granted to retail purchasers t) tvpnnluce a maximum of ten cupids of a completed or executed (1701. bra only for use in connection with a particular Project. B. CHANGES FROM THE PREVIOUS EDITION ('mike the previous edition, the 198-7 edition of AIA Document 6701 requires the signatures of the Owner. Architect and tiuthnctew tier ltlidity.. Changes Ell he made over the Contractor's objection (with disputed terms to he settled afterwards) should be effected through the Ilse of A1.A 1) w uncal (3714, Colrtructiun Change Directive. C. COMPLETING THE G701 FORM 1. Description of Change in the Contract Insert a detailed descripi ion of the change to he made in the Contract by this Change Order, including any Draw ings, Specilicuions, documents or other supporting data to clarify the .scope of the change. 2. Determination of Costs insert the Iir111)wing ini0I li II un in the hlanks provided, ;incl .strike out the terms in p;uenthcses than do not appiv: a) the original Cont rust Sum or Guarlltced Maxina1111 Pried h) the net change by previously authorized Change Orders wore (hal this does not include changes authorized by Consuvction Change Direct nee unless such a change leas subsequently agreed to by the (unuaaor and recnrcled as a Change Order); c) the Contact Sum or Guaranteed Maxi01U111 Price prior to this Change Orden d) the amount of increase or denvlSe, if :Illy ill talc 0intraCt Su111 or Guaranteed ,,Maxiitltu11 Price: and c) the new Contract Sunt or G1Wanreed Maximum Price as adiuslcd by I his Change Orden 3. Change In Contract Time Insert the following information In the blanks provided, and strike nut the terms in parentheses that tit nut apply: Al the ai11ounl in clans of the increase or deCreASC if ant in alte Contract Time: and h) the elate of Substantial Completion, including any adjilstnlenl effected by this Change Order. D. EXECUTION OF THE DOCUMENT when the Owner. Architect Anti Contactor have rctelted agreement on the change Io be made in the Contract. including any adjustments in the Con - Intel Sum int Guuranleed Mazinlurn Price) and Qmtmcl Tillie, the C7(11 docunx:nt should he executed in triplicate by dap two parties and the Architect, each of whom retains :In original. 1/94 Au • March 12, 1996 An -IL HARRISON DAVIS CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. Licensed General Contractor James Trimble/John Thompsen PERRY L. BUTCHER,& ASSOCIATES 114 South First Street Rogers, Arkansas 72756 PHONE # (501) 636=4599 FAX # (501) 636-7511 - die • RE: PROJECT NO. 95168 YVONNE RICHARDSONCOMMUNITY CENTER SUBJECT:' PROPOSALkREQUEST NO. 3 REQUEST FOR CHANGE ORDER Gentlemen; Costs for Revisions to the Front Facade sketches SK -1 through SK -3, and provided -by as received from C.M.B.; are as follows: 1.) STEEL MATERIALS (LOCAL): 2.) STEEL ERECTION, LABOR, EQUIPMENT, & WELDING: 3.) METAL STUDS, EXTERIOR GYPBOARD & BATT INSULATION: 4.) EXTRA METAL BUILDING TRIM & ACCESSORIES: 5.) MASONRY (BRICK) & ACCESSORIES: SUB—TOTAL: ADD GC.'S OVERHEAD & PROFIT: TOTAL THIS PROPOSAL: REUe PERRY L L3UTCHER MAR 1 1996 & ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS ROGERS, ARKANSAS as detailed by PLB&A; also SK -1 $ 501.00 $ 320.00 $ 600.00 $ 160.00 $ 1,200.00 $ 2,781.00 $ 417.00 $ 3,198.00 PAGE 1 of 7 1931-A Deane Street, Fayetteville, AR 72703 • (501) 443-0996, (501) 524-4888, FAX: 443-0136 1 • PAGE 2 of 7 Upon acceptance and approvals, please initiate and excute Change Order Documents to reflect the above changes in the work and the change in the Contract Amount. Also, we request 14 days extension time to complete this phase of work, upon approval and acceptance. We need decisions A.S-.A.P.. BEN E. SMITH, PIFOJE`CT MGR. CC: BY FAX TO PLB&A CC: RESPECTIVE VENDOR FILES CC: HDC 830. CONTRACT FILE ATTACHMENTS: PR NO. 3,(G709), WITH ATTACHMENTS (STAGES) 'PROPOSAL REQUEST AIA Document G709 (Instructions on reverse side) • OWNER ARCHITECT CONSULTANT CONTRACTOR FIELD OTHER PROJECT: Yvonne Richardson Community Ctr. (NdmeandaddrQ40 East Rock Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 OWNER: The City of Fayetteville (Name and addre1513 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 TO CONTRACTOR (Name and address) Harrison DaVis Construction 1931-A lean Street Fayetteville, AR 72703 PROPOSAL REQUEST NO.: 3 DATE OF ISSUANCE: 2/15/96 CONTRACT FOR: General Construction CONTRACT DATED: 10/17/95 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.: 95168 ARCHITECT: Perry L Butcher and Associates (Name and address) Architects, P.L.L.C. 114 South First Street Rogers, AR 72756 Please submit an itemized proposal for changes in the Contract Sum and Contract Time for proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. Submit proposal within days, or notify the Architect in writing of the date on which you anticipate submitting your proposal. THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER, A CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE OR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THE PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS. Description:. (Insert a written description ofthe Work.) Revisions.to the Front Facade as detailed by sketches SK -1 through SK -3. Attachments: (List attached documents tbat'support description) SK -1, SK -2, SK -3 REQUESTED BY: ure) AIA James L. Trimble, AIA, Construction Admin. (Printed name and tide) CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. See Instruction Sheet for Limited License for Reproduction of this document. ,nTri AIA DOCUMENT G709 • PROPOSAL REQUEST • 1993 EDmON • AIA' 01993 Fiji, THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., IVES': WASHINGTON, D.C.. 20006-5292 • WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. G709-1993 1d: f^ 5 .. J ecc, Y ,CO n* •• r F Y p� CLItaQ gj W L X •• MAR -07-1996 • 12:43 C13; • 1- v CROWN METAL BLDG., INC. • Cp 501 843 895013 P.02 • SK -2 5'_�i_ 1 pp 2%145/96 PROJ. No. 95168 • • PERRY L BUTCHER 8 ASSOCIATES' • ARCHITECTS P.O. BOK CH •iROGERS. ARKANSAS 7S7e�SOS-30413 8 � • ]7) R.O. BOX tact ... • rA%rnt'4LLE. ARKANSAS ,E • - 443-4400 SAECtRUIV ENGINEERING tla 2&Eest.Tawt p.'Sutte 5 -z -u a43-291 jaraitil . E. .Page F.:: PROJECT "' vaNKffi ~-thc NR>aDTI C 8 TiT4E. 1AiTLZ- ft Englnoet .;:FtiP� Dai6`bFltdf�iti • • Fita Ate, sx c G'Ngro -e:c.0164, CeurAxri+) are- .:' ..:....:..... _:.(...Arco) .. _ • • • dr �x5 x ie Alta ... ilow+t t.gnera' L i N-rsz_. ?AR: 110 59C14 %C -Az‘.. Arr ly„rirg'r bp SK- 3 2-14-96 gni 2-v0 Sc PROJ. No. 95168 PERRY L P.O. BOX QD'TB P.O. SOX 1 BCI BUTCHER 8 ASSOCIATES, • • ROGFAa . acANa.a 7876a FAYEiiEVIL1E.)HK?NEL4.8 . • ARCHITECTS Rc13 sure 1001] 443-4434 HARRISON DAVIS CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.I March 1, 1996 HDC Licensed General Contractor James Trimble PERRY L. BUTCHER & ASSOCIATES 114 South First Street Rogers, Arkansas 72756 RE: PROJECT NO. 95168 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER SUBJECT: PROPOSAL REQUEST NO. 4 (G709) 2/15/96 James, Cost for adding:Fixture typo "N" as requested and detailed on sketches SK -5 thru SK -8 are as follows" • EH PERRY L. BUTGH MAR 03 1996 & ASSOCIATES ARCHITECT) ROGERS,ARKAHSAG SUB-CONTR CItkR 'GUST: ADD GC's OVERHEAD & PROFIT: TOTAL COST FOR THIS PROPOSAL $ 980.00 $ 147.00 $ 1,127.00 Upon acceptance and approvals, please initate and execute Change Order - Documents to reflect the above changes in the work and the change in the Contract Amount. PAGE 1of2 1931-A Deane Street ,Fayetteville AR 72703 • (501) 443-0996, (501) 524-4888, FAX: 443-0136 -Fyf •r _�C • PAGE 2 of 2 No change in Contract Time is anticipated - although we expect expedient approvals. Sincerely, BEN E. PR -MGR, CC: HDC CONTRACT 830 FILE CC: ELECTRICAL SUB -CONTRACTOR FILE 830 CC: TO PLB&AY FAX ATTACHMENT: G709 - PR NO. 4 W/SK -5 THRU SK -8 0 Y. 1 f _ [ i PROPOSAL` REQUEST A/A Document G709 I (Instructions on reverse side) OWNER ? £ ARCHITECT IR CONSULTANT ❑ CONTRACTOR FIELD ❑ OTHER ❑ I PROJECT: Yvonne Richardson Community Center PROPOSAL REQUEST NO.:4 (Name andaddn2r40 East Rock Street Fayetteville, AR :72701 DATE OF ISSUANCE: 2/15/96 OWNER: The City of Fayetteville (NameandaddrekA3 West Mountain Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 TO CONTRACTOR: Harrison Davis Construction (Name and address) 1931-A Deane Street Fayetteville, AR 72756 CONTRACT FOR: General Construction CONTRACT DATED: 10/17/95 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.: 95168 ARCHITECT: Perry L. Butcher and Associates (Name andaddress,chltects, P.L.L.C. 114 South First Street Rogers, AR 72756 Please submit an itemized proposal for changes in the Contract Sum and Contract Time for proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. Submit proposal within days, or notify the Architect in writing of the date on which you anticipate submitting your proposal. THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER, A CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE OR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THE PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS. Description: (Insert a written description of the Work) Provide addition of 2 lighting fixtures as detailed by sketches SK -5 through SK -8. Attachments: (List attached documents that support description.) SK -5, SK -6, SK -7, SK -8 BY: (. z James L. Trimble, AIA, Construction Admin. (Printed name and title) CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. See Instruction Sheet for Limited License for Reproduction of this document. AIA DOCUMENT G709 • PROPOSAL REQUEST • 1993 EDITION • AIA • • O1993 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006-5292 • WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates °vim U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. 'G709--1993 j • INSTRUCTION SHEET • FOR Alit DOCUMENT G709, PROPOSAL REQUEST A. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Purpose ALA Document G-09 iz intended for use in securing price quotations needed for the negixial ion of change in the Work. Use of the G-09 form is optional. While it is not called for by the terns of .AIA Document A_2U1 or any ALA agreement form, G709 provides a clear and concise means of initiating the prucens for changes in the Work - 2. Related Documents The G -n9 Proposal Requesr is an adrninisu-ative form and not a con[ractual uric. It in not inrenderl to mndif, the Cnnlract for con- struction. Modifianions to the Contract for construction should be made using the appropriate Change Order or Construction Change Directive rams. G-0'1 Change Order G`I4 Construction Change Directive G701.C:M4u Change Order. Con iruction Manager -Adviser Ed. Ci .I'bCdla Construction Change Directive, Cun<truction Manager -Adviser Ed. 3. Limited License for Reproduction ALA Document G?09 is a copyrighted work and may not be reproduced or excerpted from in substantial part without the express written permission of the AIA_'[le G?09 document is intended ro be used as a cnnsumaahle—that is. the original document pur- chased by the uaer is intended to he•consunied in the course of being used. There is no implied pcmus:+ism t o reproduce this' dOc- unlent. nordocs membership in Thu American Institute of Architects confer any further rights to reproduce [hero. A cautionary notice is printed in red on the original of this document_ 'obis notice distinguishes an tri¢inal AlA dncuntert front copies and cotnterfeits. To ensure accuracy and uniformity of language, purchasers should use only an original AIA documem or one (hat has been reproduced antler a special limited license from theAlA. A limited license is hereby granted to retail purchasers to reproduce a maximum of ten copies of a completes( or executed G709, but only for use in connection with a );rticu!ar project. G?09 may not he reproduced for Project a tanral.s. Rather- if a user wishes to include it as an example in a Project Manual. the normal practice is to purchase a qu:mtin of the printed hums zinc[ bind one in each of ;he Project Manuals. Partialyn odificurions. if any. non- be accomplished without completing the firm Nv using separate Supplcmcntarv(c!nditions. B. COMPLETING THE G709 FORM The Form is typically prepared by the Architect, who forwards it to the Contractor. h{ the blank after -1O CONTRACTOR:. the Contractor should be identified lw namC. In the blank after CONTRACT FOR: the words " General Con=vucriun`- may be inserted if the Contracn.0 is a single prime lorgenen{I) contractor. Hr,wever. lithe Connxtnr is one- of several prime contractor.,, the Work per- formed pv that Contractor should be identified. such as ">iedtanical Work'. The cl : age for which the proposal is requested should be carefully described, referencing the relevant Drawings by number and the Specifications by section. Other drawings orgrnphic materials should he provided as necessan If separate sheets are aaached, they should be clearly identified, numbered and dated. Copies should be retained by the Archi[eci; other copies should be distributed to tub Owner and other interested parties as indicated at the top of the firm. { • .. . .. - . 9/93 _ . _ -7s' at: - , . alit .. .: INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR AIA DOCUMENT G709 • PItOI'ostu RFpt l ti t •,4995 LUI I ION • Au • I IIE :. ', a r r3 , .AAtEnrcAN INs I'I'I'GI I: OF M cIIrr c1's 17 ti NEW YORK AVE\L i , \ W'.. A.\SHIyCroN. ac 2r � llm-i `9_'- -' G709-19! rte.: rf,.. r L. ,xy SK -5 20R,120V fl -I? ELECTRIC 1ITCH, ON ROOF OR GABLE /rrr20R,120V NORTH IN UNSHADED TOGGLE S*:ITCH TORK SERIES 2120.I U C---flr PCTIVITY ITS NIGHT LIGHT5� �>- (AS SON ON I A 1ORR:INGSI.- ( 3-1112-N I EXTERIOR LIGHTING WIRING DIAGRAM - TYPICAL NITS I . 1 0 --r 4 _ _ 0 'I . N------ ?' OVERHANG (SEE LIGHT" / 'ARCHITECTURAL D'WGS: T L OC,9TE "N" LTG FIXTURES TO BOTTOM OF 3OVERHRNGE PS FAR OFF BUILDING AS POSSIBLE TO LIGHT UP SIGNRGE. I �j REMOTE LOCATE BALLAST IN MECH ROOM #106 r" SFF AND LABEL. PROVIDE LRRGE ENOUGH WIRE TO COMPENSPTE =OR VOLTAGE DROP. ®LIC4HTJNG PLAN NTS l reen CONTENTS: DATE: Anderson YVONNE O N N E R I C H,A R,D S O N LIGHTING PLAN 2-14-96 ENGINEERS-INC. COMMUNITY CENTER SHEET Ez _ SIEET I 1aFalftnHa. PR 79P3 FAYETTEVILLE. ARKANSAS JOB # :9576 Fu 4424413 of 2 2-14-96 PROJ. No. 95168 PERRY L BUTCHER 8 A88OCIATUBI ARCHITECTS P.O. ®OX wig '•• POCEP6. ARKANBAa 7wim •• x]17 Pa.B"C1601 .... • PAYerrWV Lt ARKANaA679=0 • r'13 .443-4430 • Y PARTIAL LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION MPGR SIZE VOLTS LAMP MOUNT"G MODEL WATTS TYPE NQ SIGN GREENLEE I3"L 120V 1-100W SOFFIT MID ! I LIGHT CSM-HID- r"sD IS0'W MH FLOOD FC3-BRZ- S'H ! FL -fl _ Green YVONNE RICHARDSON CONTENTS: DATE: Anderson COMMUNITY CENTER SHEET E2 2-14-96 ENGINEERS. INC. SHEET2 RA. F•)4C•wi•, IF2>'2]p3 . FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS JOB #:9576 Fac0fl442.Q413 i _ - of 2 SiK-6 2-14-96 PROJ. No. 95168 PERRY L BUTCHER a ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTS P.0.9Ox ca • FOGEFia.AFICA1 aaa7a ra • emak. s.0 P.O.60X lad. • 0=14434.43 . .... .. PAYETiEWlE MxnNaA67kTit(� • R7v114.3-0436 , FEB-14-1955 11:52 FROM IGREEN-PNDERSGN ENGINEERS TO TO ORDER FIXTURE: appropriate choice from each column as in example below. 15016367511576 P.05 • HID fixtures require a ballast TO ORDER BALLAST: Se'act appropriate choice frcm each cokjrnn as in exarnple below. Ballasts :equip a fixhne for a complete unit EXAMPLE; •)_.�...IFS AG-.V».a Gr.Ce s' (• _. 35.50.0. 300 t -H 120 SPZ-Rrn. fl-Tirpe P�.pni Fasknes GH _Co to &rd °..cx w;th Hub rU 50.75.100 MN 277'• BLK-Jade (CNd CF enclosuresontf) uRwfhtp ht Orly) Qv i -C 7RKey tr CF-Cornpo;re 3ried Bra wish Fat tdlz5, 50. T0.1C0 HP$ TR Ke/_KaycTa Fstmerz (sped5 sxftn namtr) ®LAMP NOT INCLUDEDWITH F CR1RE CRDER SEPARATELY. See pages 59-61 for lamp ordering infonracon. • Remote ballasts with ignitors have limited starting dirtarca See page 62 for further *antiorL •' Ccnsu:t & See repr _sestate `or vtag_s other fan 120. Local ,tte!retatcns of National E!eerc Code may vary Consult your local inspector prior to spedying vohage other than 120. loo.•+ (INL) Pull Shitltl (eS7 Tree MonT) I SK_7 214-96 PROJ. No. 95168 PERRY L eu1tHER a A88CC1ATs9, ARCHI TZCT9 P.O. fioX 1 : PCGEAB. APaCdNB.>07ecS • RtOt ] t�'B.3Gte P.O. aox I Bel . • rAYertE'Au F. APKAN£Aa 7e7ce•• MCH I ' "L -s`—^ , EENLEE L G"BTIHG INC. 'CBM Series Lamp Types: Mercury Vapor, Metal Halide, High Pressure Sodium, and Incandescent I .. Housing/Shield: Injection molded, glass fiber reinforced polymer, providing high strength and U -V stabirrty Warranted for file years against corrosion. Optional shield is available for precise tight control. w Finish: Available in either textured bronze or black Fasteners•. All exposed fasteners are black oxide coated stainless steel. Larnpholder, Glazed porcelain. Medium base, 4KV pulse rated with spring center contact Lens, Flat or convex, tempered. heat resistant clear glass. Lens seals against a silicone o -ring which is bonded to the housing. Lens/Shield retaining ring has captive fasteners. Aqueducts in the retaining ring prevent water accumulation on the lens. Mounting: 12° NPSM mounting arm with jam nut is standard. Fixture arm may be screwed into threaded hubs in junction boxes, spikes, grade mounted ballast enclosures, or tree mounts Optia/Aiming PA.R38, R30, or PAR30 type reflector lamps can be accommodated. E- 17 lamps may be used with FCB food or SC spot reflectors. The FCB is mechanically peened with diffuse clear anodized finish. The SCB has a polished semi-specular anodized finish. Fixture adjtuts easily in three axes. Optional shield may be yotated36o' to provide precise light control Wiring: Pre -wired with 200°C rated wire. EXTRA VALUE FEATURES: • Composite housing is warranted for, 5 years against corrosion. • No paint to chip, peek or fade. • Non-conductive construction. • Shield and louver may be field instated at anytime. • Two lens types for extra versatility. •Q suitable for wet locations. LJSiED Patent Pending SK -8 C® LISTED CBM without shield CBM with shield lab -fl' • See pages 59-61 for lamp geeing inrornution. CBM Series bullets are highly engineered. "Aqueducts" ensure rapid water runoff to help keep lens surface clean. Lamp position minimizes glare without a shield. Available internal louver and external shield provide maximum light acontrol. Raised ribs are attractive and functional. Corrosion and water proof, the CBM is the choice when you need a medium sized bullet with unequaled performance. 2-14-96 PROD. No. 95168 PERRY L BUTCHER a A880CLAT88, P.Q. BOX 2CV8 ♦ R0GERe,APXANaA8787M P.O. BOX t Sol .... , .. • rAYMrrr9 1LLa.,AKANBAa 7EP= ARCHITECTS L. a GAANGE ORDER AIA DOCUMENT G701 Q I OWNER ] ARCHITECT 7�] CONTRACTOR FIELD ❑ OTHER El PROJECT: Yvonne Richardson Community Ctr. CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: (ft (name, address) 240 East Rock Street DATE: March 21, 1996 Fayetteville, AR 72701 TO CONTRACTOR: ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: 95168 (name, address) .Harrison Davis Construction 1931-A Deane Street CONTRACT DATE: Fayetteville, f R 72703 CONTRACT FOR: The Contract is changed as follows: F 1. Change exterior building paint finish as authorized by PBA letter dated 2/2896: I 2. Add handicapped toilet accessories as outlined by Delta 4 drawings: October 17, 1995 General Construction credit $1,048.00 $2,171.00 total cost: $1,123.00 Not valid until signed by the Owner, Architect and Contractor. The original (Contract Sum) ( was ........................ S 257, 700.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders ...:........ ............... S 4, 325.00 The (Contract Sum) ( rior to this Change Order was .......... $ 262,025.00 The (Contract Sum) will he (increased) (decreased) (unchanged) by this Change Order in ithe amount of ............................$ 1,123.00 The new (Contract Sum) ( ) including this Change Order will be .. S 263, 148.00 The Contract Time will be ( unchanged) by ( 0 ) days. The date of Substantial Completion as o1the date of this Change Order therefore is April 27, 1996 NO'I'F.: Phis suminurr does not reflect changes in the C<mtraa Sum, Contract Time or Gwnamced Maximum Price which have been amhorized by Consmction Change Directive. T Perry and { Harri cnn—TlaviG Construction eC S , PLLA CONTRACTOR 1931—A Tpanp Rtrpet Address Fa etteville AR 2703 13 13 DATE . - 96 The nitty nf PyettRxd11. OWNER 111 West Mountain Street Address Fa et eville, AR 72701 BY /l DATE /—/— DATE /b 1 l CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. AIA DOCUMENT G701 • CHANGE ORDER ! 1987 EDITION • AIA® • ©1987 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 200(K G701-1987 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR AIA DOCUMENT G701. CHANGE ORDER A. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Purpose 'Phis document is intended for use in implementing changes in the Work :(greed to by the Owner: Architect and Contractor. Execution of a corn- pleted 6701 ft nn indicate' agreement upon all the terns of the change, including :my changes in the Contract Surat (or Guaranteed Max intent Price) :List Contract Tirane 2. Related Documents 'This document is prepared ft ran use under the terms of AIA general conditions first published in 1967, including AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Coat ran aim Construction, and the general conditions ronetined in AIA Documents A107 and All? 3. Use of Current Documents Prier w using arc AIA dtxwnent, [lie uscr should consult (lie AIA, an AIA c'ontponent chapter or a current AIA Dow n ruts Price List to determine the current edition of each document. 4. Limited License for Reproduction AIA Document G701 is a eopvrighted work and may not be rcprtxluced or excerpted in nn in substantial pan without the express written permis- sion of the AIA. The 6701 document is intended to he used as :t consuntahle—that is, the original eiceumcnt purchased by the user is intended to he consumed in the course of lining used. There is no implied Ixrmission to repnxlucc this document. nor dex_s nicmlxrshlp in '11x' American Institute of Architects confer any further rights to reproduce them. . A limited license is hereby granted to retail purchasers to repaxlucc a maximum of ten copies of a completed or executed GR)i. but only for List' in connection with a particular Project. B. CHANGES FROM THE PREVIOUS EDITION I hike du previous etlihon, the 1967 edition of AIA Document 6701 requires the .signatures of the Owner Architect and fimlraclor or validiti Changes at he made over the Con;lctor's ohieetiun (with disputed terms to he settled afierwards)should he etkcted through the use of AIA Dt)cumcnl G714. Construction Change Directive. C. COMPLETING THE G701 FORM 1. Description of Change in the Contract Insert a detailed description of the change to be made in the Contract hr this Change Orders including any Drawings- Slxcif'cat inns. documents or other supporting darn to d:uifv the scope of the change. f 2. Determination of Costs htaert the li ,llowing info',:uion in the blanks provided, and strike out the icmts in parentheses shut do not apply: a) the original Com rdct Sinn or Gu;muxced dluxinuun 'rice; h) the net change by prcvionaly authorircd Change Orders (tote that this does not include changes authorized by Consuverion Change Direc- tive unless such a change was subsequently agreed lu by the Contractor and recorded as a Change Order); c) the Conuact Sum or Guaranteed Maxinxmi Price prior to this Change Order; d) the amount of increase or dec'nase. if any, in he Contmct Suns or Guaranteed Maximum Pries; and c1 the new Contmct Si, ii or Guaranteed ,Maxinuun Price as adjusted by this Change Orde. 3. Change in Contract Time l I user; the I 'I t,'ving imill tmtation in the blanks provided, and .strike out the terns in parentheses that du not apply: :q the amount in data of the inereasc or decrefse, if :lnv, in the Contract Time, and h) the date of Substantial Cuniptetir in. including any adjustment effected by this Change Order. k D. EXECUTION OF THE DOCUMENT - �' f When the Owncr Architect :nut Gout acfor have rctehecl agreement on the change to be made in the Contract, including any adiuetments in the Con- tract Surat (or Gin ran Maxinntm Price) :and Cunt nlct'fintc, the Gi01 dlx i'nent should be executed in Criplicvte 1w the nyu parties and the Architect, each of w hem retains :Lit origin:t. 1/94 • - . HARRISON DAVIS CONSTRUCTION CO. INC. Licensed General Contractor March 19, 1996 PERRY L. BUTCHER & ASSOCIATES ATTN: James Trimble/John Thompsen 114 South First Streets::. Rogers, Arkansas 72756 PHONE # (501) 636-4599.` FAX # (501) 636-7511 RE:..YVONNE RICHARDSON C UNITY CENTER PRQTECP NO. 95168 SUBJECT: PROPOSAL RHQUESP ND. (lets call this #2?) (BDC Received/Replied to 1,3,4,5) Gentlemen, a The amount of credit for standard paint finish system supplied (and as color selected) in lieu of Kynar Finish as specified, and all as accepted by Architect per letter received on 2/28/96 from James Trimble; is as follows: CREDIT/DEDUCT FROM CONTRACT AMOUNT: $ 1,048.00 C. O, * 2 - #1 1 Upon acceptance and approvals, please initiate and execute Change Order Documents to reflect the above changes in the work and the change in the Contract Amount. wFE ARE 0/SAPtb/Ato Twmr 77#5 AcTLJAL CRco1r /5 Sincerely, 50 /`tQQ4 t> 77-1A-nf ThE- - - -PP,A BIN , PR MGR. t{Lr PERRY L BUTCHENN CC: BY FAX TO PLB&A MAR 2 1 1996 CC: VENDOR 830 FILE a ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTe CC: HDC CONTRACT FILE ROGERS, ARKARNSAc ATTACHMENTS: 2/28/96 LETTER, COPY OF VENDOR QUOTE 3/19/96 I- _ 'N -1931-A Deane Street, Fayetteville, AR 72703 • (501) 443.0996, (501) 524-4888, FAX: 443-0136 62/2b/96 14:06 PERRY BUTCHER P. 002 PPINCIPALS PYNY L PutCNtk, ALA, NCAR9 CERTIFIED J0NN T. MACE, A.I.A. NCAR5 CERTIFIED ASSOCIATES NINE MYININO, MA. JAWS NAYR, A.I.A. OIL WI NAT N, AI,A, UCEN5ED', (50636-4599 PERRY; L. BUTCHER EL ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTS February28, 1996 Mr. Ben Smith Harrison Davis Construction Co. 1931-A Deane Street Fayetteville, AR 72703 AA"°NA Re: Exterior Finish approval MAAMM nom. uP.Nu - Dear Ben', - _ When werdesigned the metal building for the Yvonne Richardson Community Center, we specified that the exterior panels -and low building roof be finished OwA«► with Kynar brand exterior coating. I IWNCs ' Y The Kynar specification was also mentioned when PBA reviewed and IMPIIY approved the metal buildings submittal from Crown Metal Buildings. F — wins However, Crown's engineering department misunderstood our specification and fabricated the exterior metal panels with Signature 200, a material they consider equal to Kynar. la(APIANA Y NAYACNUAAT,. PBA has reviewed the performance specifications and warranty of this finish wo�wN and feels :it will provide an acceptable level of performance for the project. The warrantee period of 20 years is equivalent to the one provided for the Kynar finish. Crown Metal Buildings has stated that they will issue a credit of approximately $1,300 to the cost of the metal building because of the wAeo°°' decreased cost of the Signature 200 finish. MUNTWA NAMAMA This letter authorizes HDC to accept the metal building panels as fabricated. ThtIWIWISC If you have any questions regarding this matter, please do not hesitate to N.ve vAAK contact me. NOrM CMCUNA i amo Sincerely,; UMAMWA PERRY BUTCHER AND ASSOCIATES PONm CMOUN* TANMPPPp I/� Than ames L. Trimble, AIA NIIPINIA Construction Administrator vAAeaNAw attachment cc: Bert Rakes, City of Fayetteville R O. SOX 2076 ROGERS, ARKANSAS 72757 (501) 636.3545 FAX (501) 836-1209 PD. BOX 1851 + FAYETTEVILLE. ARKANSAS 72702 . 15011 443-4435 FAX (5011 44394$4 CU: ADI AT M/ and N0/100 ********* N METAL BUILDINGS, 56 • Fax: (501) 843-8950 • Wats 1-800-5: .O. Box 1245 • Cabot, Arkansas 72023 GE ORDER 343-8950 DATE: 3119/96 JOB #: C5391 CHANGE ORDER Ik. 2 JOB NAME: FAYETTEVILLE COM LOCATION: FAYETTEVILLE, AR IE ABOVE NOTED JOB: IISH SYSTEM SUPPLIED IN LIEU Y ARCH) I tCT PER LETTER 5 TRIMBLE. THOUSAND. FORTY-EIGHT 1 .n i.. I All provisions in the original order applyi, with the exception of the changes(s) listed above..One copy of th order must be signed an returned withir'three (3) working days, or changes cannot be implemented and chi job must be placed on hold. Customer Signature: Title: Crown Signature:__CHUCK POWER Title:_ SALESMAN CC: Drafting Dean, 'Charlotte, Jim Ray, Ruby, It C- .CENTE change gx iI . _. HARRISON DAVIS CONSTRUCTION CO.1 NC. Licensed General Contractor AV _ March 12, 1996 PERRY L. BUTCHER &.ASSOCIATES = A'ITN: James .Trimble & John Thompsen _ ,,, , 114 South First Street'"' —_ �« Rogers, Arkansas 197256 PHONE # (501) 636-4599,1"•• FAX #-(501) 636 7511'*'�"_�. r. w.--• � =.._ :,.,- PERRY L, BUTCHER rt,L.. - RE: PR(L rf No, 95168 j?I MAR 18 1996 YVONNE RICHARDSON OCMKJNin CENTER MC PROJECT NO 830 & ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS ROGERS,ARKANSAS SUBJECT: PROPOSAL REQUEST (G709) No. 1, 2/12/96 (REVISED FROM:HDC'2/29/96) p.. ( Y . • _ Gentlemen, The costs for proposed changes as described on Proposal Request No• 1 and Drawing Al, DELTA 4 is•'as follows: Dy+ J i t�J N k9()(, ' 1•) PLUMBING QUOTE: I ADD: $ 361.00 e,th y (includes credit for original valves); -'wash' at , e t :jt M change At Drinking'tF3unta;ns, ` y { 2.) ADDITIONAL TOILET P SOFLEESS: ADD: $ 1,017.00 V !_�(see list provided on sheet Al DELTA 4) these were f. 0W _ --_ _ not°in Coittract�� Docertts. Vfy t 3•) ADDITIONAL LABOR FO T.A. INS ALLATIONS; ADD: $ 4.) ONAL WORK"AT' 4/A1_ DELTA 4: ADD:(�1E OW It> `.�Vftmr'0 .62. @5.ADDITIONAL/CHAN IAT CMU AT RFS S:-tualAcDD: 'Jaakb wa7:1 in st,bew5 CIut P11bina cra'l aMeiTs onlyp 4- 6", also Qty. of 8" CMU was changed 210.00 120.00 180.00 k.. M sue- 5� cwt/, • /7 /`l 4 //'1i/bVt5 77* ciaJA"16 PAGE 1 of 2 O� l� 4i ,o zt /O5, /o) ; /D7/f, /cEA1 //o 3-22-f 1931-A Deane Street, Fayetteville, AR 72703 • (5@4443-0996, (501) 524-4888, FAX: 443-0136 i TOTAL ITEMS 1 - 5 ADD GC'S OVERHEAD & PROFIT: ill 1. PAGE 2 of 2 $ 1,888.00 $ 283.00 $ 2,171.00 C.o. 2- hEr1 Z Upon acceptance and approvals, please initiate and execute Change Order Documents to reflect the abovce changes in the work and the change in the Contract Amount. Extension••time for -this -added work/changes-in the -Contract (most -of --this has been preapproved) work; will not be required if approved expediently. Sincerely, • BEN E. SMITH, PROJUIP MGR. CC: BY FAX TO PLB&A CC: RESPECTIVE VENDOR FILES 830 CC: BDC 830 CONTRACT FILE • .. 4 i.- • .T-' -. 'l. YYi.L._/ v- v. PROPOSAL' I OWNER REQUEST ARCHITECT f�₹ ,. CONSULTANT ❑ AIA Document G709 CONTRACTOR - FIELD ❑ (Instructions on reverse side) OTHER ❑ PROJECT: Yvonne Richardson Community Ctr. PROPOSAL REQUEST NO.: 1 (Name andaddress) 240 East Rock Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 DATE OFISSUA,NCE: 2/12/96 CONTRACT FOR: General Construction OWNER: The City of Fayetteville (Nameandaddress) 113 West Mountain Street CONTRACT DATED: 10/17/96 Fayetteville, AR 72701 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.: 95168 TO CONTRACTOR: Harrison Davis Construction ARCHITECT: Perry L. Butcher & Associates (Name and address) 1931-A Deane Street (Name and address) Architects, P.L.L.C. Fayetteville,,.AR,72703 - 114 South. First Street Rogers, Arkansas 72756 Please submit an itemized proposal for changes in the Contract Sum and Contract Time for proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. Submit proposal within days, or notify the Architect in writing of the date on which you anticipate submitting ,your proposal. THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER, A CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE OR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THE PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS. Description: (Insert a twitter, description of the Work.) Add handicap accessibility seat, grab bar and shower accessories to two (2) showers. Make related dimension changes to bathrooms. All items to be included in this Proposal Request are identified on Drawing A-1 as Delta 4. Attachments: (List attached documents that support description.)' REQUESTED BY: James L. Trimble, AIA, Construction Admin. (Sr'gnamre) I (Printed name and title) TION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. See Instruction Sheet for Limited License for Reproduction of this document. AIA DOCUMENT O709 • PROPOSAL REQUEST • 1993 EDITION • AIA• O1993 THE AMERIGW INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., a WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292 • WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. G709-1993 U.S. Copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. 7 C1 ny. o rd. 3 STAFF REVIEW FORM /4 Y son Dam r Agenda Request a a 9 96 X Contract Review (Change Order) R� /3)- qS Grant Review For the City Council Meeting of N/A For Mayor's Signature MICROFILMED MET Jan Simco Community Development Admin Services Name Divison Department ACTION REQUESTED: Approval of Change Order #3 for the Yvonne Richardson Community Center construction. I $11,912 Cost of this request 1010-6600-5804 2180-4990-5390.24 Account Number 94069 Project Number $306,100 Project Budget Funds used to date 22.432 Remaining Budget SE Community Center Category/Project Name Com Dev Program Name Com Dev/Gen Fund Fund Budgeted Item Budget Adjustment Attached Staff recommends approval of Change Order #3. `•----rte--_- Head Date :Yor Svcs ire Datent Director Date Date FAYETTEVI LLE I THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS DEPARTMENTAL CORRESPONDENCE F TO: •Fred Hanna,[Mayor ._ THRU: Ben Mayes,'Administrative Services Director Charles Venable, Assistant Public Works Director or FROM: Jan Simco, Community Development Coordina'tq Bert Rakes, Inspection Division Director U DATE: April 4, 1996 SUBJECT: Yvonne Richardson Community Center - Change Orders #3 The Yvonne Richardson Community Center is currently under construction at 240 E. Rock St. Perry L. Butcher & Associates is architect and Harrison Davis Construction, Inc. is contractor for the project. The project is jointly funded by the City General Fund and the Community Development Block Grant. Ii We are requesting your consideration of Change Order #3 to provide a composition tile floor for the gymnasium. The floor striping that outlines the basketball and volleyball courts is included as a kit in which the striping is cut into the field tile. The original contract calls for a sealed concrete floor with painted striping and the Change Order includes a credit for these items. We are requesting the change because it will significantly upgrade the overall quality of the project for a relatively small cost. The cost of long-term maintenance will be about the same. The project budget is $306,000 and the cost of this Change Order is $11, 912. The combined cost of all change orders including this one is $17,360. We have sufficient funds remaining in the budget to cover the costjof this change order and staff recommends approval. I have attached four copies of Change Order #3 and supporting documentation for your consideration. Please call Jan (ext. 261) or Bert (ext. 235) if you have questions or if you need more information. '- JS/BR/js Attachments Y_ - -CHANGE `' OWNER ORDER i; ARCHITECT CONTRACTOR IX AIA DOCUMENT G701 FIELD 0 OTHER 0 PROJECT: Yvonne Richardson Community Center CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: (name, address)240 East Rock Street DATE Fayetteville, AR:72701 TO CONTRACTOR: Harrison Davis Construction ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: (name, address) 1931-A Deane Street CONTRACT DATE: Fayetteville; AR 72703 CONTRACT FOR: The Contract is changed as follows: I. 3 March 29, 1996 95168 October 17, 1995 General Construction 1. Revised floor finishes as outlined by PBA Proposal Request #5: $11,912.00 Total: $11,912.00 Not valid until signed by the Owner, Architect and Contractor. Ir The original (Contract Sum) &fl4thS was ........................ S 257, 700.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders ............................... S 5,448.00 The (Contract Sum) I _ prior to this Change Order was .......... S 2&35 148.00 The (Contract Sum) ( •) will he (increased) by this Change Order in�the amount of ............................$ 11,912.00 The new (Contract Sum) including this Change Order will be .. S 275, 060.00 The Contract Time will be (unchanged) by ( ) days. i The date of Substantial Completion as of the date of this Change Order therefore is April 27, 1996 1: NOTE: This summary does not reflect changes in the Contract Sum, Contract Time or Guaranteed Maximum Price which have been authorized by Construction Change Directive. I - Perry L. Butcher and Harrison Davis Construction The City Architects of Fayetteville ARCHITECT I CON]RACI OR OWNER 114 South First Street I 1931-A Deane Street 113 West Mountain Street Address - - I :: Address Address R ors AR 6 Fayetteville. 72703 Fay ii11 E ✓ in'DATE �]• 49 1 DATE DATE i i I CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. AIA DOCUMENT G701 • CHANGE ORDER 1 1987EDITION • AIA® • ©1987 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2(XX)6 G701-1987 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR AIA DOCUMENT 6701, CHANGE ORDER A. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Purpose This docwhent is intended for use in implementing changes in die Work agreed to by the Owner. Architect and Contracix'u. Execution of a com- plered (17(11 I'nnn indic:ucc agrrentcnt upun all the terms of the cha, nge. including any changes in the Contract Sum (or Cu' nnteed :Maximum Price) and Conuact Time. 2. Related Documents This Joccunent was prepared for use under the terms of AIA general conditions lint published in 1987, including AIA Dc current A201, General Conditions of the Conuact or Consnvction, and the gcncr+l conditions contained in ALA Documents A107 and Al 17. 3. Use of Current Documents Prier to using any ALA document, the user.chould consult the ALA, an AIA component chapter ut a current AIA Documents Prih• List to determine the nnrcnt edit ian of each document. 4. Limited License for Reproduction AIA Document 6701 is a ccipyrighicd work and may not be reproduced or exteq>Icd front in aubsmntial part without the cxi rcss wri(ieo perniis- sioe of the AIA. "Ihe C71)1 document is intended t0 be used as a conuniahIc—t but is the original clocurnent purchased by (lie Else] is inte icled to be consumed in the coupe of being used 7licrc is no implied permission to reproduce this document. nor does ntentbcrship in The American Institute of Archiiccis confer :wv further rights to reproduce them. A limited license is hereby granted to retail purchases to reproduce :I maximum of tell copies of a completed or executed 6701. but only for use in c?mncctinn with a particular Project. B. CHANGES FROM THE PREVIOUS EDITION (' nlikc oho previous edition, the 1987 edition of AIA Docuniem 67111 requires the signann:c of the O vne], Architect and G7nnracrnr for t,lidite Change% to he ,uadc over the Conuanors objection (with dispied Icons to be settled aIierw:irds) should he elfected through [tic use of AIA Document 6711. Conxrucr ion Change Directive. C. COMPLETING THE G701 FORM 1. Description of Change in the Contract Insen it dce,ilcd description of thc'change to be made in the Conuact by this Change Order, including any Drawings. Speci lit:strolls, doxu niems or other supporting dins to clarify: the scope of the change. 2. Determination of Costs Insert the following intixmation in file blinks pr'vi detl.and strike out the tennis in parentheses thin do not apply: a) the original Contact Suni or Guaranteed Mnxinnutt Price; hl the net change by previously nuihorircd Change Orclevs (note that this does not include changes a it hi by Corsi ruction Change Dirce- live unless such a change was subsequc'it ly agreed to by Elie Contractor and recorded as a Change Order); c) the Cunuacl Si ni or Gu;nnmcecl .Max moot Price prior it) this Change Ondcr: ti) the :unounI of inert:isc or decrease, if any, in the Contract Sum or Cuanuneed Maximum Prier; and e) the new Cons ran Sum or Guaranteed :Mlaximuni Pries as adjusted by this Change Order 3. Change in Contract Time need the lollnwing information in the blanks provided, anti ,cuike nut the terns in parentheses that do not appl}': :0 the Thu inn in days of the increase or decrease, if an, in the Coronet Tinic: and h7 the date of tiubstamial Completion. including env adj1St lien [ effected by This Change Order. .. t I D. EXECUTION OF THE DOCUMENT When ma Olvne,. Architect and Contractor have reached agiec•rncnl on the change (ii In made in the Concoct including any adjuS!menis in the Con• Inlet Suer lot Guannrccd Maxinnun Price) acid Contract Time, the CPO] document shoulc'l be executed in u9plicaIe by the two patties ;nd the Architect, each of whom retains an original. 1/94 I PERR1°L.BUTCHEFl HARRISON DAVIS CONSTRUCTION CO.1 INC. MAR 1 ?'i 1996 Licensed General Contractor aASSOCIATESAi }�I�ECTS dF6bi E6, 4kRKIA.*q_SAr, March 12, 1996 PERRY L. BUTCHER ?& ASSOCIATES ATTN: James Trimble ' John Thompsen 114 South First Street Rogers, Arkansas ;,. 72756 PHONE # (501) 636-4599 FAX # (501) 636-7511 RE: PROJECT NO. 95168 YVONNE RICHARDSON COMMUNITY CENTER SUBJECT: PROPOSAL REQUEST (G709) NO. 5 REVISIONS TO FLOOR FINISHES Gentlemen, Costs are as follows for the proposed revisions to the Gym Floor Finishes and Restroom Floor Finishes. PART 1.) GYM: DELETE PAINTED COURT LINES: ($ 625.00) DELETE GC CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER: ($ 190.00) ADD S/C COST FOR VCT/BASE AS DESCRIBED ON G709: $ 10,220.00 (TO RESTROOM DOORS) SUB -TOTAL: $ 9,785.00 ADD GC'S OVERHEAD & PROFIT: $ 1,468.00 TOTAL PART 1 $ 11,253.00 PART 2.) RESTROOMS — ROOM 102, ROOM 103 .•. ' nT PAGE 1 of 6 1931-A Deane Street, Fayetteville, AR 72703 • (501) 443-0996, (501) 524-4888, FAX: 443-0136 .11 HI I PAGE 2 Of 6 1 DELETE GC CONCRETE SEALER: - ($ 17.00) ADD VCT%BASE S/C: $ 590.00 SUB -TOTAL: $ 573.00 ADD GC'S'OVERHEAD & PROFIT: $ 86.00 ;";TOTAL PART 2 $ 659.00 a_ J. 4 TOTAL PART 1 AND PART 2: $ 11,912.00 Upon acceptance and approvals, please initiate and execute -Change Order Documents to reflect the above -changes in the work and the change in the Contract Amount. There will not be any extra time required for this work, however decisions must be made promptly because sealers for concrete need to be applied shortly. Ii I. JI _ in j.. Id Sincerely, r - BEN E. SMITH, PROJECT MGR. I A. CC: BY FAX TO PLB&A CC: RESPECTIVE VENDOR FILE CC: HDC 830 CONTRACT FILE ATTACHMENTS: G709 -PROPOSED REQUEST NO. t.. T. 5 W/SK-9.,SK-10;SK-.11 • OWNER $1 PROPOSAL • ARCHITECT X7 REQUEST CONSULTANT ❑ AM Document G709 CONTRACTOR X1 •I FIElD ❑ (Instructions tt on reverse side) OTHER ❑ PROJECT: •Yvonne Richardson Community Ctr. (Name andaddress) 240 East Rock Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 OWNER: The City of Fayetteville (Name and address) 113 West Mountain Street-: Fayetteville,! AR 72701 TO CONTRACTOR: Harrison Davis Construction (Name and address) 1931-A Deane Street Fayetteville, AR 72703 PROPOSAL REQUEST NO.: 5 DATE OF ISSUANCE: March 7, 1996 CONTRACT FOR: General Construction CONTRACT DATED: 10/17/95 ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO.: 95168 ARCHITECT: Perry L. Butcher and Associates (Name and addren))Chitects, P.L.L. C. 114 South First Street Rogers, AR 72756 Please submit an itemized proposal for changes in the Contract Sum and Contract Time for proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. Submit proposal within days, or notify the Architect in writing of the date on which you anticipate submitting your proposal. THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER, A CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE OR A DIRECTION TO PROCEED WITH THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THE PROPOSED MODIFICATIONS. Description: • (Insen a written description of the Work) Issue a credit for painted gymnasium court lines and concrete floor sealer. Change finish of Gymnasium floor to Armstrong Standard Excelon Vinyl Composition Tile with 1 Armstrong #50517 VCT Basketball court line kit cut into field tile. Basketball court kit to be standard black in color with red (#56806) center circle. Volleyball court lines to be cut in to field tile with contrasting color VCT to be selected. (See attached diagram). Field tile color to be selected from standard colors. Dimensions of courts to remain as previously approved. Provide 4" Rubber B&se throughout entire Gymnasium, Burke or equal. AtraPFimees as separate line item, VCT in bathrooms w/4" rubber base. (List attached documents that support description.) SK -9, SK -10, SK -11 REQUESTED BY: James Trimble. AIA, Construction Admin. (S' vature) (Printed name and title) • I I CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. See Instruction Sheet for Limited License for Reproduction of this document. AIA DOCUMENT G709 • PROPOSAL REQUEST • 1993 EDITION • AIA • • ®1993 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., : C WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-5292 • WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. G709-1993 • INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR AIA DOCUMENT G709; PROPOSAL REQUEST A. GENERAL INFORMATION • 1. Purpose AIA Document G709 is intended for use in securing price quotations needed for the negotiation of change in the \Cork. Use of the G709 form is optional. While it is not called for by the tens of ALA Document A201 or any AlA agreement firm, (1709 provides a clear: and concise means of initiating the process for changes in the Work. 2. Related Documents The 6709 Proposal Request is an administrative form and not a contractual one. It is not intended to nxxlifi the Contract for con- structiou, Modifications to the Contract for construction should he trade using the appropriate Change Order or Con.struLunt Change- Directive forms. 6701 Change Order 671.4 Construction Change Directive 6701/CMChange Order, Construction Manager -Adviser Ed. G714/CMa Construction Change Directive. Construction Manager -Adviser Fd. 3. Limited License for Reproduction AlA Document G709 is a copyrighted work and may nor be reproduced or excerpted from in substantial part without the express written permission of the AlA. The G709 document is intended to be used as a consumable —that is. the original document pur- chased by the user is intended to be consumed in the course e if being used. There is no implied permission n r reproduce this doc- ument. nor does memhelship in The American Institute of Architects confer any further rights to reproduce diem. A cautionan' notice is printed in red on the original of this document. This notice distinguishes an original AlA document from copies and counterfeits. To ensure accuracy and uniformity of language, purchasers should use only an original AIA document or one that has been reproduced under a special limited license from the AIA. A limited license is hereby granted to retail purchasers to reproduce a maximum of ten copies of a completed or executed G709, but only for use in connection with a particular project. G709 may not be reproduced for Project Manuals. Rather. if a user wishes to include it as an example in a Project Manual, the normal practice is to purchase a quantity of the printed forms and bind one in each of the Project Manuals. Partial modifications, if any, may be accomplished without completing the form by using separate • S u ppIcntcntaty Conditions. B. COMPLETING THE G709 FORM The form is typically prepared by the Architect, who forwards it to the Contractor. In the blank after TO CONTRACTOR:', the Contractor should be identified by name, In the blank after' CONTRACT FOR:", the wvrls General Construction's may he inserted if the Conn actor is a single prime (or general) contractor. However, if the Contractor is one of several prime contractor:s, the Work per- formed by that Contractor should be identified, such as "Mechanical Work". The change for which the proposal is requested should be carefully described, referencing the relevant Drawings by number :mci the Specifications by section. Other drawings or graphic materials should be provided as necessary. If separate sheets are attached, they should be deariv identified, nunihered and dated. Copies should be retained by the Architect; other copies should be distributed to the Owner and other interested parties as indicated at the top of the form - 9193 INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR AIA DOCUMENT G709 • PROPOSAL. REcrnraT • 199319)n'ION • ALA` • nit: AMERICAN INSII'llr1l OI'.ARCIII'IPQIS, 1715 NEW YORK AVENUE. N:icc, WASu1]TnfN. D.C. anws_)t G709-1993 1 03/07/96 09:04• PERRYIL BUTCHER (501)636-4599 • Excelon® Basketball Court Units DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION An a Me nan al procedures to► lmlaw Ammslro,g Ezcebn Tile apply to the tnetallat$on of basSlbaR cam ice• J IJ• • • I 1 1 : r• r -1 •J • 1 - ij: !It .Jt"P!&•L -. Jig • r- a:ns1g1zir rt.-uiiii • riii 'p • 1 M y A • • : • Y • • • ,it; :. •ISi1.• I •'] • 3.1 c 1 • 1. •:.• '.• • 'f• si $&3W11 1 • • ••• :.:. :1:• -• , .I I • 1111 • F't. 4151 .• • I. P 1 y (SEE OTHER SIDE FOR LAYWT DELMJLS) Mad. in Wo United 518186 d Among* by Atmenvq WOdd Antptded. Im, R a amt 3=1 1LrC88W PA nee' PAnLd In UMad SWes at Americo SK -9 • Project No. 95168 Date: 3/7/96 PERRY L BUTCHER O ASSOCIATES, ARCHflCTS Y•: 2 P. 003 P.M. nix r7 P.O. BOX 1e1 1 r4n=e. ►QKA.aAO ,w7 e t•AYET T"WLLP. ARKAN8 S 727Q II 03/03/96 O a O E O U) 09:04 2 -ft l flt �HL CO i t � C U wt iii! t0 •C •V m s �a A W c... PERRY LTCHER e" M . I;- _�01 W W 1? N CO N w CR 'a-- Lu W U = z 4. g 501.36-4599 wy S z t{ tujC W • ti zz z w r O _ Z UW wz� z_w} W Q&--a4'r U W9a wZU roz t- 4C -w S K�Io '? Project No. 95168 Date: 3/7/96 PlRtRY L 13UTCI�IER . A ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTS P.O. KI%'... "fl AAKANWA0 Ta, - 11 UaE. +G P.O. BOx 1Y61 FAYEI"rc'. u.s. ARK NpSSfl/1144a-4436 20 0 c � Z m � m w -r U C 0 v f!i Q a0m U F •W9 1E=4 �aTTayy]]E�E����u�u�tt 03/07/96 09:05 PERRY —UTCHER XM_.•t . ., . .+ (50 36-4599 ,' K!f: . „ , !•lJId J5)NoJ u m 01:9I 96,9@ 2ki.J 1 � ..(ice tl • .a: i ��Ja i ' . 11 ! Project No. 95168 Date: 317/96 . pkRRV,:- L. BUTCHERI-a AMBOC1ATES, AAClifTRCTs • .••O.Q OSIB••_ r• •�./WK,WAAH7SA0 . ' ,Z ]. _.; •P.O.PA. 6KX"I I (: . rAVrfEEv1L.L& APC414MA6727LZZ - + �11s43aa36 •P. 005 I Ghn. and y STAFF REVIEW FORM DeiL,ls consf ru�f'.°' Agenda Request X Contract Review (Change Order) Res. /3/- 7S Grant Review For the City Council Meeting of For Mayor's Signature MICROFILMED Jan Simco Community Development Admin Services Name Divison Department ACTION REQUESTED: Approval of Change Order #4 to the Contract with Harrison Davis Construction, Inc. for construction of the Yvonne Richardson Community Center. This Change Order provides an automatic switchingfinteHlock system for the supply and exhaust fans. Addition of the interlock will protect the ventilation system from improper operation and is safer than manual operation. This item was not included in the original specifications. COST TO THE CITY: $1,795 $361,100 SE Community Center Cost of this request Project Budget Category/Project Name 1010-6600-5804 Gen Fund 2180-4990-5390.24 Com Dev Account Number Funds used to date Program Name 94069 Com Dev/Gen Fund Project Number f ; Remaining Budget Fund BUDGET REVIEW: Budgeted Item' ZV Staff recommends approval of Change Order #4. } Department Director Date Budget Adjustment Attached ADA Coordinator Date S Flo CHANGE ORDER AIA DOCUMENT G701 OWNER ARCHITECT Pq CONTRACTOR FIELD ❑ OTHER O 0 •,, PROJECT: Yvonne Richardson Community Center CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: Four (name, address)240 East Rock Street DATE: May 22, 1996 Fayetteville, AR 72701 TO CONTRACTOR: Harrison Davis Construction ARCHITECT'S PROJECT NO: 95168 (name, address) 1931-A Deane Street CONTRACT DATE: October 17, 1995 Fayetteville, AR 72703 CONTRACT FOR: General Construction The Contract is changed as follows: Install Interlocks and motorized dampers to Supply Fans SF -1 and SF -2 and Exhaust Fans EFtl and EF-2. $1,795.00 Total: $1,795.00 li Not valid until signed by the Owner, Architect and Contractor. I' The original (Contract Sum) was ........................ S 257, 700.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders ............................... S 17, 360.00 The (Contract Sum) prior to this Change Order was .......... $ 275, 060.00 The (Contract Sum) ( ) will be (increased) i t by this Change Order in' the amount of ............................$ 1,795.00 The new (Contract Sum) including this Change Order will he .. $ 276, 855.00 The Contract Time will be (unchanged) by ( ) days. The date of Substantial Completion as of:the date of this Change Order therefore is May 26, 1996 NOTE: This summary does not reflect changes in the Contract Sun, Contract Time or Guaranteed Maximum Price which have hero authorized by Construction Change Directive ! Perry L. Butcher and Associates Architects ARCHITECT 114 S. First Street Address Ro ers AR 72756 v DA E '-•'11. •ib Harrison Davis Construction The City of Fayetteville CONI'RACI'OR OWNER 1931-A Deane Street 113 West Mountain St. Address Address Fayetteville, AR 7 703 Fa et ville, AR 72701 13' BY DATE ' -9 DATE MCAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures thatchanges will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. AIA DOCUMENT G701 • CHANGE ORDER • 1987 EDITION • AIAe • ©1987 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 17.35 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 G701-1987 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR AIA DOCUMENT G701, Cl-IANGE ORDER A. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Purpose his document is intended for use in inlplennntlug change in the \tiiark ggned to by the Owner, Architect and Contactor. ESCetrtiUn of a com- plied (701 I)iii) indicates agreement upun all the terms of the change. including any changes in the Contact Stun (Or Guarmtecd Maximum Price) and Contract 'rime. 2. Related Documents 'Phis dot unient mis prepared fl tt use under the teens of AIA general Conditions nest published in 19H7, including AIA Document A2(11, General Conditions of the Cont an for Construction, and the general conditions Cunrlined in AIA Documents All? and All'. 3. Use of Current Documents Frit)I' tU using an> AIA di can)ent, the user slut uld consult the AIA, an AL\ component chapter or a current AIA IDxvments_ Price List to determine the eurront edition of each Lkoctinu•nt. 4. Limited License for Reproduction AlA Daxllolcll 67(11 is a t ) wilghted work and stay not be reprudueod or execgned Coin in subsanI ial part without the express written pcnnis- Sion of the AIA. ''lie G7n1 document is amended to he used as a consunlahle-I hat is, the original dncu fluent purchased by the user is intended to he cunamlcd in the course of being used. ]'here is no implied Ixrmicsion na reproduce this dtcun)cnt. III r dues membership in The American Inst itttc of Architects conks any further rights to reproduce Ihem. A Iintit ed license is herein gaoled to ret;lil purc'hascrs w reproduce a maximmii of ten copies of a completed or executed G7O1. but only for use in cnnncclion with a panicular Prujcct. B. CHANGES FROM THE PREVIOUS EDITION t 'alike the previous edition, the I1 H7 edition of AIA Document (3701 requires the sign;uuirs of the Ownee Architect met 4bnb-ac7ur fur ltlidite. Changes to he made liver the Cc in;actor's objection (with disputed ternls to he sated alienrards) should he cITheted Ihroug1i the use of Al I )ncnnrent (3 71! Constnlcrion (:hinge Di reel lye.. C. COMPLETING THE G701 FORM 1. Description of Change in the Contract In,en a deatiled description of the change to be made in the Contract by this Chutge Ordcr, including any Drawings. Sped heal if Ins. elucvments or other supporting d:ua to clarify tax scope of the change. 2. Determination of Costs Insert the li allowing inibrnlalion in the blanks provided, and strike out the ternls in parentheses that do not apply: a) the original Clint act Suns or Gu;nuteed Max i mini Price: h) the net change by previously authorized Change Orders (note iliac this di 'Cs not include changes :nnhorizcd 1w Construction Change Diree- tire unless such a change was subsequently agreed to by the Contractor and recorded as a Change Order); c) the Cuntracl Suns or Guaranteed Maximum Price prior to this Change Order; (.1) the amount of incn<Ise or decn,isc, if any. in the Contact Sum Or Guaranteed Maximum Price; and c) the new Contact Sunl or Guarmtecd ,Maximum Price as adjusted by his Change Order. 3. Change in Contract Time Insert the Ii'lit nring information in the blanks provided, and strike out the terms in parentheses that de not apply: ad the amount in d;t'.s of the increase or deenase, if any in the Contract lime: and if the dare nl' Substantial Completion. indusing-:tw adju stment 4fiiicted hr this (Thange Order. T D. EXECUTION OF THE DOCUMENT WIin the Owner; Architect and Cnmrtctor have reached agrocmerit on the change to be made in the Contract- including any actiustnlcnts in the Con- ran .Suet (or Guaranteed Maximum Price)and Contract 'Time, the 6701 document should be executed in triplicate by the two panics and the Architect, each of whunl retains :ul original. 1/94 •cMAY-02-96 THU 02:33 P1ARDAVIS CONST 54430136 P.01 • �I MY1A1SoN GAY'S CONSTNYC.IOM CO.t Licensed General Contractor May 01, 1996 PERRY L. BUTCHER & ASSOCIATES ATTN: James Trimble & John Thottpsen 114 South First Street Rogers, Arkansas 72756 RE: PROOECr ND. 830 YVQ@ E RICBARD.SO 47E(PY C NTUt 240 Fast Rock Street • Fayetteville, Arkansas :, •Ii SUBJkIT: PROPOSAL EVR CBANGE OImFTi (NOra: WE HAVE!NDr RELIVED Raymsr ft PI+4 t6AL) Gentlemen, Our Proposal to supply/furnish/install the Interlocks, Dampers to the Exhaust and Supply Fans (EF-1, EF-2, SF -1, all materials, labor, and equipment is as follows: V PAGE1of 2 Hookup of Motorized SF -2), to include v OPOS t r Upon acceptance and approvals, please initiate and execute Change Order Documents to reflect the above changes in the work and the change in the Contract Amount. 77�is GNANCaE l5 4(pp-aveL Si-' 'TF ' uT7' Cr- f#/671Eu/U.F, I KF R4Kas 5-/6-%. 39r 4PPP-OL1ES 774E f3��T 7O vEp�1C�GA7%aN THAT /�//L/J �uFA I,v1pcsis rLVPQ . • 1931-A Deane Street, Fayetteville, AR 72703 • (501) 443-09 501) 524-4888, FAX: 443-0136 MAY -02-1996 15:59 5014430136 96% P.01 ;.MIAY„402-96 THU 02:34 PMARDAVIS CONST 5a14430136 P.02 y':a.'_ •4• • L • III we do not anticipate any extra time for this work; however, we request 7 days if any delays in approval, are committed. Floor Finishes are to begin soon would like this work completed before then. Sincerely, BEN E. SMITH, PRWECr MANAGER. CC: FAX TO PLB&A CC: R.U.F. L CC: BERT RAKES, CITY OF FAYP.TPEVILLE BY FAX/FO4 II CC: HDC 830 CON'j'RACP FILE I' BES/dr 9 -u MAY -02-1996 15:59 5914430136 P.02 • MICROFILMED STAFF REVIEW FORM Agenda Request X Contract Review (Change Order) Grant Review For the City Council Meeting of N/A 5_- 9-% c Co. /7/i7/Ss Jan Simco Community Development Admin Services Name Division Department ACTION REQUESTED: Approval of Change Order #5 to the construction contract with Harrison -Davis Construction, Inc. for the Yvonne Richardson Community Center. The Change Order adds four stainless steel plates fabricated to cover the floor openings of the volleyball standards in the gymnasium. Approval of the Change Order is the final action needed before final payment is rendered to the Contractor. COST TO THE CITY: $353 ! $277,208 SE Community Center Cost of this request { Project Budget Category/Project Name 2180-4990-5390.24 $272,556 Community Dev Account Number Funds used to date Program Name 94069 $4,652 Community Dev Project Number i . Remaining Budget Fund BUDGET REVIEW: Item Staff requests approval of Change Order #5. Budget Adjustment Attached Coordinator Date Admy Svcs D' ector Date ayor Date CHANGE ORDER AIA DOCUMENT G701 OWNER �l ARCHITECT . X1 CONTRACTOR FIELD ❑ OTHER ❑ .- i The Contract is changed as follows: e Install stainless steel:cover plates at Volleyball inserts. $353.00 i,"""TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER.........;....... $353.00 , n Not valid until signed by the'Owner, Architect and Contractor. The original (Contract Sum) was ........................ 257,700.00 Net change by previously authorized Change Orders................................s 19,155.00 The (Contract Sum) prior to this Change Order was .......... s 276, 855.00 The (Contract Sum) ( •) will be (increased) l pd�by this Change Order in the amount of ............................$ 353.00 The new (Contract Sum) including this Change Order will he .. s 277, 208.00 The Contract Time will be (unchanged) by zero ( 0 ) days. The date of Substantial Completion as of tl� to date of this Change Order therefore is May l 26, 1996 NOTE: This summary does not, reflect changes in the Contract Sum, Contract Time or Guaranteed Maximum Price which have been authorized by Construction Change Directive. i i Perry L Buffer & Assoc. Arch. Harrison Davis Construction The City of Fayetteville 1 CONTRACTOR OWNER 1931-A Deane Street 113 West Mountain Address - Address Address ;ogers AR..72 5 Fayetteville, AR 72703 Fayetteville, AR 72701 DATE iif7; DATE /2/7 / DATE 1/107 V I l CAUTION: You should sign an original AIA document which has this caution printed in red. An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced. Ii AIA DOCUMENT G701 • CHANGE ORDER "1987 EDI'T'ION • AIA ° • @1987 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20(la G701-1987 WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and is subject to legal prosecution. FIt - ♦ . ,I1 •' A INSTRUCTION SHEET FOR AlA DOCUMENT G701. CHANGE ORDER A. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Purpose This dtxunicnt is intended for use in inlpteni ell inµ Changes in the Wirrk agreed to by the Owner. Architect and Contractor. Execution of a corn- plcted 6701 felon indicates agreement upon all the terns of the change. including any changes in the Contract Sum (or Gu;ir.tntccd Max ni urn Price) aunt Conuact 'I'inlc. 2. Related Documents This docun lent was preltrred fur use under the terms of AlA genet conditions lint publishctl in 1987, including ALA Dottnicnt A201, Genial Conditions of the Contract fell Cunstnet ion , and Ilie general Conditions contained in A!A Documents A107 and A11;. 3. Use of Current Documents Prior to using :i n' AIA di ,cument. the user .should consult the Ah1. an AIA component chapter or a current AlA Dtxunlenls Price List It, determine the current edition of each di flu 4. Limited License for Reproduction AIA Document G-01 is a Cc p)•rightcd work and may not he apn xluced ur cscegned (rout in substantial part without the express «"rittcn lxrnlis- sinn of the Al A. The G'01 document is intended to be used as :1 consumable —that is, tile original document purchased by the user is intended w he consumed in the course of being used. There is no inipNed Ixrmission to reproduce this doc:unlent, nor does membership in The American I 15 it Of Architee is confer am' furl her rights to reproduce them. A limited Ik elise is licrcbv graved In retail purchasers to repnxluee :1 maxims m of tat copies of a completed or executed 6701. but only for use in Cnuncction with a Irmic'tliar Pr, ject. B. CHANGES FROM THE PREVIOUS EDITION I" ell ike nct previous edition, the 19W edition of AIA Drx'unient C ,(11 requires the signatua:s of the Osvnec Architect aunt Connr cror 101 wdiclity. (:hanger to be made over the Contractor's ohjcction (with disputed tern is to he settled altcrwards).should be effected d)rough the use of AIA D icumcat G 714, Construction Change Directive. C. COMPLETING THE G701 FORM 1. Description of Change in the Contract Insert a deutiI rd description of the change to be made in the ConInter by this Change ( )rder, including any Drawings, Specifintlioils. dunlmenis or other ,supposing data to cl:wily the scope of the change. 2. Determination of Costs Insert the following information in the blanks provided, and strike our the terms in parcntlieses than clu not apply: a) the original Conuact -Suns or (lu:mmtccd Mhrxintun Price; b> the net change 1w prcyiously aul horized change Orders (odic shat Ihis does not include changes authurizxd by Const met ion Change Diree- Iive unless such a change was suhseeluenC Iy agreed I) by the Contractor an(1 recorded as a Change Order); c) the Conuacl Sun) or Guaranteed Max iii unl Price prior to this Change Order; eh the :lTinitllt of increase or des cease, if allv ill the Contract Sum or Guaranteed iMaxinittnl PiICC; and c) the new Contract Suns or (unaralna'(I Ylaximunt Price as adiused by this Change Order 3. Change in Contract Time lnsen the following information in the blanks provided, and strike out the terms in parentheses that do not apply' :I) the amount in days of the increase or t1coease, if any, in the Contract flee; and b) the date of Subs unlial Compact inn. including any adlustnlenl effected by ibis Change Order D. EXECUTION OF THE DOCUMENT When the Owner Architect and Cununctor have reached agreement on the change to be made in the Contract, including an% adjustments in the Con- tract Sun, (of Guaranteed \laxinunl Price) and Contract "Time, the G7nl document should be executed in ulplicrte by the nvo panics and the Architect, each of whom retains :Ht original. 1/94 RUG -01-96 THU 01:22 PM 4 VI 5014430156 -a 4 �y�x C. Unnne �ic�oso �► inwn� ft203ar Jv, s ib8 C 1A'k)c ©1WQ- IDI fT ('3O 2 Pwnx,►r'I cicw !a4b, SS QisK5 of c9oi(e��6�tt. ie�srP5 mss. .. - v._ casT i b8fev ctU srr LweJt14t 'f6• o v * 3S3.ocb Pit0,Q.o GG o'oco f 36 1931•A Deane Street, Fayetteville, AR 72703 • (501) 4434996._7$_J F�I4QM?-001 PUG-01-19151 % 3 5014430136 •, 93 P.08 war own"m XIA 14 ii 1 E TRANSMISSION SHEET n� ______M L c7 1TT' ' ..r.w TOTAL NUM9ER OF PAGES (fnciudfng this pegs):tJ may• K any f are omdt%d or drleglbWas please II (501) 636.4399 or fax(501) 836-7511. arois 1!. •�. Tbrae rs.� m ftMaoow aa wnaMdln wsyausd'YaorA'Mn1W M . Rr m1.M.Eltrwd the psw*S)loMm1kGd& u od tt2aeeadesdMrNmwaSW�notYMti1L4fl SISw=1 sr 1flIIOY- 6 �wfpespR.bffis Orl�a►g Nsr rnitM kMM 6 WaVtlan.obrtl�+tM wr Agee/ }IdllhStllti Sir 1p fia f' rCV( }NtidMrY bJ pypllpll tlldtW1 w}.fl g11fM — 1M edyeea EtlCIW U.S. iN. flrt yousasVa•rO00 ' i Pa (WI) esstxc p. o.em 70Te- ,lls, AR 7Z707-(507)413-1435-Fw(sot1"14W p. o.$7we-AayY+. Mt 77757-((1) 6 46• SEP-26-1995 @8:46 PAT'S DDC—IT P.01 I.. PRINCIPALS - 'Cry iC)I VI`:1 I.Q.L. rY: 1. Perry L Butcher & Associates, Architects AYMNA ; 1 Project No. 95168 N1m11, September 26, 1995 AOILW W I Addendum #2 CA1�0YIG I Changes to the drawings and/or specifications for: cwllm N111�, i Southeast Fayetteville Community Center ¢aaaal ,1 In I The contract documents for the above named project, dated August 24, 1995, are hereby amended as covered by this addendum. All work under this addendum is subject to the General Conditions and Special Conditions and shall be governed by the requirements thereof. Item No.1 Item No.2 Item No.3 PROJECT MANUAL Page N0. 8, INFORMATION FOR BiDDERS - Add the following items: I 21. BUILDING PERMIT A. Contractor will be required to obtain a building permit from the City of Fayetteville. The building permit fee will be waived. 22. SALES TAXES A. Contractor will be required to pay normal city and state sales taxes on building materials. Section :01020 -ALLOWANCES - Delete item #4, Interior Signage in the amount of $750. All interior and exterior signage will be provided and installed by Owner. Sectionl13120 - PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES -1.08 DESIGN LOADING - Note that design loadings Indicated on structural drawings shall take precedence over loadings indicated in this section R 0. BOX 207 RGGERS. ARKANSAS 72757 15011 636-3545 FAX (501) 3 &13'18 P. 0. SOX 1851 FAYErrEVILLE, ARKANSAS 72702 (5017 4-43-44 FAX 15011 4A3S464 SEP-26-1995 @8:46 I PAT'S DOC-IT P•02 Item No.4 Section 3120- PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES - 2.01, B.: Add the following manufacturer: Crown. -Buildings, Inc., 203 S. 10th, Cati'ot,'AR 72023,800-527-0963. Item No.5 Section 13120 - PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES - 2.05, A: Add the following alternate roofing system: Ultra Deck by Crown Buildings, Inc. Item No.6 Section 43120 -PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES - 2.05, B.: Revise minimum gauge of roof covering from 24ga. to 26ga. Item No.? Section 13120 - PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES - 2.08, A.: Revise insulation value to R-11 as indicated on drawing Section 31A3 G r I.. Item No.8 Section 13120 - PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES - 2.09, A.: Revise minimum gauge of wall panels from 24ga. to 26ga. Item No.9 Section 13120 - PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES - 3-O23 G.: Revise as follows: Building Manufacturer shall have a qualified field Engineer on site as required to assure that the metal building is constructed according to manufacturer's erection drawings, specifications, and standards. DRAWINGS Item No.10 Cover Sheet - Site Plan 1 - Add the following clarification: retaining wall indicated on West side of building is not in contract. Item No.11 Item No.12 Sheet Al - Room Finish Schedule - room Hall 107: Revise ceiling material'lrom "Sus.Acous." to "Gyp.Bd." Reference Interior Finish Note #1 f in remarks column. Sheet Al - Room Finish Schedule - Add the designation "lay -in non -rated" to the remarks column of the following rooms 104 Conference, 108 Office, 109 Storage. Add the designation "lay -in washable" to the following room: 110 Kitchen. Refer to the Project Manual for descriptions of these designations. Page2of 4 SEP-26-1995 08:47 I" PAT'S C30C-IT P.03 *, II Item No.13 Sheet an - Power and Communications Plan A - Add a 2 gang, WP. box 3' North of SE corner of building at 1'-0" AFF. Run 314" conduit from this J box to panel 'A' Item No.14 Sheet F1 - Pier and Pilaster Schedule - add the following note: "Found piers 1' minimum into the soft gray and tan weathered shale strata. 5 - 0" below existing exterior grade shall be the minimum depth of the drilled piers. For bidding purposes, figure an average pier depth of 10'. On the bid form, indicate a unit price, per foot depth of pier, to subtract for actual pier depths less than this figure. Also indicate a unit price per foot depth of pier, to add for actual pier depths more than this figure." Item No.15 Sheet F1 - General Foundation Notes - add the following notes: 10. I All foundation and slab is to be in place before the metal f building is erected. 11. Isolation for the recessed columns is not to be installed until such.time as the full post tensioning stresses have been added to the slab. 12. Referring to Section 6/F1, the slab is notto be poured onto the tie beam between frames. There is to be four inches of clean, crushed stone covered by the typical visqueen vapor barrier and no recess or bond is to be made to the tie beam. 13. At a minimum, all bond breakers are to be two layers of 6 roil visqueen. Item No.16 SheetlX1 - Metal Building - Metal Building Siding, Trim and Finishes: Delete reference to baked enamel finish. Finishes to be as specified in Section 13120, Pre-engineered Structures. nfl SEP-26-1995 08:48 1' PAT'S 00C -IT P.04 I Item No.17 Sheet X2 - Post Tensioned Concrete - Quality Assurance: Add the following to the end of the 2nd paragraph: Design requirements are such that it must be capable of bridging a 4" square void while Carrying a 100 PSF live load without visual cracks or failure, as well as resisting cracking produced by temperature and shrinkage forces and uplift forces due to expansive soils. Item No.18 Sheet X2 - Post Tensioned Concrete - Add the following note: "CONTROL JOINTS Location of control joints in all post -tensioned concrete shall be as shown on the drawings, and tilled with an • approved sealant per the Architects requirements." END OF ADDENDUM Page 4 of 4 SEP-26-1995 08 48 PAT'S D0C-[T P.05 Bid No. 95-61 OWNER: CITY OF One sealed bid for Con Fayetteville, AR will be HOD 4238-A (5-66) (Rev. 9-89) ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS YETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS ruction of a Community Center located at 240 E. Rock Street, by: City of Fayetteville Purchasing Department Office, Room 306 City Administration Building 113 W. Mountain Fayetteville, Arkansas rH Pam i until: 2:30 o'clock (A.M. F P.M. X ) September 18,1995 and then publicly opened and read aloud in Room 306 of the City Administration Building. The Information for Bidders, Form of Bid, Form of Contract, Plans, Specifications, Forms of Bid and Performance Bonds, and other contract documents may be obtained at: Perry Butcher & Associates 403 W. Walnut Rogers, AR Contract documents may be viewed at the City of Fayetteville Purchasing Office, 113 W. Mountain, Room 306, Fayetteville, AR: The Owner reserves the right to waive any informalities or to reject any or all bids. Each bidder must deposit with his bid, security in the amount, form, and s bject to the conditions provided in the Information for Bidders. Attention of Bidders is particularly called to the requirements as to conditions of employment to Tbe observed and minimum wage rates to be paid under the contract. Community DevelopmentlBlock Grant Funds have been allocated for this project which is to constitute some or all funding for this project.. No Bidder may withdraw his bid within 30 days after the actual date of the opening thereof. I THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE IS AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER r+***:****+*gas***r*4*a***+*►*+******r**t*a*+*r**+++++a****+**«**** By: Jan Simco, Community Development Coordinator Date: September 3, 19951 AYETTEVILL City of Fayetteville 113 W . Mountain Faetteville, AR 72701 Phone: (501) 521-7700 FAX Number: (501) 575-8257 If nnsmisuan canna be and daily plan call bask AS fl 0- p b. THANK YOU Facsimile Transmission Cover Sisal TO: 4 TTN: FROM: DATE: b - NUMBER OF P NOTES: Y 515 -� (Including cover sheet) �1 6773 w Pb r 08/30/95 r..— X6`1 to1s75 827 Clty of Faye 1001 &**�8�ffi:k W.ffi��ffiMffi*88�:*�:k�88ffiN: ACTIVITY REPORT s� Y:�**SSR W.W #k8£W. N::N N:2 ffi:N N:ffi ffi&S$* TRANSMISSION OK TX/RX NO. � 2466 CONNECTION TEL 94425477 CONNECTION ID NIYA TIMES START. TIME 08/30 17:02 Ii USAGE TIME 0059 PAGES 2 RESULT OK PERRY LBUTCHLR (501)636-4599 P. 002 GENERAL Bill Whitfield Construc 909 South Powell Springdale, AR 72764 (501) 750-7526 Jim Williams Building's Inc. P.O. Box 6190 Springdale, AR 72766 (501)756.8481 Darren Masters Harrison Davis 1931-A Deane Street Fayetteville, AR 72701 (501)443-0996 Ben E. Smith Heckathom Construction 1880 Birch Avenue Fayetteville, AR 72703 (501)442-5386 David Hansen Hunnicutt Construction 2301 S. School Fayetteville, AR 72701 (501)442-0662 Don Hunnicutt Marinoni Construction 5204 S. Thompson Springdale, AR 72764 (501) 750-2316 Brad Center Kinco Constructors 3308 Kelly Drive Springdale, AR 72762 (501)751-8606 Danny Wooldridge Midland Development 2711 West Walnut Rogers, AR 72756 (501) 636-4070 Steve Zimmerman Nabholz Construction '301 North 2nd Street ogers, AR 72756 i01) 636.5380 like Jensen iakridge Builders .O. Box 188 pringdale, AR 72765 501) 750-4565 odd McConnell a if To,c roc �� • RI GI tfLC l �.: �EL/Ai31E . -PRINGMLS - - • -- • PEPPY L. BUTCHER, A.I.A. 3'4tJ FKG Q - (. - NCARS CERTIFIED • Q � JOHN T. MACK, A.I.A. - .I _. _T _ ._♦ T ' . NCARS CERTIFIED - r: - -. _ - - ASSOCIATES PERRY L. BUTCHER Sc ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTS A. I -A MIKE MANNING. A.I.A. - . JAMES MAYER, A.I.A. --J - - - OELVIN NATION, A.I.A. - - I • . . LICENSED: - , ALABAMA Perry .LButcher & Associates, Architects Project No. 95168 ARIZONA September 13, 1995 ARKANSAS COLORADO Addendum #1 .l. FLORIDA Changes to the drawings and/or specifications for: GEORGIA Southeast Fayetteville 11LN°I5 Community Center INDIANA The contract documents for the above named project, dated August 24; 1995, IOWA are hereby amended 'as covered by this addendum. All work under this. KANSAS addendum is subject to the General Conditions and Special Conditions and shall be governed by the requirements thereof. KENTUCKY I PROJECT MANUAL LOUISIANA - j MISSISSIPPI Item No.1 Page 1,ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS - Change the date of the bid,from September 18, 1995 to Thursday, September 28, 1995. MISSOURI Bid time remains the same. The location changes to Room 326. MONTANA - Item No.2 Page 1FTable of Contents - add "Soil and Foundation NEBRASKA Investigation, Southeast Fayetteville Community Center, NEW MEXICO Fayetteville, Arkansas." after Page 62, 63 General Decision. This report is rolled with the project drawings. NEWYOPK ' ' - - - NORTHCAPOLINA : -DRAWINGS . _ _ .. .. - - OHIO Item No.3 .Sheet Al- NOTES FOR GYMNASIUM AREA: Revise Note 6. to OKLAHOMA read: "Provide and Install 2 pairs of Volley Ball floor inserts." SOUTH CAROLINA Item No.4 Sheet Al - NOTES FOR GYMNASIUM AREA: Revise Note 5. to read: ''Provide floor striping for 2 Volley Ball courts and 1 TENNESSEE basketball court. Layout to be approved by Owner and Architect." TEXAS ItemNo.5 Sheet Pt -Floor Plan '1 -Gymnasium 101 - Delete "Pass Through WISCONSIN Window." WYOMING I I' Page 1 of 2 P.O. BOX 2076 ROGERS. ARKANSAS 72757 (501) 636-3545 FAX (501) 636-1209 A I,I . Item No.6 :- Sheet Al - Large Scale Toilet Plan 2 - Add 5' -0" -dimension for depth of toilet stalls in Women 102 and Men 103. Add 2'-0" dimension for depth of urinal screen in Men 103. Item No.7 Sheet U,1= UTILITY CONSTRUCTION NOTES - Delete Note #2. II Item No.8 Sheet P :- Plumbing Drain Plan A - Route 2" and 3" VTR's up wall at South wall of Gymnasium 101, and through Gymnasium roof. Do not route through lower roof. Ili END OF ADDENDUM Page 2 of 2 II � ) F i l x • •l .� � 2 'i , /' t - L 1 } 1 d)'/ V �^ ti f 1 ♦ . . y=mil .ytyf1 IFl�V 7:- k , L�> .. Imo- ♦ti � , t 11 L. BUT --C H E R Sc A S O G IA T. E.-5 'R(... r} _� - �.•JI _..,� '1- ' 'T S} r13 P O. 'B O -;X0 7.-6 !' RD G ER 'S S. -AR K' A.N S A, S 7,.21 75 7 1 -i >1 :. A.I.A Ar j . , . ? - f -.. I 1 1 I. 1 i 1 I _ i y I I PROJECT MANUAL Southeast Fayetteville Community Center Fayetteville, Arkansas PERRY L. BUTCHER & ASSOCIATES, ARCHITECTS P. ,O. Box 2076 Rogers, Arkansas 72757 Project No. 95168 j" August 24, 1995 I TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE.- TITLE 1 . Advertisement For Bids 2-8 Information for Bidders 9,10 Bid for Unit{ Price Contracts (Not Used) 11,12 Bid for Lump Sum Contracts 13,14 Bid Bond i 15-21 HUD Forms, 22-61 General Conditions ' 62,63 General Decision SECTION TITLE 00860 List of Drawings '' DIVISION! - GENERACrREQUIREMENTS 01020 Allowances '01030 Alternates 01340 Submittals; ' 01500 Temporary; Facilities 01700 Project Closeout DIVISION 2- SITEWORK (Site preparation and Earthwork by Owner) 02222 Excavating; Backfilling and Compacting for Utilities I. 02282 Termite Control DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE ' 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 03375 Concrete Curing, Sealing, Hardening and Dustproofing 03600 Grout • DIVISION 4- MASONRY '• 04100 Mortar P 04150 MasonryAccessories 04210 Brick Veneer Masonry 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry Table of Contents -1 DIVISION 5 - METALS 05050 Metal Fastening 05120 Structural Steel 05400 Cold -Formed Metal Framing 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 Building Insulation 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08111 Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08500 Aluminum Window Frames 08710 Finish Hardware 08800 Glazing DIVISION 9- FINISHES 09260 Gypsum Board Systems 09511 Suspended Acoustical Ceilings 09650 Resilient Flooring and Base 09680 Carpet 09900 Painting DIVISION 10- SPECIALTIES 10160 Metal Toilet Compartments 10430 Exterior Signage 10440 Interior Signage 10520 Firefighting Devices 10810 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11480 Athletic Accessories Table of Contents -2 I •1 1 1 'I I 1 I I I 1 I DIVISION 12-- FURNISHINGS No Sections DIVISION 13- SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13120 Pre-engineered Structures 13125 Bleachers DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS No Sections DIVISION 15- MECHANICAL ' 15010 General Mechanical Requirements 15250 Mechanical Insulation 15411 Sanitary Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping System ' 15412 Domestic Water Piping System 15413 Natural Gas Piping System 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 15455 Gas Fired Water Heaters 15610 Forced Air Furnaces 15621 Gas -Fired Unit Heaters 15670 Split System Condensing Units 15860 Fans ' 15890 Low Pressure Ductwork and Accessories (w/out grease) DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16010 General Electrical Requirements 16110 Raceways 16120 Wire and Cables 16130 Boxes and Enclosures 16140 Wiring Devices 16170 Disconnect Switches 16190 Supporting Devices 16195 Electrical Identification 16450 Grounding 16471 Circuit Breaker Lighting Panelboards, 240 VAC MAX 16510 Lighting Fixtures I ITable of Contents -3 I ' - HVD 4278-A(s-66) R 9-89) ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Bid No. 95-61 ' OWNER: CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE, ARKANSAS One sealed bid for Construction of a Community Center located at 240 E. Rock Street, Fayetteville, AR will be received by: City of Fayetteville Purchasing Department Office, Room 306 City Administration Building 113 W. Mountain Fayetteville, Arkansas ' until: 2:30 o'clock(AM. _ P.M. X ) September 18,1995 and then publicly -opened and read aloud in Room 306 of the City Administration Building The Information for Bidders, Form of Bid, Form of Contract, Plans, Specifications, Forms of Bid and Performance Bonds, and other contract documents may be obtained at: Pent' Butcher & Associates 403 W. Walnut Rogers, AR Contract documents may be viewed at the City of Fayetteville Purchasing Office, 113 W. Mountain, Room 306, Fayetteville, AR. The Owner reserves the right to waive any informalities or to reject any or all bids. Each bidder must deposit with his bid, security in the amount, form, and subject to the conditions provided in the Information for Bidders. Attention of Bidders is particularly called to the requirements as to conditions of employment to be observed and minimum wage rates to be paid under the contract. Community Development Block Grant Funds have been allocated for this project which is to constitute some or all funding for this project. No Bidder may withdraw his bid within 30 days after the actual date of the opening thereof. THE CITY OF FAYETTEVILLE IS AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY EMPLOYER By: Jan Simco, Community Development Coordinator Date: September 3, 1995 1 1. I1 IHUD 4238-B(Ir) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS ' 1. RECEIPT AND OPENING OF BIDS The City of Fayetteville, Arkansas (herein called the OWNER), invites bids on the form ' attached hereon, all blanks of which must be appropriately filled in. Bids will be received by the OWNER at the Purchasing Office of the City of Fayetteville, Room 306 IL until 2:30 p.m. September 18, 1995 and then be publicly opened and read aloud in Room 306 ofthe City Administration Building. The envelopes containing the bids must be sealed, designated as Bid No. 95-61 and addressed to: Peggy Bates, Purchasing Manager City of Fayetteville I. 113 W. Mountain Fayetteville, AR 2. PREPARATION OF BID Each Bid must be submitted on the prescribed form and accompanied by Certification ' by Bidder Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity (HUD 4238 -CD -1) and Contractors Certification concerning Labor Standards (HUD -1421). All blank spaces forbid prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, in both words and figures, and the foregoing Certification must be fully completed and executed when submitted. Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name of the Bidder, his address, and the Project name and Bid Number for which it is being submitted. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another envelope addressed as specified in the bid form. 3. SUBCONTRACTS The Bidder is specifically advised that any person, firm or other party to whom it is proposed to award a subcontract under this contract: a. Must be acceptable to the OWNER after verification by the HUD Area Office of the current eligibility status, and ` b. Must submit Forms HUD 4238 -CD -2 and HUD- 1422, Certification by Proposed Subcontractor Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity and Certification of Proposed Subcontractor Concerning Labor Standards. I 1 I Huo4zas-s(E) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 3. SUBCONTRACTS (continued) Approval of the proposed subcontract award cannot be given by the Owner unless and until the proposed subcontractor has submitted the Certifications and/or other evidence showing that it has fully complied with any reporting requirements to which it is or was ' subject. 4. TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION Any bidder may modify his bid by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, provided that such telegraphic communication is received by the OWNER prior to the closing time, and provided further, the OWNER is satisfied that a written confirmation of the telegraphic modification over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the closing time. The telegraphic communication should not reveal the bid price but should provide the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terns will not be known by the OWNER until the sealed bid is opened If written confirmation is not received within two days from the closing time, no consideration will be given to the telegraphic modification. 5. METHOD OF BIDDING The OWNER invites the following bid(s): 1 Construction of a Community Center located at 240 E. Rock, Fayetteville, AR 6. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDER The OWNER may make such investigations as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the bidder shall furnish to the OWNER all such information and date for this purpose as the OWNER may request. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by or investigation of such bidder fails to satisfy the OWNER that bidder is properly qualified to perform the obligations of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Conditional bids will not be accepted. I I L L I • HUD 4238-B(R) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT I. INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 7. BID SECURITY Each bid must be accompanied by cash, certified check of the bidder, or a bid bond prepared on the form of bid bond attached hereto, duly executed by the bidder as ' principal and having as surety thereon a surety company approved by the OWNER, in the amount of 5 percent of the bid. Such cash, checks, or bid bonds will be returned to all except the three lowest bidders within three days after the opening of bids, and the remaining cash, checks, or bid bonds will be returned promptly after the OWNER and the accepted bidder have executed the contract." If no award has been made within 30 days after the date of the opening of bids, bid bonds will be returned upon demand of the bidder at any time thereafter so long as he has not been notified of the acceptance of this bid. See also paragraph 20, BONDING AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. 8. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO ENTER INTO CONTRACT The successful bidder, upon his failure or refusal to execute and deliver the contract and bonds required within 15 days after he has received notice of the acceptance of his bid, shall forfeit to the OWNER, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with his bid. • 9. TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Bidder must agree to commence work on or before a date to be specified in a written "NOTICE TO PROCEED" of the OWNER and to fully complete the project within 135 consecutive calendar days thereafter. Bidder must agree also to pay liquidated damages in the amount of $100.00 for each consecutive calendar day after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work as provided in the General Conditions. 10. CONDITIONS OF WORK Each bidder must inform himself fully of the conditions relating to the construction of the project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful bidder of his obligation to furnish all material and labor necessary to perform the provisions of his contract. Insofar as possible, the contractor, in performing his work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any interruption of or interference with the work of any other contractor. I I HUD 4238•B(R) ' U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT _ INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 11. ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS I No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other pre -bid documents will be made to any bidder orally. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to the Owner and to be given consideration, must be received at least five days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, if issued, will be mailed by certified mail with return receipt requested to all prospective bidders (at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes), not later than three days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become I part of the contract documents. 12. Simultaneously with his delivery of the executed contract, the Contractor shall furnish a surety bond or bonds as security for faithful performance of this contract and for the payment of all persons performing labor on the project under this contract and furnishing materials in connection with this contract, as specified in the General Conditions included herein. The surety on such bond or bonds shall be a duly authorized surety company satisfactory to the OWNER. See also paragraph 20, BONDING AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. I 13. POWER OF ATTORNEY I Attorneys -in -fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and effectively dated copy of their power of attorney. 14. •_ •. •EsJftj Attention is particularly called to those parts of the contract documents and specifications which deal with the following: I I 5 1 I I ifl I I I T I I I 1 I I Li HUD 4238-B(R) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 14. NOTICE OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS (continued) b. Wage rates; ., c. Federal Labor Standards Provisions; d. Stated allowances. I 15. LAWS AND REGULATIONS The bidder's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable State laws, municipal ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the contract" throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the contract the same as though written out in full. 16. METHOD OF AWARD - LOWEST QUALIFIED BIDDER If at the time this contract is to be awarded the lowest base bid submitted by a responsible bidder does not exceed the amount of funds then estimated by the OWNER as available to finance the contract, -the contract will be awarded on the base bid only. If such bid exceeds such amount, the OWNER may reject all bids or may award the contract on the base bid combined with such deductible alternates applied in numerical order in which they are listed in the Form of Bid, as produces a net amount which is within the available funds. 17. OBLIGATION OF BIDDER At the time of the opening of bids, each bidder will be presumed to have inspected the site and to have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the plans and contract documents including all addenda. The failure or omission of any bidder to examine any form, instrument, or document shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation in respect of his bid. 18. SAFETY STANDARDS AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION With respect to all work performed under this contract, the Contractor shall: I. I. Comply with the safety standards provision of applicable laws, building and construction codes and the "Manual of Accident Prevention in• Construction" published by the Associated General I. Contractors of America, the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-596). El 3 I 18. HUD 4238-8(R) 1 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS SAFETY STANDARDS AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION (continued) 1 2. Exercise every precaution at all times for the prevention of accidents and the protection of persons (including employees) and property. Maintain, at this office or other well known place at the job site, all articles necessary for giving first aid to the injured, and shall make standing arrangements for the immediate removal to a hospital or a 1 doctor's care of persons (including employees) who may be injured on the job site. In no case shall employees be permitted to work at a job site before the employer has made a standing arrangement for I removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor's care. 19. OTHER REQUIREMENTS 1 Each Bidder shall be responsible for obtaining from each utility company and government agency all construction standards, requirements, specifications, and construction costs necessary to successfully complete this project. The successful bidder shall be responsible for correlating all phases of construction, including all utility companies and government agencies involved in this project. The successful bidder shall obtain from each said agency and/or company a set of specifications and plans for the construction required, and submit one copy of each to the Community Development Coordinator and the OWNER prior to the "Notice to Proceed." 20. BONDING AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS A State or local unit of government receiving a grant from the Federal government which requires contracting for construction or facility improvement shall follow its own requirements relating to bid guarantees, performance bonds, and payment bonds except for contracts exceeding $100,000. For contracts exceeding $100,000 the minimum requirements shall be as follows: A. A bid guarantee from each bidder equivalent to five percent of the bid price. The bid guarantee shall consist. of a firm commitment such as a bid bond, certified check, or other negotiable instrument accompanying a bid as assurance that the bidder will, I I r .„•, I auo 4238•B(R) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS 20. BONDING AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS (continued) upon acceptance of his bid, execute such contractual documents as may be required within the time specified. B. A performance bond on the part of the contractor for 100 percent of the contract price. A performance bond is one executed in connection with a contract to secure fulfillment of all the contractor's obligations under such contract. C. A payment -bond on -the part of the contractor for 100 percent of -the contract price. A payment bond is one executed in connection with a contract to assure payment as required by law of all persons supplying labor and material in the execution of the work provided for in the contract. I 8 I I I I U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT BID FOR UNIT PRICE CONTRACTS Place I'., I. ' Proposal of called "Bidder") e a corporatio ' State of - II I 1 1 I I as To the IZ1r. Project No. organized and existing e a partnership, or (hj Gentlemen:' The Bidder, in compliance with you of a / H (hereinafter) der the laws of the individual doing business inafter called "Owner") tion for bids for the construction having examined the/be and spe fications with r ated documents and the site of the proposed worbeing miliar with all of he conditions surrounding the construction ofropos project including th availability of materials and labor, hereby ps to urnish all labor, mater is, and supplies, and to construct the project inacc dance with the contract do merits, within. the time set forth therein, t e prices stated below. These rices are to cover all expenses incurred iming the work required under th contract documents, of which this proposalart.Bidder hereby to commence work under this contract n or before a date)to be specified in n "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and o fully complete the project withinconsecutive calendar days thereafter s stipulated in the specification Bidder further agrees to pay as liquidated da ges, the sum of $ for each consecutive calendar day thereafter a hereinafter I, provided in Par graph 19 of the General Conditions. Bidder knowledges receipt of the following addendum: Insert corporation, partnership or individual as applicable. -HUD-4238D(2.69) Replaces CFA-238-Dwhich is obsolete Bid4r a e, described ft t prices: Item Est. • No._ Qty. 1 2 3 S to perform all the work specifications and shown on the plans, for the followi unit Unit Price Description (Each) T tal Dollars & Cents 7rars & Cents Dollars & Cents Dollars & Cents ($ Dollars & cots Dollars & Cents TOTA OF ID $ (Amounts are to be shown in both words figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern.) The above unit prices shall includ all labo materials, bailing, shoring, removal, overhead, profit, insurance, c., to cove the finished work of the several kinds called for. Bidder understands that the Ow r reserves the ri t to reject any or all bids and to waive any informaliti in the bidding. The bidder agrees that thi bid shall be good and may of be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days a er the scheduled closing tim for receiving bids. Upon receipt of written otice of the acceptance of this b d, bidder will execute the formal contrac attached within 10 days and deliver Surety Bond or Bonds as required by Para aph 29 of the General Conditions. The id security attached in the sum of ($ is to become the property of the Owner in th event the contract and bond ar not executed within the time above set forth„ as iquidated damages for the del and additional expense to the Owner caused thereby Respectfully submitted: By (Title) (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) 1 I. I .1 I. I. .i I 1 I 1 (Business Address and Zip Code) HUD -4238D (2-69) 10 GPO 678-453 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS- i Place - - - Date ' Project No. • F Proposal of (hereinafter called "Bidder") 1 (a corporation/ a partnership/ an individual doing business as (State) (STRIKE OUT INAPPLICABLE TERMS) ) To the 1 (hereinafter called "Owner") Gentlemen: The Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for for the construction • of a ' having examined the plans and specifications with related documents and the site of the proposed work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed project including the availability of materials ' and labor, hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the Contract Documents, within the time set forth therein, and at the prices stated below. These prices are to coverall ' expenses incurred in performing the work required under the Contract Documents; of which this proposal is a part. Bidder hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or befgre a date to be specified in written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipu- lated in the specifications. Bidder further agrees to pay as liquidated damages, ' the sum of $ for each consecutive calendar day thereafter as herein- after provided in Paragraph 19 of the General Conditions. Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addendum: 1 � 1 BASE PROPOSAL: Bidder agrees to perform all of the I• work described in the specifications and shown on the plans for the sum of ($ ) (Amount shall be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will gove! n.) ' HUD -4236C (8.66) - ALTERNATE PROPOSALS: I Alternate No. 1: Deduct the sum of ($ ) I Alternate No. 2: Deduct the sum of ($ ) Alternate No. 3: Deduct the sum of ($ ) Alternate No. 4: Deduct the sum of ($ UNIT PRICES: For changing quantities of work items from those indicated by the contract draw- ings upon written instructions from the architect/engineer,- the following unit prices shall prevail: 1. $ 2. $ 3. $ The above unit prices shall include all labor, materials, bailing, §boring, re- moval, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the finished work of the several kinds called for, Changes shall be processed in accordance with paragraph 17(a) of the. General Conditions, Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to. waive any informalities in the bidding. The bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids. Upon receipt of written notice of the acceptance of this bid, Bidder will exe- cute the formal contract attached within 10 days and deliver a Surety Bond or Bonds as required by Paragraph 29 -of the General Conditions. The bid security attached in the sum of ($ ) is to become the property of the Owner in the event the contract and bond'are not executed within the time above set forth, as liqui- dated damages for the delay and additional expense to the Owner caused thereby. (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) Respectfully submitted: By: (Signature) (Title) I I I I 1 I HUD -4238C (8.66) HUD -wash., D.C. 12 (Business Address and Zip Code) 238121-P U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT NUD-423e-E (2-66) I. (Formerly CFA -7y8 -E) { BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we. the undersigned. as Principal, and as Surety, are hereby held L and firmly bound unto in the penal sum of as owner for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and sever - administrators, successors and assigns. 'ally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors Signed, this day of 196.. IThe condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to a certain Bid, attached hereto and hereby made a -part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for the — 1 ' NOW, THEREFOR, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, 1 (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver: a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in1 accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond for his faithful per- , formance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and efI- fect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this oh ligation as here -in stated. I I 13 The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive :...vice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. SEAL By: 14 (L. S.) Prisripel Setup CPC ♦ll.Pea 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 I. 1 1 I. I. 1 i i 1 I _ HUD -4239 -CO -s (6-66) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING.AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY ' INSTRUCTIONS This certification is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 (30 F. R. 12319.25). The implementing rules and regulations provide that any bidder or prospective contractor, or any of their proposed subcon- tractors, shall state as an initial part of the bid or negotiations of the contract whether it has partici- pated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause; and, if so, whether ' it has filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions. Where the certification indicates that the bidder has not filed a compliance report due under applicable instructions, such bidder shall be required to submit a compliance report within seven calendar days ' after bid opening. No contract shall be awarded unless such report is submitted. CERTIFICATION BY BIDDER Bidder's Name: ' Address: ' 1. Bidder has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause. Yes ❑ Na ❑ ' 2. Compliance reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract or subcontract. Yes ❑ No ❑ ' 3. Bidder has filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions, including SF -100. Yes ❑ No ❑ None Required ❑ 4. If answer to item 3 is " No," please explain in detail on reverse side of this certification. Certification — The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (PLEASE TYPE( I SIGNATURE DATE I Previous Editions Obsolete 15 GPO 669436 I U.S. D PAR1 MEN1 OF MI,VSING AND UNNAM Lt VELUPMENI I ""'"' - COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT PROGRAM CONTRACTOR'S.CERTIE) CATION CONCERNING LABOR STANDARDS AND PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS ' TO (Appeepriare Recipient: DATE PROJECT NUMSCR (I/any) c/o ' PROJECT NAMC 1. The undersigned, having executed a contract with ' (or the construction of the above -identified project, acknowledges that: (a) The Labor Standards provisions are included In the aforesaid contract; ' (b) Correction of any infractions of the aforesaid conditions, including infractions by any of his subcontractors and any lower tier subcontractors, is his responsibility; 2. He certifies That: (a). Neither he not any. firm, partnership or association In which he has substantial interest is designated as an ineligible contractor by the Comptroller General of the United States pursuant to Section 5.6(b) of the Regulations of the Secretary of Labor, Part S (29 CFR, Part S)or pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act, as amended (40 O.S.C. 276a-2(a)A (b) No part of the aforementioned contract has been or will be subcontracted to any subcontractor if such sub- contractor of any firm, corporation, partnership of association in which such subcontractor has a substantial - interest is designated as an ineligible contractor pursuant to any of the aforementioned regulatory or statutory ' provisions. 3. He agrees to obtain and forward to the aforementioned recipient within ten days after the execution of any subcontract, ' including those executed by his subcontractors and any lower tier subcontractors. s Subcontractor's Certification Concerning Labor Standards and Prevailing Wage Requirements executed by the subcontractors. 4. He certifies that: (a) The legal name and the business address of the undersigned are: 1 (b) The undersigned ;s: 111 ASIMCLL PROPRIETORSHIP ISI A CORPORATION ORGANIZED IN THE STATE OF Ill A PARTNERSHIP 141 OTHER ORGANIZATION(DCeenbe) r_1 TL- ,:,I. _.A.AA,.ee at AA Owner. banners or officers of the undersigned are: L I [] I NAME TITLE ADDRESS I MUD -1421 16-131 ' 16 I (d) The names end addresses of oil ether persons, both neural ant corpente, having •a •.Mamie) interest in ILi undersigned, and the nature of the interest are (I nose, so .Mss!: - "AMC AOOncSS MATOrra OF IMTCfLST -- - 1 1 1 (a) The normal, addresses and trode classification$ *1 .11 ether building construdton copireclers in which the undersigned beg e substantial interest ire (If none. ce 51014• NAME ADDReSS T RADC CLAISIFICATION 1 1 1 (Se been uscbr) 1 Si (Signabre) (Typed Non and Title) WARNING U.S. Criminal Code, stetson 1010. Title 12, U.S.C.. ptevtdes in part •7hosvn,.... makes, pose", ones, or publishes any stalemenl, knodna the game to bo (also.... 1 shalt be tined not more Wen *5.000., Imprhened net more than two tern, or both." 1 1 1 • 17 ere tuna ' I I I J FORM APPROVED BUDGET BUREAU NO. 63.R1138 F DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT CERTIFICATION BY PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY F PRIME CONTRACTOR HUD -4238 -CD -2 (2-67) PROJECT NO. ' - INSTRUCTIONS - - This certification is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 (30 F.R. 12319.25). The implementing rules and regulations provide that any bidder or prospective contractor, or any of their proposed subcontractors, shall state as an initial part of the bid or negotiations of the contract whether it has participated in any previous contract or sub- contract subject to the equal opportunity clause; and, if so, whether it has filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions. Where the certification indicates that the subcontractor has not filed a compliance report due under applicable in- structions, such subcontractor shall be required to submit a compliance report before the owner approves the sub- contract or permits work to begin under the subcontract. SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Subcontractor's Name: Address: 1. Bidder has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause. Yell No lI 2. Compliance reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract or subcontract. 'Yes lI NoEl 3. Bidder has filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions, including SF -100. 'Yes I No I__ None Required Q 4. If answer to item 3 is "No," please explain in detail on reverse side of this certification. Certification — The information above is true and complete to the best of my knowledge and belief. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Please Type) .n p1ATunr - DATE I. I2157e9 -P Previous Editions Obsolete HUD -Wash., D. C. 18 I I 1 1 I I I US. DEPARTMENT OF (HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT PROGRAM - SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION CONCERNING LABOR STANDARDS AND PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS TO (.Ipp.opriele Recipient): OAT E PROJECT NUMBER PROJECT NAME 1. The undersigned, having executed a contract with rant/uelnl 0l tl [OAYO [IO/ for NNu/e of work) in the amount of S in the construction of the above•identifed project, certifies that: (a) The Labor Standards Provisions of The Contract For Construction are included in the aforesaid contract. (b) neither he nor any firm, corporation, partnership or association in which he has a substantial interest is designated as an ineligible contractor by the Comptroller General of the United States pursuant to Section 5.6(h) of the Regulations of the Secretary of Labor. Part S (29 CPR, Part 5), or pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Davis. - '- - Bacon Act as amended (70 U.S.C. 276a -2(c)). "'" (c) No part of the aforementioned contract has been or will be subcontracted to any subcontractor if such subcontractor or any firm, corporation, partnership or associaUan in which such subcontractor has a substantial interest is designated as an ineligible contractor pursuant to the aforesaid regulatory or statutory provisions. - 2. He agrees to obtain and forward to the contractor, for transmittal to the recipient, within ten days after the execution of any lower subcontract, a Subcontractor's Certification Concerning Labor Standards and Prevailing Wage Require- ments, executed by the lower tier subcontractor, in duplicate. (a) The workmen will report (orduty on or about a,e 3. He codifies that: (a) The legal name and the business address of the undersigned are (b) The undersigned is: III A SINGLE PROPRIETORSHIP: ILl A CORPORATION ORGANIZED IN THE STATE OF: 121 A PARTNERSHIP: 141 OTHER ORGANIZATION (Describe) fA TL. tl,e.. title and address of the twner, partners or officers of the undersigned ore: 19 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this contract in six (6) counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first above mentioned. (Seal) ATTEST: liii (Secretary) (Witness) (Seal) (Con tractor) (Witness) (77t?e) (Address and Zip Code) NOTE: Secretary of the Owner should attest. If Contractor is a corporation. Secretary should attest. HUD -4238-F (666) GPO 969-a90 20 I HUD.axitJ (2.66) U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development CERTIFICATE OF OWNER'S ATTORNEY I, the undersigned, duly authorized and acting legal representative of follows: the , do hereby certify as I have examined the attached_contract(s) and surety bonds and the manner - of execution thereof, and I am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid agreements has been duly executed by the proper parties thereto acting through their duly authorized representatives; that said representatives have full power and authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the respective parties named thereon; and that the foregoing agreements consti- tute valid and legally binding obligations upon the parties executing the same in accordance with terms, conditions and provisions thereof. Date: HUD-Wa.h., D. c. 21 ■ HUD-4238-S(R) I. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT Community Development Block Grant Program GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. Contract and Contract Documents The project to be constructed pursuant to this contract will be financed with assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and is subject to all applicable Federal laws and regulations. The Plans, Specifications, and Addenda, hereinafter enumerated in Paragraph 1 of the Supplemental General Conditions shall form part of the contract and the provisions thereof shall be as binding upon the parties hereto as if they were herein fully set forth. The table, of contents, titles, headings, running headlines and marginal notes contained herein and in said documents are solely to facilitate reference to various provisions of the contract documents and in no way affect., limit, or cast light on the interpretation of the provisions to which ' they refer. CONTENTS* ' 1. Contract and Contract Documents 36. Stated Allowances 2. Definitions 37. Use of Premises & Removal of Debris 3. Additional Instructions & Detail Drawings 38. Quantities of Estimate '4. Shop or Setting Drawings 39. Lands & Rights -of -Way 5. Materials, Services, & Facilities 40. General Guaranty 6. Contractor's Title to Material 41. Conflicting Conditions ' 7. Inspection & Testing of Materials 42. Notice & Service Thereof 8. "Or Equal" Clause 43. Required Provision Deemed Inserted 9. Patents 44. Protection of Lives & Health 10. Surveys, Permits & Regulations 45. Subcontracts 11. Contractor's Obligations 46. Equal Employment Opportunity 12. Weather Conditions 47. Interest of Member of Congress 13. Protection of Work & Property - Emergency 48. Other Prohibited Interests ' 14. Inspection .49. Use Prior Owner's Acceptance 15. Reports, Records & Data 50. Photographs 16. Superintendence by Contractor 51. Suspension of Work 17. Changes in Work 52. Anticipated Fringe Benefits 18. Extras 53. Overtime Compensation 19. Time for Completion & Liquidated Damages 54. Apprentices/Trainees 20. Correction of Work 55. Employment Prohibited '21. Subsurface Condition Found Different 56. Compliance with Anti -Kickback Act 22. Claims for Extra Cost 57. Classifications Not Listed 23. Right of Owner to Terminate Contract 58. Fringe Benefits Not Expressed '24. Construction Schedule & Periodic Estimates 59. Posting Wage Rates 25. Payments to Contractors 60: Complaints, Proceedings or Testimony 26. Acceptance of Final Payment as Release 61. Claims and Disputes 27. Payments by.Contractor 62. Questions Concerning Regulations 28. Insurance 63. . Payrolls and Records 29. Contract Security ' 64. Specific Coverage 30. Additional or Substitute Bond 65. Ineligible Subcontractors 31. Assignments 66. Provisions to be Included 32. Mutual Responsibility of Contractors 67. Employment Practices 33. Separate Contracts 68. Contract Termination; Debarment ' 34. Subcontracting *Attachment to Federal Labor Standards 35. Architect/Engineer's Authority Provisions 22 Index of General Conditions I Subject Section Accident Prevention . . . . . . . . 44 Additional Bond •.-. 30 Additional Instructions . . . . 3 *Allowances. . . . . . . . . . -. 36 -- Anti -Kickback Act . . . . . . . . . 56 Apprentices/Trainees. •. . . . . . . 54 Architect's Authority . . . . . . . 35 . . . . . . . . Assignments............31 . . . 31 Bond, Security. . . . . . . . . . . 29 Bond, Security; Additional. . . . . 30 Changes in Work . . . . . . . . . . 17 Claims fo Extra Cost. . . . . . . . 22 Completion Time . . . . . . . . . . 19 Complaints, Proceedings or Testimony . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Condition, Subsurface . . . . . . . 21 Conflicting Conditions.. . . . . . 41 Construction Schedule . . . . . . . 24 Contract Documents. . . . . . . . . 1 Contract Security . . . . . . . . 29 Contractor's Insurance. . . . . . . 28 Contract Termination. . . . . . . . 68 Contractor's Mutual Responsibility. 32 Contractor's Obligations. . . . . . 11 Claims and Disputes . ... . . . . . 61 Contractor's Title to Material. . . 6 Classifications Not Listed. . . . . 57 Correction of Work. . . . . . . . . 20 Damages, Liquidated . . . . . . . . 19 Data, Reports and Records . . . . . 15 Debarment; Breach of Labor Standards............68 . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Debris Removal . . . . . . . . .. . 37 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Detail Drawings . . . . . . . . . . 3 Different Subsurface. . . . . . . . 21 Discrimination, Employment. . . . . 46 Drawings, Detail. . . . . . . . . . 3 Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Employment Practices. . . . . . . . 67 *Equal Employment Opportunity. . . . 46 Estimated Quantities. . . . . . . . 38 Extras. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Final Payment . . . . . . . . . . . 26 *Guarantee, General. . . . . . . . . 40 Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Inspection of Materials . . . . . . 7 Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Lands and Rights -of -Way . . . . . . 39 Legal Provisions, Implied . . . . . 43 Liquidated Damages. . . . . . . .... 19 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Member of Congress. . ... . . . . . 47 Nondiscrimination, Employment . . . 46 Notice and Service. . . . . . . . . 42 Subject Section Obligations of Contractor . . . . 11, "Or Equal" Clause . . . . . . . . 8 Overtime Compensation . . . . . . 53 Owner's Right to Terminate. . . :-23, Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Payments by Contractor. . . . . . 27 Payments to Contractor. . . . . . 25 Payrolls and Records. . . . . . . 63 Periodic Estimates . . . . . . . 24 Permits, Surveys, Regulations . . 10 Posting Minimum Wage Rates.. . . 59 Prohibited. Interests. . . . . . . 48 Protection of Lives and Health. . 44 Protection of Work, Property. . . 13 *Provisions Required by Law. . . . 43 Quantities of Estimate. . . . . . 38 Questions Concerning Regulation . 62 Release of Contractor . . . . . 26 Removal of Debris . . . . . . 37 Reports, Records and Data . . . . 15 Responsibility of Contractor. . . 32 Right of Owner to Terminate . . . 23 Rights -of -Way . . . . . . . . . . 39 ' Schedule of Construction. . . . . 24 Security . . . . ... . . . . . . .29 Separate Contracts. . . . . . . . 33 Services, Materials, Facilities . 5 , Shop Drawings . . . . . . . . . . 4 Specific Coverage . . . . . . . . 64 Stated Allowances . . . . . . . . 36� Subcontracting. . . . . . . . . . 34 45 Subcontractor's Insurance . . . . 28 Subcontractors, Ineligible. . . . 65 Substitute Bond . . . . . . . . . 30 Subsurface Conditions . . . . 21 Superintendence by Contractor . . 16 Surveys, Permits. . . . . . . . . 10 Suspension of Work. . . . . . . . 51 Termination of Contract . . . . . 23, 68 Testing of Materials. . . . . . . 7 Time for Completion . . . . . . . 19 Title to Materials. . . . . . 6 Trainees/Apprentices. . . . . . . 54 Use and Occupancy . . . . . . . . 49 Use of Premises . . . . . . . . . 37 Weather Conditions. . . . . . . . 12 *Anticipated Fringe Benefits . . . 52 *Employment Prohibited . . . . . . 55 *Fringe Benefits Not Expressed . . 58 *Provisions to be Included . . . . I 23 I I H CONTRACT 1 1 1 i 1 •1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 THIS AGREEMENT, made this day of between herein through its (Corporate Name of Owner) (Title of Authorized Official) STRIKE OUT (a corporation) (a partnership) INAPPLICABLE (an individual doing business as TERMS of hereinafter called "Contractor." County of HUD -4238.F (6-66) ,19 —,by and " herein called "Owner,acting , and State of ,and WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with the OWNER to commence and complete the construction described as follows: hereinafter called the project, for the sum of Dollars (S ) and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the General and Special Con- ditions of the Contract; and at his (its or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to com- plete the said project in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal, the General Conditions, Sup- plemental General Conditions and Special Conditions of the Contract, the plans, which include all maps, plats, blue prints, and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter thereof, the specifications and contract documents therefor as prepared by ,herein entitled the Architcct)Engineer, and as enumerated in Paragraph 1 of the Supplemental General Conditions, all of which are made a part hereof and col- lectively evidence and constitute the contract. The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within consecutive calendar days thereafter. The Contractor further agrees to pay, as liquidated damages, the sum of $ - for each consecu- tive calendar day thereafter as hereinafter provided in Paragraph 19 of the General Conditions. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract, and to make payments on account thereof as provided in Paragraph 25, "Payments to Contractor," of the General Conditions. 24 I IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this contract in six (6) counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first above mentioned. (TI) ' ATTEST: (owner) - - - - By (Secretary) (Witness) (Title) (Seal) (Contractor) By ' (Witness) (TYtie) (Address and Zip Code) , NOTE: Secretary of the Owner should attest. If Contractor is a corporation, Secretary should attest. ' i 1 1 1 HUO-4238-F (6-66) GPO 669•x0 , 25 I ' 2. Definitions: The following terms as used in this contract are respectively ' defined as follows: '(a) "Contractor": A person, firm or corporation with whom the contract is made by the Owner. (b) "Subcontractor": A person, firm or corporation supplying labor and materials or only labor for work at the site of the project for, and under separate contract or agreement with, the Contractor. (c) "Work on (at) the project": Work to be performed at the ' location of the project, including the transportation of materials and supplies to or from the location of the project by employees of the Contractor and any Subcontractor. 3. Additional Instruction and Detail Drawings I. The Contractor will be furnished additional instructions and detail drawings as necessary to carry out the work included in the contract. The additional drawings and instructions thus supplied to the Contractor will coordinate with the Contract Documents and ' will be so prepared that they can be reasonably interpreted as part thereof. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the additional detail drawings and instructions. I. The. Contractor and the Architect/Engineer will prepare jointly (a) a schedule, fixing the dates at which special detail drawings will be required, such drawings, if any, to be furnished by the ' Architect/Engineer in accordance with said schedule, and (b) a schedule fixing the respective dates for the submission of shop drawings, the beginning of manufacture, testing and installation of materials, supplies and.equipment, and the completion of the ' various parts of the work; each such schedule to be subject to change from time to time in accordance with the progress of the work. ' 4. Shop or Setting Drawings ' The Contractor shall submit promptly to the Architect/Engineer two (2) copies of each shop or setting drawing prepared in accordance with the schedule predetermined as aforesaid. After examination of such drawings by the Architect/Engineer, and the return t thereof, the Contractor shall make such corrections to the drawings as have been indicated and shall furnish the Architect/Engineer with two (2) corrected copies. If requested by the Architect/Engineer the Contractor must furnish additional copies. Regardless of corrections made in or approval given to such drawings by the Architect/Engineer, the Contractor will. ' nevertheless be responsible for the accuracy of such drawings and for their conformity to the Plans and Specifications, unless he notifies the Architect/Engineer in writing of any deviations at the time he furnishes such drawings. 1 I. 26 L 5. Materials, Services, and Facilities ' (a) It is understood that except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, tools, equipment, water, light, power, transportation, superintendence, temporary construction of every nature, and all other services and facilities of every nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete, and deliver the work with the specified time. (b) Any work necessary to be performed after regular working hours, on Sundays or Legal Holidays, shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner. 6. Contractor's Title to Materials No materials or supplies for the work shall be purchased by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. The Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. 7. Inspection and Testing of Materials ' (a) All materials and equipment used in the construction of the project shall be subject to adequate inspection and testing in accordance with accepted standards. The laboratory or inspection agency shall be selected by the Owner. The Owner will pay for all laboratory inspection service direct, and not as part of the contract. (b) Materials of construction, particularly those upon which the strength and durability of the structure may depend, shall be subject to inspection and testing to establish conformance with specifications and suitability for uses intended. 8. "Or Equal" Clause ' Whenever a material, article, or piece of equipment is identified on the plans or in the specifications by reference to manufacturer's or vendor's names, catalogue numbers, etc., it is intended merely to establish a standard; and, any material, article, or equipment of other manufacturers and vendors which will perform adequately the duties imposed by the general design will be considered equally acceptable provided the material, article, or equipment so proposed is, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, of equal substance and function. It shall not be purchased or installed by the Contractor without the Architect/Engineer's written approval. 27 L I 1-1 9. Patents ' (a) The Contractor shall hold -and save the - Owner and its officers, agents, servants, and employees harmless from liability of any nature or kind, including cost and expenses t for, or on account of, any patented or unpatented invention, process, article, or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of the contract, including its use by the Owner, unless otherwise specifically stipulated in the Contract 'Documents. (b) License or Royalty Fees: License and/or Royalty Fees for the ' use of a process which is authorized by the Owner of the project must be reasonable, and paid to the holder of the patent or his authorized licensee, direct by the Owner and ' not by or through the Contractor. (c) If the Contractor uses any design, device, or materials covered by letters, patent or copyright, he shall provide for ' such use by suitable `agreement with the Owner of such patented or copyrighted design, device, or material. It is mutually agreed and understood, that, without exception, the ' contact prices shall include all royalties or cost arising from the use of such design, device, or materials, in any way involved in the work. The Contractor and/or his Sureties ' shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner of the project from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of such patented or copyrighted design, device or materials or any trademark or copyright in connection with work agreed Ito be performed under this contract, and shall indemnify the Owner for any cost, expense or damage which it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the ' prosecution of the work of after completion of the work. 10. Surveys, Permits, and Regulations ' Unless otherwise expressly provided for in the Specifications, the Owner will furnish to the Contractor all surveys necessary for the I. execution of the work. The Contractor shall procure and pay all permits, licenses, and approvals necessary for the execution of his contract. ' The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, orders, and regulations relating to performance of the work, the ' protection of adjacent property, and the maintenance of passageways, guard fences or other protective facilities. 28 11. Contractor's Obligations The Contractor shall and will, in good workmanlike manner, do and perform all work and furnish all supplies and materials, machinery, equipment, facilities, and means, except as herein otherwise expressly specified, necessary or proper to perform and complete all the work required by this contract, within the time herein specified, in accordance with the provisions of this contract and said specifications and in accordance with the plans and drawings covered by this contract, any and all supplemental plans and drawings, and in accordance with the directions of the Architect/Engineer as given from time to time during the progress of the work. He shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove such construction plant and such temporary works as may be required. The Contractor shall observe, comply with, and be subject to all terms, conditions, requirements, and limitations of the contract .and specifications, and shall do, carry on, and complete the entire work to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer and the Owner. 12. Weather Conditions ' In the event of temporary suspension of work, or during inclement weather, or whenever the Architect/Engineer shall direct, the Contractor will, and will cause his subcontractors to, protect carefully his and their work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, any work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any of his subcontractors so to protect his work, such materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 13. Protection of Work and Property - Emergency The Contractor shall at all times safely guard the Owner's property from injury or loss in connection with this contract. He , shall at all times safely guard and protect his own work, and that of adjacent property from damage. The Contractor shall replace or make good any such damage, loss, or injury unless such be caused directly by errors contained in the contract or by the Owner, or his duly authorized representatives. In case of an emergency which threatens loss or injury of property, and/or safety of life, the Contractor will be allowed to act, without previous instructions from the Architect/Engineer, in a diligent manner. He shall notify the Architect/Engineer immediately thereafter. Any claim for compensation by the Contractor due to such extra work shall be promptly submitted to the 'Architect/Engineer for approval. Where the Contractor has not taken action but has notified the Architect/Engineer of an emergency threatening injury to persons or damage to the work or any adjoining property, he shall act as instructed or authorized by the Architect/Engineer. I 29 H G The amount of reimbursement claimed by the Contractor on account of any emergency actidr sha11 be determined in the manner provided in Paragraph_17 of the General Conditions. 14. Inspection. The authorized representatives and.agents of the Department of Housing and Urban. Development shall be permitted to inspect all work, materials, :payrolls, - records of personnel, invoices of materials, and other relevant data and records. - 15. Reports, Records,:and Data The Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedules of quantities and costs, progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records, and other data as the. Owner may request 'concerning work performed or to be performed under this contract. 16. Superintendence by Contractor At the site of the work the Contractor shall employ a construction • superintendent or foreman who shall have full authority to act for ' the Contractor. It is understood that such representative shall be acceptable to the Architect/Engineer and shall be one who can be continued in that capacity for the particular job involved unless he ceases to be on the Contractor's payroll. 1 17. Changes in Work No changes in the work covered by the approved Contract - Documents shall be made without having prior written approval of the Owner. Charges or credits for the work covered by the approved change ' shall be determined by one or more, or a combination of the following methods: (a) Unit bid price previously approved. ' (b)_ An agreed lump sum. (c) The actual cost of: 1. Labor, including foreman; 2. Materials entering permanently into the work; 3. The ownership or rental cost of construction plant and equipment during the time of use on the extra work; 4. Power and consumable supplies for the operation of power equipment; 5. Insurance; 6. Social Security and old age and unemployment contributions. To the cost under (c) there shall be added a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to. exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the actual cost of the work. The fee shall be compensation to cover the cost of supervision, overhead, .bond, profit, and any other general expenses. I Ii 30 U 18. Extras Without invalidating the contract, the Owner may order extra work or make changes by altering, adding to or deducting from the work, the contract sum being adjusted accordingly, and the consent of the Surety being first obtained, where necessary or desirable. All the work of the kind bide upon shall be paid for at the price stipulated in the proposal, and no claims for any extra work or materials shall be allowed unless the work is ordered in writing by the Owner or its Architect/Engineer, acting officially for the Owner, and the price is stated in such order. 19. Time for Completion and Liquidated Damages It is hereby understood and mutually agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and the time e' for completion as specified in the contract of the work to be done hereunder are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced on a date to be specified in the "Notice to Proceed." The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted I regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will insure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of. the work described herein is a reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. If the said Contractor shall neglect, fail, or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the Owner the amount specified in the contract, not as a penalty but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the contract for completing the work. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and said amount is agreed to be the amount of damages which the Owner would sustain and said amount shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates. I 31 I I It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this contractand of ttiespecifications wherein a definite and certain length of time is fixed for the performance of any act whatsoever; and where under the contract an additional time is allowed for the completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by such extension shall' be of the essence of this contract. Provided, that the Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the Owner determines that the Contractor is without fault and the Contractor's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the . Owner; Provided, further, that the Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due: (a) To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government; (b) To unforseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and severe weather; and (c) To any delays of Subcontractors or suppliers occasioned. by ' any of the causes specified in subsections (a) and (b) of this article. Provided, further, that the Contractor shall, within ten (10) days from the beginning of such delay, unless the Owner shall grant a furtherperiod of time prior to the date of final - settlement of the contract, notify the Owner, in writing, of the i causes of the delay, who shall ascertain the facts and extent of the delay and notify the Contractor within a reasonable time of its.decision in the matter. 20. Correction of Work. All work, all materials, whether incorporated in the work or not, all processes of manufacture, and all methods of construction shall be at all times and places subject to the inspection of the Architect/Engineer who shall be the final judge of the quality and suitability of the work, materials, processes, of manufacture, and methods of construction for the purposes for which they are used. Should they fail to meet his approval they shall be forthwith reconstructed, made good, replaced and/or corrected, as the case may be, by the Contractor at his own expense. Rejected material shall immediately be removed from the site. If, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, it is undesirable to replace any defective or damaged materials or to reconstruct or correct any portion of the work injured or not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the compensation to be paid to the Contractor hereunder shall be reduced by such amount as .in the judgement of the Architect/Engineer shall be equitable. 32 I 21. Subsurface Conditions Found Different ' •Should the Contractor encounter subsurface and/or latent _conditions_ at the site_ materially_ differing from those shown -on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, he shall immediately give notice to the Architect/Engineer of such conditions before they are disturbed. The Architect/Engineer will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions, and if he finds that they materially differ from those shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, he will at once make such changes in the Plans and/or Specifications as he may find necessary, any increase or decrease of cost resulting from such changes to be adjusted in the manner provided in Paragraph 17 of the General Conditions. 22. Claims for Extra Cost 1 No claim for extra work or cost shall be allowed unless the same was done in pursuance of a written order of the Architect/Engineer approved by the Owner, as aforesaid, and the claim presented with the first estimate after the changed or extra work is done. When work is performed under the terms of subparagraph 17(c) of the General Conditions, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory bills, payrolls, and vouchers covering all items of cost and when requested by the Owner, give the Owner access to accounts relating thereto. 23. Right of the Owner to Terminate Contract In the event that any of the provisions of this contract are violated by the Contractor, or by any of his subcontractors, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety of its intention to terminate the contract, such notices to contain the reasons for such intention to terminate the contract, and unless within ten (10) days after the serving of such notice upon the Contractor, such violation or delay shall cease and satisfactory arrangement of correction be made, the contract shall, upon the expiration of said ten (10) days, cease and terminate. In the event of any such termination, the Owner shall immediately serve notice thereof upon the Surety and the Contractor, and the Surety shall have the right to take over and perform the contract; Provided, however, that if the Surety does not commence performance thereof within ten (10) days from the date of the mailing to such Surety of notice of termination, the Owner may take over the work and prosecute the same to completion by contract or by force.account for the account and at the expense of the Contractor, and the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for any excess cost occasioned the Owner thereby, and in such event the Owner may take possession of and utilize in completing the work, such materials, appliances, and plant as may be on the site of the work and necessary therefor. 1 , 33 L I ,t I I _1 I I 1.1 I I 24. Construction Schedule, and Periodic Estimates Immediately after execution and -delivery of the contract, and -- before the first partial payment is made, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner an estimated construction progress schedule in form satisfactory to the Owner, showing the proposed dates of commencement and completion of each of the various subdivisions of work required under the Contract Documents and the anticipated amount of each monthly payment that will become due the Contractor is accordance with the progress schedule. The Contractor shall also furnish on forms to be supplied by. the Owner (a) detailed estimate giving a complete breakdown of the contract price and (b) periodic itemized estimates of work done for the purpose of making partial payments thereon. The costs employed in making up any of these schedules will be used only for determining the basis of partial payments and will not be considered as fixing a basis for additions to or deductions from the contract price. 25. Payments to Contractor (a) (b) (c) 1 I. (d) I. I To insure the proper performance of this contract, the Owner shall retain ten percent (10%) of the amount of each estimate until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by this contract: Provided, that the Contractor shall submit his estimate not later than the first day of the month; Provided, further, that the Owner at any time after seventy five percent (75%) of the work has been completed, if it finds that satisfactory progress is being made, may reduce retainage to five prcent (5%); Provided, further, that on completion and acceptance of each separate building, public work, or other division of the contract, on which the price is stated separately in the contract, payment may .be made in full, including" retained percentages. thereon, less authorized deductions. In preparing estimates the material delivered on the site and preparatory work done may be taken.into consideration. All material and work covered by partial payments made shall thereupon become the sole property of the Owner, but this provision shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from the sole responsibility for the care and protection of materials and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged work, or as a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all the terms of the contract. Owner's Right to Withhold Certain Amounts and Make Application Thereof: The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful :demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. The Contractor shall, at the owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabovedesignated have been 34 I paid, discharged, or -waived. If the Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on ' the said Contractor, either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, direct, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed - reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged whereupon payment to the Contractor shall be resumed, in accordance with the terms of this contract, but in no event shall the provision of this sentence be construed as to impose any obligations upon the Owner to either the Contractor or his Surety. In paying any, unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of the Contractor, and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as a payment made under the contract by the Owner to the Contractor and the Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any such payments made in good faith. 26. Acceptance of Final Payment Constitutes Release , The acceptance by the Contractor of final payment shall be and shall operate as a release to the Owner of al -1 claims and all liability to the Contractor for all things done or furnished in connection with this work and for every act and neglect of the Owner and other relating to or arising out of this work. No payment, however, final or otherwise, shall operate to release the Contractor or his sureties from any obligations under this contract or the Performance and Payment Bond. 27. Payment by the Contractor The Contractor shall pay (a) for all transportation and utility services no later than the 20th day of the calendar month following that in which the services are rendered, (b) for all materials, tools, and other expendable equipment to the extent of ninety percent (90%) of the cost thereof, not later than the 20th day of the calendar month following that in which such materials, tools, and equipment are delivered at the site of the project and the balance of the cost thereof, not later than the 30th day following the completion of that part of the work in or on which such materials, tools, equipment are incorporated or used, and (c) to each of his subcontractors, not later than the 5th day following each payment to the Contractor, the respective amounts allowed the Contractor on account of the work performed by his subcontractors to the extent of each subcontractor's interest therein. I I 35 I I I 28. Insurance - The -Contractor shall -not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all the insurance required under this paragraph and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the I Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until the insurance required of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. I (a) Compensation Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract Workman's Compensation: Insurance as required by applicable State or I territorial law for all of his employees to be engaged in work at the site of the project under this contract and, in case of any such work sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Workman's Compensation Insurance for all the latter's employees to be engaged in. such work unless such employees are covered by the protection I afforded by the. Contractor's Workman's Compensation Insurance. 'In case any- class of employees-- engaged in hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Workman's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each subcontractor to provide adequate employer's liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees as are not otherwise protected. �. (b) Contractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract Contractor's Public Liability Insurance, Contractor's Property Damage Insurance, and Vehicle Liability Insurance in the amounts specified in the Supplemental General Conditions. (c) Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall either (1) require each of his �, subcontractors to procure and to maintain during the life of his subcontract, Subcontractor's Public Liability, Property Damage Insurance, and Vehicle Liability Insurance of the type and in the amounts specified in the Supplemental General Conditions specified in subparagraph (b) hereof or, (2) insure the activities of his policy, specified in subparagraph' (b) hereof. �> (d) Scope of Insurance and Special Hazards: The insurance required under subparagraphs (b) and (c) hereof shall provide I. adequate protection for the Contractor and his subcontractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations. under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by -him and, also against any of the special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of this contract as enumerated in the Supplemental General Conditions. 36 1 (e) Builder's Risk Insurance (Fire and Extended Coverage): Until the project is completed and accepted by the Owner, the Owner or Contractor (at the Owner's option as indicated in the Supplemental General_._Conditions,_ Form HUD -4.238-N) is - required to maintain Builder's Risk Insurance (fire and extended coverage) on a•100 percent completed value basis on the insurable portion of the project for he benefit of the Owner, the Contractor, subcontractors as their interests may appear. The Contractor shall not include any costs for Builder's Risk Insurance (fire and extended coverage) premiums during construction unless the Contractor is required to provide such insurance; however, this provision shall not release the Contractor from his obligation to complete, according to plans and specifications, the project covered by the Contract, and the Contractor and his Surety shall be obligated to full performance of the Contractor's undertaking. (f) Proof of Carriage of Insurance: The Contractor shall furnish the Owner with certificates showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and date of expiration of policies. Such certificatse shall also contain substantially the following statement: "The insurance .covered by this certificate will not be cancelled or materially altered, except after ten (10) days written notice has been received by the Owner." 29. Contract Security The Contractor shall furnish a performance bond in an amount at least equal to one hundred.percent (100%) of the contract prices as security for the faithful performance of this contract and also a payment bond in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price or in a penal sum not less than that prescribed by State, territorial or local law, as security for the payment of all persons performing labor on the project under this contract and furnishing materials in connection with this contract. The performance bond and the payment bond may be in one or in separate instruments in accordance with local law. 30: Additional or Substitute Bond If, at any time the Owner for justifiable cause shall be or become dissatisfied with any surety or sureties, then upon the Performance or Payment Bonds, the Contractor shall within five (5) days after notice from the Owner so to do, substitute an acceptable bond (or bonds) in such form and sum and signed by such other surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the Owner. The premiums on such bonds shall be paid by the Contractor. No further payments shall be deemed due or shall be made until the new surety or sureties shall have furnished such an acceptable bond to the Owner. 37 1 I 31. --Assignments - The Contractor shall not assign the whole or any part of this contract or any moneys due or to become due hereunder without written consent of the Owner. In case the Contractor assigns all or any part of any moneys due or to become due under this 1 contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee in and to any moneys due or to become, due to the • Contractor shall be subject to prior claims of all persons, firms and corporations of services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the work called for in this contract. 32. Mutual Responsibility of Contractors If, through acts of neglect on the part of the Contractor, any other Contractor or any subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, the Contractor- agrees to settle -with`—such other Contractor or subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or subcontractor will settle. If such other Contractor or subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on account of any damaged alleged to have been sustained; the Owner shall notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the, Owner against any such claim. 33. Separate Contract The Contractor shall coordinate his operations with those of other Contractors. .Cooperation will be required in the arrangement for the storage of materials and in the detailed execution of the work. The Contractor, including his subcontractors, shall keep informed of the progress and the detail work of other Contractors and shall notify the Architect/Engineer immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship on the part of the Contractors. Failure of a contractor to keep informed of the work progressing on the site and failure to give notice of lack of progress or defective workmanship by others shall be construed as acceptance I. by him of the status of the work as being satisfactory for proper coordination with his own work. 34. I I 1 Subcontracting (a) (b) (c) The Contractor may utilize the services of specialty subcontractors on those parts of the work which, under normal contracting . practices, are performed by specialty subcontractors. The Contractor shall not award any work to any subcontractor without prior written approval of the Owner, which approval will not be given until the Contractor submits to the Owner a written statement concerning the proposed award to the subcontractor, which statement shall contain such information as the Owner may require. The Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. 38 I (d) The Contractor shall cause appropriate Provisions -to be r inserted in all subcontracts relative to the work -to bind subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the General Conditions and other contract documents insofar as applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power, as regards terminating any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the contract documents. (e) Nothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. 35. Architect/Engineer's Authority The Architect/Engineer shall give all orders and directions contemplated under this contract and specifications, relative to the execution of the work. The Architect/Engineer shall determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the several kinds of work and materials which are to be paid for under this contract and shall decide all questions which may arise in relation to said work and the construction thereof. The Architect/Engineer's estimates and decisions shall be final and conclusive, except as herein otherwise expressly provided. In case any question shall arise between the parties hereto relative to said contract or specifications, the determination or decision of the Architect/Engineer, shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Contractor to receive any money or payment for work under this contract affected in any manner or to any extent by such question. The Architect/Engineer shall decide the meaning and intent of any portion of the specifications and of any plans or drawings where I the same may be found obscure or be in dispute. Any differences or conflicts in regard to their work which may arise between the Contractor under this contract and other Contractors performing work for the Owner shall be adjusted and determined by the Architect/Engineer. 36. Stated Allowances I The Contractor shall include in his proposal the cash allowances stated in the Supplemental General Conditions. The Contractor I shall purchase the "Allowed Materials" as directed by the Owner on the basis of the lowest and best bid of at least three competative bids. If the actual price for purchasing the "Allowed Materials" is more or less than the "Cash Allowance," the contract price shall be adjusted accordingly, The adjustment in contract price shall be made on the basis of the purchase price without additional charges for overhead, profit, insurance or any other incidental expenses. The cost of installation of the "Allowed Materials" shall be included in the applicable sections of the Contract Specifications covering this work. I 39 ' I I 37. Use ofPremisesand Removal of Debris The Contractor expressly undertakes at his 138 I. 34 I I 1. own expense: (a) to take every -precaution against injuries to persons or damage to property; (b) to store his apparatus, materials, supplies and equipment in such orderly fashion at the site of the work as will not unduly interfere with the progress of his work or the work of any other contractors; (c) to place upon the work or any part thereof only such loads as are consistent with the safety of that portion of the work; (d) to clean up frequently all refuse, rubbish, scrap materials, and debris caused by his operations, to the end that at all times -the site of the work shall present a neat, orderly and workmanlike appearance; (e) before final payment, to remove all surplus material, false - work, temporary structures, including foundations thereof, plant of any description and debris of every nature resulting from his operations, and to put the site in a neat, orderly condition; (f) to effect all cutting, fitting, or patching of his work required to make the same conform to the plans and specifications and,except with the consent of the Architect/Engineer, not to cut or otherwise alter the work of any other,Contractor. Quantities of Estimate Wherever the estimated quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under this contract are shown in any of the documents including the proposal, they are given for the use in comparing bids and the right is especially reserved except as herein specifically limited, to increase or diminish them as may be deemed reasonably necessary or desirable by the Owner to complete the work contemplated by this contract, and such increase or diminution shall in no way vitiate this contract, nor shall any such increase or diminution give cause for claims or liability for damages. Lands and Rights -of -Way Prior to the start of construction, the Owner shall obtain all lands and rights -of -way necessary for the carrying out and completion of work to be performed under this contract. 40 40. General Guaranty Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor partial or entire occupancy of the --- premises by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials . or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 41. Conflicting Conditions Any provision in any of the Contract Documents which may be in conflict or inconsistent with any of the paragraphs in these General Conditions shall be void to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency. 42. Notice and Seivice Thereof Any notice to any Contractor from the Owner relative to any part of this contract shall be in writing and considered delivered and the service thereof completed, when said notice is posted, by certified or registered mail, to the said Contractor at his last given address, or delivered in person to the said Contractor or his authorized representative on the work. 43. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise any, such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party the contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. 44. Protection of Lives and Health "The Contractor shall exercise proper precaution at all times .for the protection of persons and property and shall be responsible for all damages to persons or property, either on or off the site, which occur as a result of his prosecution of the work. The safety provisions of applicable laws and building and construction codes, in addition to specific safety and health regulations described by Chapter XIII, Bureau of Labor Standards, Department of Labor, Part 1518, Safety and Health Regulations. for Construction, as outlined in the Federal Register, Volume 36, No. 75, Saturday, April 17, 1971. Title 29 - Labor, shall be observed and the Contractor shall take or cause to be taken,_ such additional safety and health measures as the Contracting Authority may determine to be reasonably necessary." U I I I 1 I I 41 1 V 11 I45. Subcontracts I. The Contractor will insert in any -subcontracts --the- Federal Labor Standards Provisions contained herein and such other clauses as the Arkansas Industrial Development Commission may, by I. instructions, require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in I turn be made.' 46. Equal Employment Opportunity I I During the performance of this contract the Contractor agrees as follows: (a) (b) (c) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, sex, color or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, color, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices. to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisement for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, sex, color, or national origin. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a. collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24,1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by.Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the, Arkansas Industrial Development Commission or their representatives, and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. 42 I (f) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with th nondiscrimination clauses of this contract- or with any o such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be cancelled, terminated, -or suspended in whole -or- in part --an the Contractor may be declared ineligible for furthe Government contracts o or Federally -assisted construction contract, in accordance with procedures authorized i Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and sue' other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September -24, 1965 - or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor or as otherwise provided by law. (g) The Contractor will include the provision of paragraphs (a) through (g) in every subcontract or purchase order unles exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary o Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will b binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contracto will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Arkansas Industrial Developmen Commission and Department of Housing and Urban Developmen may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, includin sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or i threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor a a result of such direction by the Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Contractor may request the Unite States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. 47. Interest of Member of or Delegate to Congress I No member of or Delegate to Congress, or Resident Commissioner, shall be admitted to. any share or part of this contract or to an benefit that may arise therefrom, but this provision shall not bil construed to extend to this contract if made with a corporation for its.general benefit. 48. Other Prohibited Interests O No official of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and o� behalf of the Owner to negotiate, make, accept, or approve, or t take part in negotiating, making, accepting, or approving any architectural, engineering, inspection, construction or material supply contract or any subcontract in connection with th construction of the project, shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this contract or in any part hereof. N officer, employee, architect, attorney, engineer or inspector 0 or for the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behal of the Owner to exercise any legislative, executive, supervisory or other similar fuctions in connection with the construction o the project, shall become directly or indirectly interestel personally in this contract or in any part hereof, any material supply contract, subcontract, insurance contract, or any othe contract pertaining to the project. 43 1 I 49. Use and Occupancy Prior to Acceptance '-by Owner The Contractor agrees to the use and occupancy of a portion or unit of the project before formal acceptance by the Owner, provided the Owner: ' (a) Secures written consent of the Contractor except in the event, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, the Contractor is chargeable with unwarranted delay in final cleanup of punch list items or other contract requirements. (b) Secures endorsement from the insurance -carrier and consent of the surety permitting occupancy of the building or use of the project during remaining period of construction, or, (c) When the project consists of more than one building, and one of the buildings is occupied, secures permanent fire and ' extended coverage insurance, including a permit to complete construction. Consent of the surety must also be obtained. 50. Photographs of the Project If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish photographs of the project, in the quantities and as described in the Supplemental General Conditions. 51. Suspension of Work IF Should the Owner be prevented or enjoined from proceeding with work either before or after the start of construction by reason of any litigation or other reason beyond the control of the Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to make or assert claim for damage by reason of such delay; but time for completion of the work will be extended to such reasonable time as the Owner may determine will compensate for time lost by such delay with such determination set forth in writing. 52. Anticipated Costs of Fringe Benefits ' If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing fringe benefits under a plan or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decision of the Secretary of Labor which is part of this contract: Provided, however, the Secretary of Labor has found, upon written request of ' the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the I meeting of obligations under the plan or program. A copy of any findings made by the Secretary of Labor in respect to fringe benefits being provided by the Contractor must be submitted to the Local Public Agency or Public Body with the first payroll filed by the Contractor subsequent to receipt of the findings. 44 I 53. Overtime Compensation Required by Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (76 Stat. 357-360: - Title 40 U.S.C., Sections 327-332) (a) Overtime Requirements: No Contractor or subcontractor I contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics, including watchmen and guards, shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he is employed on such work to work in excess of 40 hours in such work week unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times his basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such work week. (b) Violation: Liability for Unpaid Wages Liquidated Damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a), the Contractor and any other subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable to any affected employee for his unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor or subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a), in the sum of 810.00 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (a). (c) Withholding the Liquidated Damages. The Local Public Agency or Public Body shall withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor, such sums as may administratively be determined to be necessary to satisify any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b). (d) Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (a), (b), and (c) of this Section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. IA I I 45 1 I 54. -Employment of Apprentices/Trainees :, (a) Apprentices will'be permitted tohwork at less than the .I predetermined rate for work they - -performed when they_ are employed and individually registered in a bona fide • apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of ' Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an I apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by- the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification shall ' not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to his entire workforce under the registered program. Any • employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not a trainee as defined in subdivision (b) of this subparagraph or --is not -registered or otherwise employed ---as stated above, shall be paid the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually performed. The Contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish to the contracting officer or a representative of the Wage -Hour Division of -the U.S. Department of Labor written evidence of the registration of his program and apprentices as well as the appropriate ratios and wage rates (expressed i-n percentages of the journeyman hourly rates), for the area of contruction prior to using any apprntices on I. the contract work. The wage rate paid apprentices shall be not less than the appropriate percentage of the journeyman's rate contained in the applicable wage determination. (b) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.15, trainees • will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification, by the U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. The ratio of trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate I. specificied in the approved program for his level of progress. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and .participating in a trainee t plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training shall be paid not less than the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of work he actually performs. The Contractor or subcontractor will be required Ito furnish the contracting officer or a representative of the Wage -Hour Division of the U.S. Department of Labor written evidence of the certification of his program, the registration of the trainees, and the ratios and wages 46 I prescribed in that program. In the event the Bureau off Apprenticeship and Training withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less.than the applicable predetermined' rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is - approved'. (c) Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees, and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirments of Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, and 29- CFR Part 30. 55. Employment of Certain Persons Prohibited No person under the age of sixteen (16) years old and no person who, at the time, is serving sentence in a penal or correction institution shall be employed on the work covered by this contract. 56. Regulations Pursuant to So -Called "Anti -Kickback Act" I The Contractor shall comply with the applicable regulations (a copy of which is attached and herein incorporated by refrence) of the Secretary of Labor. U.S. Department of Labor, made pursuant to the so-called "Anti -Kickback Act" of June 13, 1934 (48 Stat. 948; 62 Stat. 862; Title U.S.C. Section 874: and Title 40 U.S.C., Section 276c), and any other amendments or modifications thereof, shall cause. appropriate provisions to be inserted in subcontracts to insure compliance therewith by all subcontractors subject thereto, and shall be responsible for the submission of affidavits, required by subcontractors thereunder, except as said Secretary of Labor may specifically provide for reasonable limitations, variations, tolerances, and exemptions from the requirements thereof. 57. Employement of Laborers or Mechanics Not Listed in Aforesaid Wage Determination Decision Any.class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the Contract will be classified or " reclassified conformably to the wage determination by the Local Public Agency or Public Body, and report of the action taked shall be submitted by the Local Public Agency or Public Body, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor. In the event the interested parties cannot agree on the proper classification or reclassification of a particular class of laborers and mechanics to be used, the question accompanied by the recommendation of the Local Public Agency or Public Body shall be referred, through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor for final determination. I 47 1 I 58. I i 59. I Fringe Benefits Not Expressed as Hour•ly.Wage Rates fl The Local Public -Agency or Public Body shall require, whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly wage rate. and the Contractor is obliged to pay cash equivalent of such fringe benefit, an hourly cash equivalent thereof to be established. In the event the interested parties cannot agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question, accompanied by the recommendation of the Local. Public Agency of Public Body, shall be referred, through the Secreatary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor for determination. Posting Wage Detemination Decisions and Authorized Wage Deductions The applicable wage poster of the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, and the applicable wage determination decisions of said Secretary of Labor with respect to the various classificati-ons -of-laborers and mechanics employed and _to be employed upon the work covered by this contract, and a statement showing all deductions, if any, in accordance with the provisions of this. contract, to be made from wages actually earned by persons so employed or to be employed in such classifications, shall be posted at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the work. 60. Complaints, Proceedings, or Testimony by Employees Claims and disputes pertaining to wage rates or to classifications of laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this contract shall be promptly reported by the Contractor in writting to the Local Public Agency or Public Body for referral by the latter through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, whose decision shall be final with respect thereto. 61. Claims and Disputes Pertaining to Wage Rates Claims and disputes pertaining to wage rates or to classifications of laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be promptly reported by the Contractor in writing to the Local Public Agency or Public Body for referral by the latter through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to the Secretary of Labor, U. S. Department of Labor, whose decision shall be final with respect thereto. I 1 48 I 62. Questions Concerning Certain Federal Statutes and Regulations All questions arising under this. contract- which relate -to- -the application or interpretation of (a) the aforesaid Anti -Kickback Act, (b) the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (c) the aforesaid Davis -Bacon Act, (d) the regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, U.S.Department of Labor, pursuant to said Acts, or (e) the labor standards provisions of any other pertinent Federal statute, shall be referred, through the Local Public Agency or Public Body and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, for said Secretary's appropriate ruling or interpretation which shall be authoritative and may be relied upon for the purposes of this contract. 63. Payrolls and Basic Records of Contractor and Subcontractors The Contractor and each subcontractor shall prepare his payrolls on forms satisfactory to and in accordance with instructions to be furnished by the - Local Public Agency or Public- Body. - The Contractor shall submit weekly to the Local Public Agency or Public Body two certified copies of all payrolls of the Contractor and of the subcontractors, it being understood that the Contractor shall be responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls of all subcontractors. Each such payroll shall contain the "Weekly Statement of Compliance" set forth in Section 3.3 of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations. The payrolls and basic payroll records of the Contractor and each subcontractor covering all laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this contract shall be maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years thereafter. Such payrolls and basic payroll records shall contain the name and address of each such employee, his correct classification, rate of pay (including rates of contribution or costs anticipated of the types described in Section 1 (b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. In addition, whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under Section 5.5(a)(1)(iv) of Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, that the wages of any laborer or mechanic includes the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in Section I(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the Contractor or subcontractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment of provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and.records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall make his employment records with respect to persons employed by him upon the work covered by this contract available for inspection by authorized representatives of the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, the Local Public Agency or Public Body, and the U.S. Department of Labor. Such representatives shall be permitted to interview employees of the Contractor or any subcontractor during working hours on the job. 49 ' 11 64. Specific Coverage of Certain Types:'of'lWork by Employees I I 65 I The transporting of materials and supplies to or from the site of the Project or Program to which. this contract pertains by the employees of the. Contractor or of any subcontrator, and the manufacturing or furnishing of materials, articles, supplies, or equipment on the site of the Project or Program to which this contract pertains by persons employed by the Contractor or by any subcontractor, shall, for the purposes of this contract, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this contract, be deemed to work to which these Federal Labor Standards Provisions are applicable. Ineligible Subcontractors The Contractor shall not subcontract any part of the work covered by this contract or permit subcontracted work to be further subcontracted without the Local Public Agency's or Public Body's prior written approval- of the subcontractor. The- Local Public Agency or Public Body will not approve any subcontractor for work covered by this contract who is at the time inelegible under the provisions of any applicable regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor or the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to receive an award of such subcontract. 66. Provisions to be included in Certain Subcontracts The Contractor shall include or cause to be included in each I subcontract covering any of the work covered by this contract, provisions which are consistent with the Federal Labor Standards Provisions and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include such provisions in any lower tier subcontracts which they may. enter into, together with a clause requiring such insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. 67. Employment Practices The Contractor shall (1) to the greatest extent practicable, follow hiring and employment practices for work on the project which will provide new job opportunities for the unemployed and the underemployed, and (2) insert or cause to be inserted the same 1 provision in each construction subcontract. 68. Contract Termination; Debarment I I I A breach of Section 45 and the may be grounds for termination as provided in 29 CFR 5.6.'. Federal Labor Standards Provisions of the contract and for debarment 50 I 1\ ' U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 1. Enumeration of Plans, Specifications and Addenda 2. Stated Allowances 3. Special Hazards 4. Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance S. Photographs of Project ' 6. - Schedule of Minimum Hourly Wage Rates 7. Builder's Risk Insurance 8. Special Equal Opportunity Provisions 9. Certification of Compliance with Air and Water Acts 1O. Special Conditions Pertaining to Hazards, Safety Standards and Accident Prevention 1 .1 ..: .H: ' 51 HUD-;238-M(R) --- --- -- (9-66) s- 1. ENUMERATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONSAND ADDENDA Following are the Plans, Specifications and Addenda which form a part of this contract, as Paragraph I of the General Conditions, "Contract and Contract Documents": DRAWINGS General Construction: Heating and Ventilating: Plumbing: Electrical: Nos. to n SPECIFICATIONS: General Construction: Page to Incl. ,. Heating and Ventilating: " to Incl. , Plumbing:' to Incl. , Electrical: " to Incl. • to , Incl. " to , Incl.. ADDENDA: No. Dat No. Date No. to No. Date 2. STATED ALLOWAN ES Pursuant to pare aph 36 of the General Conditions, the contractor shall include the following cash allowances in proposal: (a) For (b) For (c) F (d) or. For (f) For (Page of Specifications) $ (Page of Specifications) $ (Page of Specifications) $ (Page of Specifications) $ (Page of Specifications) $ (Page of Specifications) $ 52 I SPECIAL HAZARDS • The Contractor's and his Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance shall provide adequate protection against the following special hazards: El NONE CONTRACTOR'S AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S PUBLIC LIABILITY, VEHICLE LIABILITY, AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE As required under paragraph 28 of the General Conditions, the Contractor's Public Liability Insur- ance and Vehicle Liability Insurance shall be in an amount not less than $ I' 000, DOD for in- juries, including accidental death, to any one person, and subject to the same limit for each person, in an ano nt not less than 51-000.000 on account of one accident, and Contractor's Property Damage Insurance in an anount not less than $ 100,000 The Contractor shall either (1) require each of his subcontractors to procure and to mif tarn during the life of his subcontract, Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage of the type and in the same amounts as specified in the preceding paragraph, or (2) insure the activities of his subcontractors in his own policy. 5. PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROJECT As provided in paragraph 50 of the General Conditions, the Contractor will furnish photographs in the number, type, and stage as enumerated below: NONE 6. SCHEDULE OF OCCUPATIONAL CLASSIFICATIONS AND MINIMUM HOURLY FACE RATES AS RE• ' QUIRED UNDER PARAGRAPH 52 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS Given on Pages , 62 and 63 1 7. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE As provided in the General Conditions, paragraph 28(e), the Contractor rill/N maintain Builder's Risk Insurance (fire and extended coverage) on a 100 percent completed value basis on the insurable portions of the project for the benefit of the Owner, the Contractor, and all sub - Icontractors, as their interests may appear. ' •Strike out one. ., I 53 I 8. SPECIAL EQUAL OPPORTUNITY PROVISIONS- A..- Activities and Contracts-Not_Subject to Executive Order 1121x6, as Amended I (Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts under $10,000) During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants for employment are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. (2) The Contractor shall post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by 'Contracting - Officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. The Contractor shall state that all qualified applicants will receive considera- tion for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. (3) Contractors shall incorporate foregoing requirements in all subcontracts. B. Contracts Subject to Executive Order 11216, as Amended , (Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcon- tracts exceeding $10,000) , During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: (1) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant 1 for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the pro- visions of this nondiscrimination clause. (2) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified appli- cants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. I 54 1 I (3) The Contractor will send to;each labor unionor,.representative of workers ' with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the Contract Compliance Officer advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contrac- tor's commitment under this section and shall post copies of the notice ' in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (4) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of ' September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (5) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by 1 Executive Order 1121x6 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the Department and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (6) In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination. , clauses of this contract, or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government con- tracts or federally assisted construction contract procedures authorized in Executive Order U246 of September 21x, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. (7) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately pro - ceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraph (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 2011 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take ' such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Department may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event a 1 Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Department, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. I. Hometown or Imposed Plans I. In areas where a hometown plan or imposed plan is operative, the Community Development Block Grant Recipient must contact the appropriate HUD Equal Opportunity Office for specific instructions. I. I Z I D. "Se n the Provision of and - During the performance of this contract,. the contractor agrees as follows: (1) The contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 (12 USC 170(u), as amended, the HUD regulations issued pursuant thereto at 211 CFR Part 135, and any appli. cable rules and orders of HUD issued thereunder, (2) The "Section 3 clause" set forth in 211 CFR 135.20(b) shall form part of this contract, as set forth in Paragraph 1 of the General Conditions, "Contract and Contract Documents". (3) Contractors shall incorporate the "Section 3 clause's shown below and the foregoing requirements in all subcontracts. Section 3 Clause as Set Forth in 211 CFR 135.20(b) A. The work to be performed under this contract is on a project assisted un- der a program providing direct Fedgral financial assistance from the Depart- ment of Housing and Urban Develop- ment and is subject to the requirements of section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of I➢dS. as amended, 12 U.S.C. 17o1u. Section 3 requires that to the ties for sextent training and employment ube given lower income residents of the project net and contncts for Connection with the project be awarded to business concerns which are located In. or owned in subitanual part by per- sons raiding in the area of the project. B. The parties to this contract will comply with the provttlona of said see- tton 3 and the regulations Issued pursu- ant thereto by the Secretary of Housing end Urban Development set forth In 24 f -FR -- and all anpllcable rules and orders of the Derartment issued there- under prior to the execution of this con- tract The pnrti's t0 this contract certify end agree that they are under no con- tractual or other disability which would ;.revent them from complying with these reoulremente. C. The c0ntnctor will send to each la- bor orginlzstlon or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or undentanding. It any. a notice advis- ing the said la`or organisation or work- enrenresenta!Ive of his commitments under this section 3 clause and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuow Dlacea available to employees, and applicants for •mnloyment or trining. D. The contractor will include this section 3 clause in every Subcontract for work In connectlan with the project and will, at the direction of the applicant for or recipient of Pederai financial aa- slstance, take appropriate action pursu- ant to the subcontract upon a finding that the subcontractor is In violation of regulations 1•aued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, 24 CFR The contractor will not sub- contract with any subcontractor where It has notice or knowledge that the latter has been found in violation of regula- tlons under 24 CFR -- and will not let any subcontract unless the subcon- tractor has first Provided It with a pre- liminary statement of ability to comply with the requirements of these regu- latlon,. E. Compliance with the provisions of Section 3, th± regu'atlons set forth in 24 CFR a -d nil applicable rules and orders of the Department Issued there- under prior to the execution of the con- tract, shall be a condition of the Pederal financial assistance provided to the proj- ect. binding upon the applicant or recip- ient for such ssslctanee. Its successors, and assigns. Failure to fulfill these re- qulrements shall subject the applicant or recipientits contractor and subcontrac- tors. Its successor. and assigns to those sanctions specified by the grant or loan agreement or contract through which Federal sssstanee is provided, and to such sanctions as are specified by 7/ CFR .136. I I I I I I I I I 11 11 I I I '11 56 El I y, CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH AIR AND WATER ACTS ' (Applicable to Federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $100,000) ' Compliance with Air and Water Acts During the performance of this contract, the contractor and all subcon- tractors shall comply with the requirements of the Clean Air Act, as amended, 112 USC 1857 et seq., the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 USC 1251 et seq., and the regulations of the Environmental Protection ' Agency with respect thereto, at 1,0 CFR Part 15, as amended. In addition to the foregoing requirements, all nonexempt contractors and ' subcontractors shall furnish to the owner, the following: (1) A stipulation by the Contractor or subcontractors, that any facility to be utilized in the performance of any nonexempt contract or sub- contract, -is not listed. on the%List-of Violating Facilities issued by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) pursuant to 110 CFR 15.20. (2) Agreement by the contractor to comply with all the requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, (1j2 USC 1857c-8) and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, ' (33 USC 1318) relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports and information, as well as all other requirements specified in said Section 114 and Section 308, and all regulations and guidelines issued thereunder. (3) A stipulation that as a condition for the award of the contract, prompt notice will be given of any notification received from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility utilized, or to be utilized for the contract, is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities. (14) Agreement by the Contractor that ha will include, or cause to be included, the criteria and requirements in paragraph (1) through (4) of this section in every nonexempt subcontract and requiring that the Contractor will take such action as the Government may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. 1 I I I LiI I 5.7 I 10. SPECIAL CONDITIONS PERTAINING TO HAZARDS SAFETY SThNDARIJS AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION -- - - A. Lead -Based Paint Hazards (Applicable to contracts for construction or rehabilitation of residential structured) The construction or rehabilitation of residential structures is subject to the HUD Lead -Based Paint regulations, 214 CFR Part 35. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall comply with the provisions for the elimination of lead bass paint hazards under sub -part B of said regulations. The Owner will be responsible for the inspections and certifications required under Section 35.11y(f) thereof. B. Use of Explosives (Modify as Required) ' When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the Contractor shall observe all local, state and Federal laws in purchasing and handling explosives. The Contractor shall take all necessary precaution to protect completed work, neighboring property, water lines, or other under- ground structures. Where there is danger to structures or property from blasting, the charges shall be reduced and the material shall be covered with suitable timber, steel or rope mats. The Contractor shall notify all owners of public utility property of intention to use explosives at least eight hours before blasting is done; close to such property. Any supervision or direction of use of explosives by the Engineer, does not in any way reduce the responsibility of the Contractor or his Surety for damages that may be caused by such use. C. Danger Signals and Safety Devices (Modify as Required) The Contractor shall make all necessary precautions to guard against I damages to property and injury to persons. He shall put up and maintain in good condition, sufficient red or warning lights at night, suitable barricades and other devices necessary to protect the public. In case the Contractor fails or neglects to take such precautions, the Owner may have such lights and barricades installed and charge the cost of this work to the Contractor. Such action by the Owner does not relieve the Contractor of any liability incurred under these specifications or contract. I I I I 58 1 I Federal Labor. Standards Provisions t.t IApplicability I I I I I I I I I I I I [] I The Project or Program to which the construction work covered by this contract pertains is being assisted by the United States of America and the following Federal Labor Standards Provisions are included in this Contract pursuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assistance. A. 1.0) Minimum Wages. All laborers and mechanics employed or work- ing upon the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractural relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of 29 CFR-5.5(a)(1)(iv); also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs, which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classifica- tion for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employees pay- roll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(1)(i) and the Davis -Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the con- tractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessiblq place where it can be easily seen by the workers. n (a) Any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. HUD shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry, and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe bene- fits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (b) It the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and HUD or its designee agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by HUD or its designee to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classifi- cation action within 30 days of receipt and so advise HUD or its designee or will notify HUD or its designee within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1215-0140.) (c) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and HUD or its designee do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development 1 sKr.. •r h HUD or its designee shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of HUD or its designee, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized repre- sentative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise HUD or its designee or will notify HUD or its designee within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (Approved by the Office of Man- agement and Budget under 0MB Control Number 1215-0140.) (d) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (1)(b) or (c) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this con- tract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (li) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer cr mechanic the amount of any costs reasonabl{anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided. That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215-0140.) 2. Withholding. HUD or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally -assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee or helper, employed or working on the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract HUD or its desig- nee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor, dis- burse such amounts withheld for and on account of the contractor or sub- contractor to the respective employees to whom they are due. The Comp- troller General shall make such disbursements in the case of direct Davis -Bacon Act contracts. 3. () Payrolls and basic records. Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her cor- rect classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contribu- tions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or pro- gram described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such Previous Edition is Obsolete 59 benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs antici- pated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certifi- cation of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Numbers 1215-0140 and 1215-0017.) (10(a) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to HUD or its designee it the agency is a party to the contract but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to HUD or its designee. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(3m• This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Docu- ments (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC. 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB Control Number 1215-0149.) (b) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR Part 5.5 (a)(3)and that such information is correct and complete; (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payrollperiod has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indi- rectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29 CFA Part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the clas- sication of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determina- tion incorporated into the contract (c) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph A.3.(ii)(b) of this section. (d) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Tide 31 of the United States Code, (8i) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph A3.(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of HUD or its designee or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcon- tractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available. HUD or its designee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, appli- cant or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the sus- pension of any further payment advance, or guarantee of funds. Further- more, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR Part 5.12. 4. (i) Apprentices and Trainees. Apprentices. Apprentices will be per - mined to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they per- formed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an --apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determi- nation for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed In percentages of the jour- neyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractors or subcontractor's regis- tered program shall be observed. Every apprenctice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. if the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Appren- ticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (10 Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work per- formed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidencedby formal certifi- cation by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Admini- stration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job she shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee pro- gram does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Admin- istration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predeter- mined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (II) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. 5. Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3 which are incorporated by reference in this contract 6. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor will insert in any sub- contracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as HUD or its designee may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower der subcon- tractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR Part 5.5. P I I I I I I I I I I 1 [1 1 I I I 60 HUD -4010 (2-84) LI I _I I I 1 I I C I I I I I I I I 7. Contracts termination; debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract and for debar- ment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12 8. Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act Requirements. All rul- ings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract 9. Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accor- dance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include dis- putes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and HUD or its designee, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. 10. () Certification of Eligibility. By entering into this contract the con- tractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of Section 3(a) of the -Davis - Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1) or to be awarded HUD contracts or partici- pate in HUD programs pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24. 0) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of Section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1) or to be awarded HUD contracts or participate in HUD programs pursuant to 24 CFR Part 24. (ii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. Additionally, U.S. Crimnal Code, Section 1010, Title 18, U.S.C., "Federal Housing Administration transactions", pro- vides in part "Whoever, for the purpose of. ..influencing in any way the action of such Administration... makes, utters or publishes any statement knowing the same to be false... shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than two year% or both." 11. Complaints, Proceedings, or Testimony by Employees. No laborer or mechanic to whom the wage, salary, or other labor standards provisions of this Contract are applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner discriminated against by the Contractor or any subcontractor because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in any proceeding under or relating to the labor standards applicable under this Contract to his employer. 6 Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. As used in this para- graph. the terms "laborers" and "mechanics" include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employ- ment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of eight hours in any calendar day or in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives com- pensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in -excess of eight hours in any calendar day or in excess of fortyhours in such workweek whichever is greater. (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in subparagraph (1) of this . paragraph, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcon- tractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages, Such liquidated damages shall be com- puted with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in sub- paragraph (1) of this paragraph, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of eight hours or in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without pay- ment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in subpara- graph (1) of this paragraph. (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. HUD or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of an autho- rized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contract or any other Federally -assisted con- tract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act which is held by the same prime contractor such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph. (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in subparagraph (1) through (4) of this paragraph and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontrac- tor with the clauses set forth in subparagraphs (1) through (4) of this paragraph. C. Health and Safety (1) No laborer or mechanic shall be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or danger- ous to his health and safety as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor by regulation. (2) The Contractor shall comply with all regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor pursuant to Title 29 Part 1926 (formerly part 1518) and failure to comply may result in imposition of sanctions pursuant to the Con- tract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (Public Law 91-54, 83 Stat 96). (3) The Contractor shall include the provisions of this Article in every subcontract so that such provisions will be binding on each subcontractor. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontract as the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of Labor shall direct as a means of enforcing such provisions. 61 HUD -4010 (2-84) AUG 23 '95 12:12 125 P03 General Decision Number AR950004 Superseded General Decision No. AR940004 State: Arkansas Construction Type: BUILDING County(ies): WASHINGTON BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS--(does.not -include-residential construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories) Modification Number Publication Date 0 02/10/1995 62 COUNTY(ies): WASHINGTON SUAR1020A 01/25/1990 _ - _ , Rates Fringes _BRICKLAYERS 11.88 CARPENTERS 8.51 CEMENT MASONS 9.81 , ELECTRICIANS 8.70 IRONWORKERS 8.14 LABORERS (GENERAL) 5.90 PAINTERS 8.00 PLUMBERS & PIPEFITTERS 11.10 $1.41 , ROOFERS 11.91 .30 SHEET METAL WORKERS (INCLUDING DUCT WORK) 7.94 TRUCK DRIVERS 6.00 ' POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS: Bulldozer Operators 8.40 Backhoe Operators 7.31 Tower Crane Operators 8.97 Loader Operators 8.19 Scrapers 8.46 WELDERS: Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. -------------------------------------------------------------- Requests for additional classifications and wage rates may be submitted to the contracting officer after award, and may be approved only if: (1) the work to be performed by the classi- fication requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; (2) the classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) the proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determina- tion (for the given area and type of construction) . (See 29 CFR 5.5(a) (v)). In the listing above, the"SU" designation means that rates. listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively bargained .wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. END or GENERAL DECISION 63 , • SECTION 00860 LIST OF DRAWINGS' PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. List of drawings which are included as part of the contract documents: SHEET NUMBER DESCRIPTION Architectural Cl Cover Sheet Al Floor Plan,- Schedules, Details A2 Elevations, Roof Plan A3 • Wall Sections, Details Structural F1 •••Foundation Plan, Details F2 • Foundation Details Si • Framing Plan X1 • • Structural Notes and Specs X2 •Structural Notes and Specs Mechanical U1 P1 P2 P3 • Utility Plan Plumbing Drain Plan Plumbing Supply Plan. Plumbing Schedules + Details. 00860-1 SECTION 01020 ALLOWANCES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS A. The Contractor shall include in his bid allowances to cover the costs of furnishing and/or installing certain items of materials and equipment as required by the various technical sections of the specifications. The items specified to be furnished under allowances will be selected by the Architect in consultation with the Owner, and charged against the allowance amount. Any difference in cost above or below, including . sales tax, shall be adjusted accordingly. The Contractor should consider overhead and profit at the time of making his proposal as added overhead and profit will not be allowed on allowance items. 1.02 BASE BID ALLOWANCES A. The following is a listing of allowance items indicated on the Drawings and specified herein: ITEM ALLOWANCE INCLUDES REFER TO 1. Testing $1000.00 Materials and Labor § 00800 2. Finish Hardware $ 3000.00 Material Only* § 08710 3. Striping of Gym $1200.00 Materials and Labor § 09900 4. Interior Signage •$ 750.00 Materials and Labor § 10440 5. Carpeting $17/Yard Materials and Labor § 09680 Contractor shall include labor in base bid. END OF SECTION 01020-1 c c C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CO CG o o a - m 'o a a^ Z O O o c c c c c c cn n .-. w 0 rn j an 0 O n n n fa n S m n - Z Z <' < < <' <` < n -n n a C n< N° w w w C w c, (DO CD fl fl n co o o• O O O O--- ^-, - o r n ° CD O - a C' O C1i 39 O< � p ° W w W O< H a o n co i o o f £< S Q a a st at 7t a - y _. = -' G1 c.n a W N— O o OO ° f w an C• GO H 1 7C O 7C Li •� _' �JLMo \ \ ^ 0 O • O D - AI • r 1 o �^ C c 0 0 ° uv $ r 1` c c o J GO V 4 p P o N s w `qr v a. a = CD N v, ° • a G • Ca l ° ffAA C ti n CD C O 3 3 C CD C7 C7 N � '-'C N • n, cn CD CD , 00 V U. r H KA iSECTION 01030 ALTERNATES ' PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY I. A. Provisions are made in the proposal for the bidding of the base bid, and also, for the inclusion of the following alternates to be bid separately, the amount for which shall be stated by all bidders. The amount stated shall include all work as shown on the Drawings or described in the Specifications for each alternate. B. The work under this heading is subject to the General Conditions and Special ' Conditions of the contract, and the Contractor or Subcontractor shall be responsible for, and be governed by, all the requirements thereunder as ' though specifically repeated herein. C. The Owner shall have the right to accept or reject any or all alternates. Deductive Alternates shall be taken in numerical order as required by law in the State of Arkansas. I. 1.02 DEDUCTIVE ALTERNATES A. The following items shall be bid for consideration: Deductive Alternate Number 1: Delete full height liner panels in Gym. Liner panels to be 8' +- high on East & West walls, and 16 +- high on North & South walls (above 8' high plywood). ' Deductive Alternate Number 2: Delete 2 pair Volley Ball sleeves in Gym floor. ' Deductive Alternate Number 3: Delete striping of Gym floor. (1 basketball, 2 volleyball courts). Deductive Alternate Number 4: Screw down type metal roofing in lieu of standing seam meatal roofing. ' Deductive Alternate Number 5: Delete 200 seat capacity Metal Bleachers. Deductive Alternate Number 6: Delete 2 ceiling mounted Basketball Goals. ' 01030-1 r SECTION 01340 I. SUBMITTALS 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Make submittals required by the Contract Documents, and revise and resubmit as necessary to establish compliance with the relevant specified requirements. ' Make submittals of administrative items, -product data, shop drawings, samples, substitution requests, and other items in accordance with the provisions of this section PART 2 NOT USED ' PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 SUMMARY A. Submittals shall be sent by the Contractor directly to the Architect at one of the following addresses: - Perry L. Butcher & Associates, Architects '• Attention: James Trimble P.O. Box 2076 or 403 West Walnut Rogers, Arkansas 72757 Rogers, Arkansas 72756 ' B. Perry L. Butcher and Associates, Architects may be reached by telephone at (501) 636-4599 and by fax at (501) 636-7511. C. Accompany each submittal, including resubmittals, with a letter of transmittal showing all information required for identification and checking. D. Unless noted otherwise, submit the number of copies which are required to be treturned, plus one copy which will be retained by the Architect. 3.02 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS ' A. Make submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates of installation to ' provide time required for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and resubmittals, and for placing orders and securing delivery. ' 01340-1 C In scheduling, allow ten working days for review by the Architect following the Architect's reciept of the submittal. - COLORS, PATTERNS, TEXTURES AND FINISHES Unless a particular color, pattern, the Contract Documents, whenever a choice of color, pattern, texture and/or finish available in specified products, or the product is covered in an allowance, submit manufacturer's accurate color and pattern charts to the Architect for selection. is specifically called out in ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS Conditions of the Contract: Statutory Bond Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions: Substitution Requests Section 01700 - Project Closeout: Project Records; Operation and Maintenance [ Submit one set of sepias and one set of prints by second -day delivery, unless hand delivery is faster; after they are reviewed, submittals will be returned by second -day delivery. The Contractor shall review all Sections of the Specifications to determine particular requirements for submittal of shop drawings for each area of work. The following may be form of a letter as long as the materials are as specified. The letter shall indicate conformance with Contract Documents and list manufacturer, model, and components to be provided. The Contractor shall review all Sections of the Specifications to determine particular requirements for submittal of product data for each area of work. Submit to Architect for review actions of the Specifications to determine particular requirements for submittalF of samples for each area of work. Sections requiring submittal of product or workmanship samples include, but are not limited to, the following: Section 04210 - Brick Veneer Masonry: Field -erected wall section Section 09511 - Suspended Acoustical Ceilings: Acoustical ceiling tile and suspension grid. Section 09650 - Resilient Flooring and Base: Each type of tile and Section 09900 - Painting: Each type of paint and stain. 1 • Section 10160 - Metal Toilet Compartments:.Finish(es). • Section 16510 - Lighting Fixtures: Light fixture lens(es). ' END OF SECTION 1 II 1 1 I H.: H 1 01340-3 1 I SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. All requirements for temporary• facilities necessitated by construction as specified herein. B. Related Sections: General Conditions U. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FIELD OFFICE A. The Contractor will erect and maintain during the progress of the work a weatherproof field office building or trailer for the use of the Contractor and the Architect's representative. Provide such building with heat, light, telephone, table, chairs, rack for drawings, file for shop drawings, and storage of janitorial supplies. Building is to remain the property of the Contractor and will be removed at the conclusion of the project. 2.02 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide for all trades a completely enclosed temporary exterior chemically -treated type portable toilet with necessary supplies, and keep facilities clean. Mechanical subcontractor will connect and allow use of toilet area in new building as early as practical. General Contractor shall supply, maintain and assume responsibility for this area. - 2.03 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE A. Provide a temporary telephone for use by all trades and by Architect. The Contractor will pay for local calls but be reimbursed for long distance calls by the party making the call. . C 1 01500-1 I 2.04 WATER 1 A. The Contractor will be allowed to use on -site water for construction purposes at no cost:- Reasonable measures must -be taken to conserve water use during the construction period. 2.05 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. The Contractor shall provide for metering and bringing temporary electrical ' energy to the building sufficient for the project needs and voltage, of at least the minimal level necessary to power one -horsepower motors. The Contractor shall pay for all electrical energy consumed prior to the Owner's occupancy of the building. 2.06 TEMPORARY HEAT ■ A. Provide temporary and emergency heat as necessary to prevent damage from dampness and cold, and to dry out the work. The mechanical subcontractor will make ready permanent heating units to supply heat as soon as units are set. Operate units without complete duct or control systems as required to supply temporary heat. B. Maintain temperature between 50° and 70° F. during working hours and above 35° at other times. Not less than 48 hours before floor coverings and sheet rock are to be installed, heat to at least 70° F., and maintain such temperature during installation and 48 hours afterward; thereafter maintain a minimum temperature of 55° F. C. The Contractor shall pay for all heating prior to the Owner's occupancy of the ' building. 2.07 PROJECT SIGN I, The Contractor shall furnish and erect a double sided 4' x 8' Project Sign ' displaying the Owners, Architects and Contractors names. The sign shall be protected and maintained in good repair until the project is completed. The sign shall be designed and located as directed by the Architect. II END OF SECTION 01500-2 1 f1 L SECTION 01700 L. ,. ,p1 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART1 GENERAL ' 1.01 SUMMARY ' A. Section includes: 1. All requirements for project closeout as specified herein. B. Related Sections: . General Conditions PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PROJECT RECORDS A. Maintain at the site one record copy of: 1. As -Built Drawings and Specifications, indicating changes in the work and actual locations of utilities. The As -Built documents shall be posted with all addenda, supplemental instructions, change orders, revision sketches, and field changes, and shall present an accurate record of the completed project. 2. Specifications • Sand Drawings. 3. Addenda. 4. Supplemental Instructions. 5. Change Orders. 6. Written Field Orders. 7. Approved Shop Drawings and Samples. 8. Test Records. 9. Project Schedule. B. At contract closeout, deliver Record Documents including: As -Built Drawings and Specifications, and Operation and Maintenance Binders to the Architect for the Owner. Label each item "Project Record for Southeast Fayetteville Community Center" and the appropriate title for the item. Accompany I. submittal with transmittal letter containing: 1. Date. 2. Project Title and Number. ' 3. Contractor's (Subcontractor's) Name and Address. 4. Title and Specification Section Number of each Record Document. 5. Signature of Contractor. 01700-1.. I 2.02 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA -A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for the Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract, and present it to Owner at completion of project. B. Instruct Owner's personnel, prior to final completion, in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems. C. The operating and maintenance data shall be assembled in a three-ring binder and shall include: 1. Project identification, index, Architect's and Contractor's addresses 2. List, with each product, the name, address and phone number of each subcontractor or installer, local supplier of parts and service agency. 3. Manufacturer's maintenance instructions for all mechanical, electrical, and other equipment or finishes which require periodic maintenance. ' A. Product data. 5. Drawings. 6. Other pertinent information. D. The Architect will assist in determining the list of items to be included in the above prior to Owner's occupancy. E. Instruct Owner that in the event of any violation of the building warranty or any problem with building performance, the Architect is to be notified. Any request for necessary service calls during the guarantee period shall be directed to the Contractor, who in turn will notify the proper service agency. The Contractor is also asked to notify the Architect of any service call, including steps taken to 1 remedy the situation. END OF SECTION I 1 01700-2 I I ' SECTION 02222 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES • PART GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Excavation, bedding and backfilling for utilities as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. B. Maintain in operating condition existing utilities, active utilities and drainage systems encountered in utility installation. Repair any surface or subsurface improvements shown on Drawings. C. Verify location, size,- elevation and other pertinent data required to: -make' connections to existing utilities and drainage systems as indicated on Drawings. Comply with permits and regulations according to General 1. Conditions. D. Comply with the Arkansas Underground Facilities Damage Prevention Act of ' 1987, which requires excavators to notify each utility operator which might have lines in the vicinity of a planned excavation. The requirements of the law can be met by making one toll -free phone call to the Arkansas One -Call Center at (800) 482-8998 or to Arkansas Western Gas Company's office in your area. According to the Act, "each person responsible for any excavation or demolition operation shall serve written or telephonic notice of intent to excavate or demolish at least two (2), but not more than ten (10), full working days before commencing such activity. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings or details pertaining to site utilities are not required unless use of materials, methods, equipment, or procedures contrary to Drawings or these =• specifications are proposed. Do not perform work until required shop drawings have been accepted by Architect. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Set all lines, elevations, and grades for utility and drainage system work and control system for duration of work, including careful maintenance of bench marks, property corners, monuments or other reference points. PART2 PRODUCTS 02222-1 . I 2.01 MATERIALS - A. Bedding material: Processed sand and gravel free from clay lumps, organic; or - - , other deleterious material, and complying with following gradation requirements: U.S. Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 1" 100 3/4" 90-100 3/8" 20-55 No. 4 0-10 No. 8 0-5 B. Steel casing pipe: Comply with AWWA C-201 or C-202, minimum grade B, ' size and thickness as indicated on Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING A. Perform excavation as indicated for specified depths. During excavation, pile materials suitable for backfilling in orderly manner far enough from bank of ' trench to avoid overloading, slides or cave-ins. B. Remove excavated materials not required or not suitable for backfill or embankments and waste as specified. C. Prevent surface water from flowing into trenches or other excavations by I temporary grading or other methods, as required. Remove accumulated water in trenches or other excavations by pumping or other acceptable methods. D. Open cut excavation with trenching machine or backhoe. Where machines other than ladder or wheel -type trenching machines are used, do not use clods for backfill. Dispose of unsuitable material and provide other suitable material _ at no additional cost to Owner. 3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION I A. The local utility companies shall be contacted before excavation shall begin. Dig trench at proper width and depth for laying pipe, conduit, or cable. Cut trench banks as nearly vertical as practical and remove stones as necessary to avoid point -bearing. Over excavate wet or unstable soil, if encountered, from trench bottom as necessary to provide suitable base for continuous and uniform bedding. 02222-2 I I, I ' B. All trench excavation side walls greater than 5 feet in depth shall be sloped, shored, sheeted, braced or otherwise supported by means of the sufficient strength to protect the workmen within them -in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations established for construction by the Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), and by local ordinances. Lateral travel distance to an exit ladder or steps shall not be greater than 25 feet in trenches 4'-0" or more deep. C. Accurately grade trench bottom to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe on undisturbed soil or bedding material at every point along entire length, except where necessary to excavate for bell holes, proper sealing of pipe joints, or other required connections. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after trench bottom has been graded. Dig no deeper, I. longer, or wider than needed to make joint connection properly. D. Trench width requirements below the top of the pipe shall not be less than 12" -. nor more than 18" wider.thanoutside surface of any pipe or conduit that is to. - be installed to designated elevations and grades. All other trench width requirements for pipe, conduit, or cable shall be least practical width that will allow for proper compaction of trench backfill. E. Trench depth requirements measured from finished grade or paved surface I shall be in accordance with following or any applicable codes and ordinances. 1. Water mains: 30" minimum to top of pipe barrel or 6" below the frost line (established by the local building official), whichever is deeper. 2. Sanitary sewer: Depths, elevations, and grades as indicated on Drawings. I. 3. Storm drains: Depths, elevations, and grades as indicated on Drawings. 4. Electrical conduits: 24" minimum to top of conduit or as required by NEC 300-5, NEC 710-36 codes, or the local utility company requirements, whichever is deeper. 5. Television conduits: 18" minimum to top of conduit or as required by the local utility company, whichever is deeper. 6. Telephone conduits: 18" minimum to top of conduit, or as required by the local utility company, whichever is deeper. 7. Gas mains and service: 30" minimum to top of pipe, or as required by the local utility company, whichever is deeper. 3.03 SHEETING AND BRACING A. Provide sheeting and bracing, when necessary, in trenches and other excavations where protection of workmen is required. Sheeting may be removed after excavation has been backfilled sufficiently to protect against damaging or injurious caving. 02222-3 [1 I 3.04 PIPE BEDDING I A. Accurately cut trenches for pipe or conduit that is installed to designated elevations and grades to line and grade 4" below bottom of pipe and to width I as specified. Place 4" of bedding material, compact in bottom of trench, and accurately shape to comform to lower portion of pipe barrel. After pipe installation, place select backfill and compact in maximum 6" layers, measured loose, to at least 1'-0" above top of pipe. 3.05 TRENCH BACKFILLING I A. Criteria: Do not backfill trenches until required tests are performed, utility systems, as installed, comply with specified requirements, and are accepted by applicable governing authority. Backfill trenches as specified. If improperly backfilled, reopen, to depth required to obtain proper compaction. Backfill and compact,- as specified, to properly correct condition in an acceptable manner. B. Backfilling: After pipe or conduit has been installed, bedded, and tested_as specified, backfill trench or structure excavation with specified material placed in lifts or layers not exceeding 8" of loose material. Compact to minimum density of 95% of optimum density in accordance with ASTM D698 or AASHTO T-99. C. Compaction: Exercise proper caution when compacting immediately over top I of pipes or conduits. Water jetting or flooding is not permitted as method of - compaction. D. Compaction testing: Independent testing laboratory shall perform test at intervals not exceeding 200'-0" of trench for each 12" of compacted trench backfill and furnish copies of test results as specified. 3.06 BORED AND CASED ROAD, HIGHWAY AND RAILROAD CROSSING A. Steel casing pipe: 1. Clean and prime interior and exterior of casing pipe; and line with two coats of asphalt in accordance with AREA specifications. 2. Butt weld steel casing. Welds shall be full penetration single butt -welds in accordance with AWWA C-205 and AWS D7-0-62. ■ B. When indicated on Drawings and in Specifications, make street, road, highway, or railroad crossings for utility mains by jacking and boring method, and install utility pipe in accordance with AREA specifications. C. Excavation of approach pits and trenches within right-of-way of street, road, highway, or railroad shall be of sufficient distance from paving or railroad tracks to permit traffic to pass without interference. Tamp backfill for approach 02222-4 I pits and trenches within right-of-way in layers not greater than 6" thick for entire length and depth of.trench or pit. Compact backfill to 95% of maximum density obtained at optimum moisture as determined by AASHTO 180-57, I. Method A. Mechanical tampers may be used after coverof 6" has been obtained over top of barrel of pipe. D. Accomplish boring operation using commercial -type boring rig and bored hole to proper alignment and grade and within 2" of same diameter as largest outside joint diameter of pipe installed. Install pipe in hole immediately after bore has been made, and in no instance shall hole be left unattended while open. , IE. In event subsurface operations result in failure or damage to pavement, make necessary repairs to pavement at no additional cost to Owner. In event paving cracks on either side of pipe line or is otherwise disturbed or broken due to construction operations, repair or replace disturbed or broken area without further compensation. F. Install casing and utility pipe with end seals, vent pipe, and in accordance with other special requirements of AREA specifications and governing authorities. 1 END OF SECTION I I I I Li I I I 02222-5 I • SECTION 02282 TERMITE CONTROL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Soil treatment below slabs on grade, for subterranean insects. 2. Soil treatment at foundation perimeter, for subterranean insects. 1.02 REFERENCES A. EPA: Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials: Provide certification that toxicants conform to requirements of authority having jurisdiction. B. Material packaging: Manufacturer's labels and seals identifying content. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable requirements for application licensing and authority to use toxicant chemicals. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: Submit through General Contractor to Architect. 1. Indicate toxicants to be used, composition by percentage, dilution schedule, and intended application rate. 2. Submit manufacturer's application instructions. 1.06 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Accurately record moisture content of soil before treatment, date and rate of application, areas of application, diary of meter readings and corresponding soil coverage. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide five-year warranty for material and installation. 02282-1 ' I B. Cover against invasion or propagation of subterranean termites, damage to , -building or building contents caused by termites; repairs to building or building contents so caused. C. Inspect work annually for the five-year warranty period, and report in writing to Owner. D. Owner reserves right to renew warranty for an additional five years. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.01 MATERIALS A. Toxicant chemical: Water -based emulsion of the chemical Dursban or other chemical acceptable under regulations of the jurisdiction having authority, of uniform composition with synthetic dye to permit visual identification of treated soil. 2.02 MIX DILUTION A. Dilute and mix toxicant chemical to manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify the soil surfaces are unfrozen, sufficiently dry to absorb toxicant, and I ready to receive treatment. B. Beginning of application means acceptance of soil conditions. I 3.02 APPLICATION A. Apply toxicant within 12 hours before installation of vapor retarder under slabs on grade or finish grading outside foundation walls. 1 B. Apply toxicant to soil at the following rates, using metered applicator: 1. Under floor slabs on grade: One gallon per 10 square feet. 2. Both sides of foundation wall: a. Concrete: Four gallons per 10 lineal feet, to depth of one foot. b. Masonry: Four gallons per 10 lineal feet for each foot of foundation depth. 3. Two gallons per lineal foot at foundation penetration. C. Apply as a coarse spray to ensure uniform distribution. 02282-2 I. D. Coordinate soil treatment at foundation perimeter with finish grading and landscaping work to avoid disturbance of treated soil. -Retreat treated soil which has been disturbed. 3.03 RETREATMENT 1 A. If inspection identifies the presence of termites, retreat soil and retest. 1 B. Use same toxicant as for original treatment. END OF SECTION i H. i i HI 1 I 1 • H. C H: 02282-3 I I I E I I U U I I l I I • SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnishing and installation of all formwork required for cast -in -place concrete as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 03300 - Cast -in -place Concrete. 1,02. _REFERENCES A. All cast -in -place concrete work required for the project shall be executed in accordance with "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" (ACI 318), most current edition, revised to date, hereinafter referred to as the "ACI Code". B. All sections of the code are binding where applicable to job conditions. The Contractor shall obtain and have available at all times on the job site, copies of the following latest approved date ACI standards: 1. ACI 318: Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 2. ACI 347: Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. 3. ACI 604: Recommended Practice for Winter Concreting. 4. ACI 605: Recommended Practice for Hot Weather boncreting. These standards are published by the American Concrete Institute, P.O. Box 19150, Redford Station, Detroit, Michigan 48219. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Forms: 1. Steel, wood, or other suitable material of size and strength to resist movement during concrete placement and to retain horizontal and vertical alignment until removal. Use straight forms, free of distortion and defects. 2. Use flexible spring steel forms or laminated boards to form radius bends as required. 03100-1 I B. Form release agent: Coat forms 'with nonstaining -type coating that will not discolor or deface surface of concrete. C. Form ties: Form ties for all concrete which will be exposed upon completion shall be of a type which will not leave a hole larger than 7/8" in diameter in the concrete surface, and which will not leave metal closer than 1-1/2" to the concrete surface. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL FORMWORK I A. Set forms to required grades and lines, rigidly braced and secured. Install sufficient quantity of forms to allow continuous progress of work and so that forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Check completed formwork for grade and alignment to following tolerances: , 1. Top of forms not more than 1/8" in 10-0". - 2. Vertical face on longitudinal axis, not more than 1/4" in 10'-0". .. C. Clean forms after each use, and coat with form release agent as often as required to ensure separation from concrete without damage. I 3.02 CURBS AND GUTTERS A. Automatic machine may be used for curb and gutter placement at Contractor's I option. Machine placement must produce curbs and gutters to required cross section, lines, grades, finish, and jointing as specified for formed concrete. If results are not acceptable, remove and replace with formed concrete as specified. 1 END OF SECTION I I 1 03100-2 I I L I SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnishing and installation of all reinforcement required for cast -in -place concrete as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 2. Reinforcing accessory materials. •' B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03100 - Formwork. 2. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.02 EXECUTION OF WORK A. All cast -in -place concrete reinforcement required for the project shall be executed in accordance with "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete", ACI 318, most current edition, revised to date, hereinafter referred to as the "ACI Code". B. All sections of the code are binding where applicable to job conditions. The Contractor shall obtain and have available at all times on the job site, copies of the following latest approved date ACI standards: 1. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 2. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. These standards are published by the American Concrete Institute, ' P.O. Box 19150, Redford Station, Detroit, Michigan 48219. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall furnish reinforced concrete shop drawings, special details, bending diagrams, schedules, bar lists, placing diagrams, and accessories; three copies to be furnished to the Architect for review. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS . A. General: Details of concrete reinforcement not covered herein or on Drawings shall be in accordance with the ACI Code and Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures (ACI 315). I. 03200-1 I B. Reinforcing steel: Shall meet ASTM Specification A615, latest revision. All t bars to be grade 60. All reinforcing steel deformations shall be as defined in Section 3.5 of the "ACI Code". C. Welded wire fabric: Shall be of gauge and mesh size shown on Drawings or as required, and shall conform to ASTM A185. D. Fibermesh reinforcing: Engineered reinforcing fibers for concrete shall be collated, fibrillated polypropylene fibers from Fibermesh Company, 4019 Industry Drive, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37416, or approved equal. ' Fibermesh fibers shall be used in all concrete as indicated on Drawings or as specified and in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The approved distributor shall provide the services of a qualified employee for a pre -job meeting and initial job start-up. Only fibers designed and manufactured from virgin polypropylene specifically for use in concrete and so ' certified by the manufacturer shall be acceptable. Provide 3/4" fiber length evenly mixed at a rate of 1-1/2 pounds per cubic yard. 2:02 ' REINFORCING ACCESSORIES "" I A. Tie wire: Minimum 16 gauge annealed type. I B. Chairs, bolsters, bar supports, spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during installation and placement of concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 PLACING REINFORCEMENT 1 A. All reinforcing bars shall be supported and wired together to prevent displacement by construction loads or the placing of concrete. On ground and where necessary, supporting concrete blocks may be used. Over formwork, metal or plastic -coated bar chairs and spacers shall be furnished. The portions of all accessories in contact with formwork shall be galvanized, stainless steel or plastic -coated. B. Welded wire fabric shall be lapped at least 12" in structural slabs. It shall be I lapped at least 6" in slabs on ground. The mesh is to be supported or lifted so that its final position in slab is as shown in details. C. Templates shall be furnished for all column dowels and column anchor bolts. D. Reinforcement shall not be bent after being embedded in concrete. 03200-2 I Hi I I L L L I E. Cleaning reinforcement: At the time concrete is placed, reinforcement shall be free from loose, flaky rust, mill scale, mud, oil, or other coating that will destroy or reduce bond. F. Splices: Splice only where shown on design or final shop drawings. --- G. Concrete protection for reinforcement: If not detailed otherwise, where concrete is deposited against the ground, the reinforcements shall have not less than 3" of concrete between it and the ground. If concrete surfaces after removal of forms are to be in contact with the ground or exposed to the weather, the reinforcing shall be protected with not less than 2" of concrete for bars larger than #5 and 1-1/2" for #5 bars or smaller. Concrete covering for any reinforcing, at surfaces not exposed directly at the ground or the weather, shall be not less than 3/4" for slabs, walls and joists, and not less than 1-1/2" for beams or girders. 1 3.02 PLACING REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Accurately place and secure saddle ties at every other intersection with 16 -- gage black annealed wire; hold rigidly in place with metal chairs or spacers during placement of concrete. B. Use spacers, chairs, or other necessary supports to hold bars in beams and slabs in exact location during pour. 3.03 EXAMINATION A. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. END OF SECTION 1. 1 :::1. 03200-3 Li' II 1 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY I 1 I I I H I I Li I I SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Section includes: 1. Furnishing and installation of all cast -in -place concrete as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. 2. Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. 1.02 EXECUTION OF.WORK - - A. All cast -in -place concrete will be executed in accordance with "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" (ACI 318) and "Specifications for Structural Concrete in Buildings", ACI 301, most current edition, revised to date, hereinafter referred to as the "ACI Code". B. All sections of the code are binding where applicable to job conditions. The Contractor must have available at all times on the job site, copies of the following latest approved date ACI Standards: 1. ACI 318: Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 2. ACI 347: Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. 3. ACI 306: Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting. 4. ACI 305: Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting. These standards are published by the American Concrete Institute, P.O. Box 19150, Redford Station, Detroit, Michigan 48219. C. The Contractor shall provide a superintendent experienced in concrete construction to assure that all aspects of the concrete work are executed in accordance with these Specifications, the Drawings, and the ACI code. All concrete work shall be done under the supervision of this superintendent. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland cement: A single approved standard brand conforming to ASTM C150, Type I. 03300-1 I B. Fine aggregate: Natural freshwater sand to conform to ASTM C33-71 a, and graded within the limits set forth in Paragraph 3 therein. - -- Coarse aggregate: Conform to the requirements of ASTM C33-71 a, standard grading 1" to #4, and of a type which will provide Grade A concrete as defined in Section 1001.2 of the Standard Building Code, 1976 Edition. No creek gravel shall be used. D. Water: Clean, free from acids, alkalies or organic materials. 2.02 CONCRETE STRENGTHS A. Cast -in -place concrete minimum compressive strength at 28 days shall be , 3,000 psi. At a minimum, structural concrete shall have a portland cement content of not less than 517 pounds per cubic yard. B. All exterior concrete on building, as well as curbs, gutters, walks, ••miscellaneous slabs, and paving shall have an air content of 7%a by -volume, with a tolerance of ±1%. All exterior concrete shall have, at a minimum, a portland cement content of 564 pounds per cubic yard. 2.03 VAPOR BARRIER A. A 6 mil plastic underlayment will be used for all interior slabs on grade. Lap sheets 6" minimum at all splices. 2.04 ADMIXTURES 1 A. Water -reducing, retarding, and accelerating admixtures conforming to ASTM , C494 may be used only upon specific written approval of the Architect. B. Use of calcium chloride is prohibited. C. Use of flyash is prohibited. D. Air -entraining agents shall conform to ASTM C260. ' 2.05 LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE DENSITY 1 A. Lightweight concrete shall have a density of 110 pcf. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LABORATORY TESTS AND MIX DESIGNS 03300-2 1 I A. Laboratory tests and mix designs are to be made by a testing laboratory - selected by the Owner.. s B. Material to be tested: ' 1: Fine aggregate. 2. Coarse aggregate. 3. Concrete as placed in the work. The laboratory is to recheck at plant as often as necessary to produce concrete of desired strength and consistency. C. Slump: The testing laboratory shall take at least one series of three slump tests from the middle of the batch at the beginning of each day, and whenever the consistency of the concrete appears to vary. Slump tests shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C143. The slump shall not exceed 4". Concrete of ' lower than usual slump may be used provided it is properly placed and consolidated. D. Compression. As the -work progresses the testing laboratory personnel -will - conduct tests of the concrete in accordance with the following procedures: • 1. Secure composite samples from the same batch in accordance with ' ASTM C172. 2. Test at least once a day, but not less than once for every 150 cubic yards. Take samples whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary. ' 3. Test two specimens at 7 days and two specimens at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39. The average strength of the two specimens I. tested at 28 days equals the test result and will be the basis for acceptance of the concrete, except when specimens at 28 days fall less than 20% below the specified strength. If test result strength falls below the specified strength, or if any one specimen at 28 days has less than 80% specified strength, the Architect has the right to order removal and replacement of all defective concrete at the Contractor's expense. If ' Contractor wishes to test cores from in -place concrete, the cost of coring and testing will be paid for by the Contractor. The test lab will mold four specimens for each 100 cubic yards of each strength, and at least one set I. for each day's pour of each strength, in accordance with ASTM C31 and protect and cure under standard moisture and temperature conditions in accordance with Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of the above ASTM methods. E. Air content: Test in accordance with ASTM C31 or ASTM C173. Test air content at least once per day when air entrained concrete is being placed, and make at least on test for every 150 cubic yards. F. Absolutely no water is to be added to ready -mixed concrete at the site. ' 3.02 MIXING AND PLACING CONCRETE 03300-3 1 I A. Mixing: Deliver all ready -mixed concrete in accordance with the following requirements of ASTM C94: - - - - - 1. Tolerances in slump. 2. Measuring materials. - 3. Batching plant. 4. Mixers and agitators. 5. Mixing and delivery. 6. Use of non -agitating equipment. 7. Inspection. B. The Contractor shall give the Architect 24 hours' notice prior to any concrete placement. C. Preparation: 1. Prior to depositing concrete; the forms shall be free of all debris and all forms, reinforcing steel and sleeves shall be secured and inspected. 2. Surface preparation: Remove loose material from compacted base material surface immediately before placing concrete. - --- 3. Proof -roll prepared base material surface to check for unstable areas. The paving work shall begin after the unsuitable areas have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. Compaction testing for the base material shall be completed prior to the placement of the paving. 4. Moisten base material if required to provide uniform dampened condition at the time that the concrete is placed. D. Conveying: Convey from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods that will prevent separation or loss of materials. , E. Concrete placement: ' 1. Comply with requirements of ACI Code for mixing and placing concrete. 2. Place concrete using methods which prevent segregation of mix. Concrete shall be placed in layers 24" deep and immediately consolidated by means of mechanical vibrators supplemented by rodding and spading. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints. Keep vibrator away from joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocation of reinforcing, dowels, and joint devices. 3. Deposit concrete as close to its final position as possible to avoid segregation of aggregate due to rehandling or flowing. Spread concrete in continuous operation between transverse joints, as far as possible. Maintain plasticity at all times during placement of concrete to insure proper flow into the spaces between the bars. Concrete that has been contaminated by foreign material, or has been retempered, shall not be used. 4. Place concrete continuously until a panel or section is completed. 03300-4. ' I IF. Hot -weather placement of concrete: Details and methods of placing, handling and curing concrete will be in accordance with ACI 305. t4 G. - Cold -weather placement of concrete: Provide adequate equipment for - concrete materials and protecting concrete during freezing or near freezing weather. Concrete materials, reinforcements, forms and ground with which concrete will come in contact are to be free of frost, snow or ice. Details of approved procedures are available in ACI 306. Contractor is to keep an accurate thermometer on the job, where the work is proceeding. Use of salts. ' or other chemicals for the prevention of freezing will not be permitted. 3.03 JOINT CONSTRUCTION ' A. Construct shrinkage control joints and construction joints true -to -line with face perpendicular to surface of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right ' angles to centerline, unless otherwise indicated. • 1. Shrinkage control joints: At reinforced slabs, provide control joints, sectioning concrete into areas at 15'-0" o.c. maximum each way. At ' unreinforced concrete slabs, form control joints at 8'-0" to 10'-0". Construct control joints for depth equal to at least one quarter of the • thickness of the slab, as follows: ' a. Tooled joints: Form weakened -plane joints in fresh concrete by grooving top portion with recommended cutting tool and finishing edges with jointer. - ' b. Sawed joints: Form weakened -plane joints using powered saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut joints into hardened concrete as soon as surface will not be torn, ' abraded, or otherwise damaged by cutting action. In any case, control joints must be sawn within 12 hours. ' c. Preformed control joints: At the contractor's option, preformed joints may be used, such as Zipcap Control -Joint Former by W.R. Meadows. B. Keyway construction joints: 1. Place keyway construction joints at end of placements and at locations ' where placement operations are stopped for period of more than 30 • minutes, except where such placements terminate at expansion joints. 2. Dowel as indicated on the Drawings and as necessary to keep slabs flush; free end of dowel to be coated with nonbonding agent. - 3. Place keyway construction joints at the sides of paving lanes. 4.. Construct joints using 24 gauge steel with removable top strip exposing ' sealant trough and knockout holes for dowels as manufactured by Jahn or by Vulcan Metal Products, Inc., #1 Irondale Park, P.O. Box 6788, Birmingham, Alabama 35201, or approved equal. - C. Isolation joints: - 1] 03300-5 I 1. Exterior: a. Provide premolded joint filler for expansion joints abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, and other fixed objects. , b. Locate expansion joints at 60'-0" o.c. maximum for each pavement lane. D. All joints shall be continuous across the slab and shall extend completely through any adjoining curb section. 3.04 JOINT FILLERS ' A. Exterior joint fillers: 1. Extend joint fillers the full width and depth of all joints, and not less than 1/2" nor more than 1" below finished surface where joint sealer is indicated. If no joint sealer, place top of joint filler flush with finished concrete surface. 2. Furnish joint fillers in one-piece lengths for full width being placed, wherever possible. Where more than one length is required,.lace or clip joint filler sections together. 3. Joint sealants: Exterior pavement joint sealants shall be a non -priming, pourable, self -leveling type of coal -tar -modified polyurethane, or a ' polyurethane sealant suitable for use in pavements and sidewalks. B. Interior joint fillers: I 1. Seal exposed saw cuts in interior slabs with a polyurethane base sealant suitable for foot traffic. Pack joint with compatible foam rope. Apply sealant level and neat. Sealant to be "Sonolastic" as manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products. 3.05 CONCRETE FINISHING ' A. After striking -off and consolidating concrete, smooth surface by screeding and , floating. Adjust floating to compact surface and produce uniform texture. B. After floating, test surface for trueness with 10'-0" straightedge. Distribute concrete as required to remove surface irregularities, and refloat repaired areas to provide continuous smooth finish. C. Work edges of slabs, gutters, back top edge of curb, and formed joints with an ' edging tool, and round to 1/2" radius. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surface. I D. After completion of floating and troweling when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows: ' 03300-6 , ' 1. Curbs, gutters, and walks: Broom finish by drawing fine -hair broom -across concrete surface perpendicular to line of traffic: Repeat operation if required to provide fine line texture. 2. Inclined exterior slab surfaces: Provide coarse, nonslip finish by scoring surface with stiff -bristled broom perpendicular to line of traffic. I. 3. Sidewalk paving: Burlap finish by dragging seamless strip of damp burlap across concrete perpendicular to line of traffic. Repeat operation to provide gritty texture. ' 4. Interior floors: Provide hard steel troweled finish for all floors intended as finished surfaces or for reception of applied floor coverings. Finished surface to be uniform in texture and appearance and free of trowel marks. I. Tool edges. Dusting is prohibited. E. Concrete seal: Coat all exposed concrete slabs designated to have as a ' sealed finish with two coats of Kure -N -Seal concrete sealer by Chemex Sonneborn Building Products, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Apply as recommended by manufacturer. 3.06 CONCRETE CURING ' A. Cover entire area of concrete slabs with previously unused 4 mil clear (May through October) or black (November through April) polyethylene and weight ' all edges. Leave polyethylene in place for 7 days. B. At the Contractor's option, exterior concrete may be cured with a liquid membrane -forming curing compound in lieu of polyethylene. 3.07 PATCHING AND REPAIRING CONCRETE SURFACES A. Any concrete which is not formed as shown on the plans, is out of alignment or level, shows a defective surface, or in any other way fails to comply with the ' requirements of the Specifications, shall be removed from the job by the Contractor at his own expense unless the Architect grants permission to patch the defective area. Permission to patch any such area is not a waiver of the Architect's right to require complete removal of the defective work if the patching does not, in his opinion, satisfactorily restore the quality and appearance of the surface. 3.08 RUBBED SURFACES ' A. As soon as forms are stripped, rub down all vertical concrete surfaces which will be exposed upon completion of work with carborundum grinders using water and Portland Cement as a rubbing agent. Rub exposed concrete until a ' uniform even surface is obtained, with no joint marks or other defects showing. 03300-7 -. I I ' SECTION 03375 • CONCRETE CURING, SEALING, HARDENING, DUSTPROOFING • PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: ' A. Section includes 1. Concrete sealing as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. C. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily • limited to, Section 00400 - Conditions of the Contract (General Conditions) and Section -00800 = Supplementary Conditions. ' 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. ' 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protect the materials of this section before, during, and after installation, and protect the work of all materials and other trades. B. In the event of damage, immediately make replacements and repairs to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. I. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01. SEALER ' • A.H Where concrete sealer is called for on the Drawings or is specified herein, provide the standard product of a national manufacturer, such as Ashford I. Formula by Cure-crete Chemical Corporation, Salt Lake City, Utah, which shall possess the following attributes: 1. Colorless, transparent liquid containing no silicones, coatable and I. compatible with any type of covering. ' • 03375-1 I 2. Formulated to seal, harden, and dustproof the surfaces to which it is applied. - 3. Additionally formulated to penetrate with only one application, to neutralize alkali, and to leave no surface film. - 4. Noncombustible, nontoxic, and odorless. 5. Contains no thinners or solvents. 6. Dries within one to three hours and fully cured within thirty days. ' 7. Tested and shown to increase surface hardness of untreated concrete by no less than forty-seven percent (47%) in thirty days. B. For purposes of this specification, products of Cure-crete Chemical have been cited as the standard of quality. Products of Tropical Industrial Coatings, Inc. , and Watco Dennis Corporation shall be acceptable should they conform to the above criteria and following application specification. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS: ..__ • A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of ' the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION: I A. Preparation: 1. On freshly -finished concrete surfaces, no additional surface preparation ' will be required. 2. On areas where forms are recently removed, remove all form oil and t breaking compound residue to assure penetration of the product into the surface. 3. On existing concrete, vertical surfaces, and masonry surfaces: ' a. Sweep all areas to be treated, using a fine bristle broom, or hose off with water and let dry to remove all surface dust and dirt. b. Free the surface from all contaminants which would inhibit penetration of the product into the pores of the material to be treated. c. Remove all curing, sealing, and coating agents by use of chemical or mechanical means as required; unless they are non -residue bearing materials. d. If acid is used to remove surface coatings, flush the surface with water sufficiently to remove all acid and acid residues. 4. When applying near windows, mask the glass. 5. Avoid contact with plant life, glass, aluminum, and other finished surfaces. Where contact occurs, immediately wipe with a damp cloth or flush with water. 03375-2 ' I I 6. Avoid contact with asphaltic concrete. . ,"''e•, : - • . B. Application: ' 1. On existing finished surfaces, spray the product with -a low-pressure --- -- sprayer immediately following the finishing operation. a. To assure proper curing, apply the product to the entire surface as soon as the surface is firm enough to walk on, and before checking and temperature cracking begins. b. Keep the entire surface wet for 30 minutes by spraying dry spots ' immediately. c. As the product begins to dry into the surface and becomes slippery ' underfoot, lightly sprinkle the surface with water to aid penetration and to bring alkali to the surface. d. As the product again begins to dry into the surface and becomes slippery underfoot, flush the surface with water and squeegee the surface totally dry, removing all excess product and alkali or other impurities brought to the surface. I. 2. On broom -finished surfaces,_no flushing is required butsqueegee or broom the excess product from the surface after 30 to 40 minutes. 3. On cured concrete surfaces, saturate the surface with the specified ' product. a. If dry spots appear, broom excess material onto the dry spots or respray them immediately. ' b. Keep the entire surface wet with the product for 30 minutes. c. If, after 30 to 40 minutes, the majority of the product has been absorbed into the surface, broom or squeegee excess product from low spots and puddles so it will be absorbed into the surface, or remove such excess product from the surface. d. If, after 30 to 40 minutes, the majority of the product is still on the surface, wait until the surface becomes slippery underfoot and then flush the entire surface with clear water and squeegee completely dry. If no water is available, squeegee the excess product from the surface after 30 minutes so that the surface is completely dry. END OF SECTION I I 03375-3 C SECTION 03600 GROUT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Grout for unit masonry. 2. Grout for bond beams and lintels. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland cement: ASTM C150, Normal -Type I; gray color. B. Masonry cement: ASTM C98, for general use. C. Grout coarse aggregate: Maximum 318". D. Grout fine aggregate: Sand. 2.02 GROUT FILL A. Bond beams, lintels, and reinforced cells: 3000 psi strength at 28 days. 2.03 NON -SHRINK GROUT A. Pre -mixed, non -shrinking, high -strength grout, COE CRD-621; compressive strength of 5000 psi at 28 days. 1. Masterflow 713 by Master Builders Co. 2. Gilco Construction Grout by Gifford -Hill Co. 3. Crystex by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 4. Euco-N-S Grout by Euclid Chemical Company. 5. Sonogrout by Sonneborn Building Products. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION . A. Verify that anchors, seats, reinforcing, etc. are accurately placed, held securely, and will not cause hardship during placement of concrete. 03600-1 3.02 INSTALLATION A. After reinforcing of masonry is in place, plug cleanout holes with masonry units. Brace against wet grout pressure. B. Install mortar and grout under provisions of Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry. END OF SECTION 03600-2 1 1 I I 1 SECTION 04100 MORTAR - PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes mortar for unit masonry. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C5 - Quicklime for Structural Purposes. B. ASTM C94 - Ready -Mixed Concrete. C. ASTM C144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. D. ASTM C150 - Portland Cement. E. ASTM C207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. F. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store sand for mortar on plastic sheeting to prevent contamination by extraneous. chemicals in earth beneath. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold Weather Requirements: IMIAC - Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, normal -Type I; gray color. B. Masonry Cement: ASTM C98, for general use. C. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type; clean, dry, protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter. - 04100-1 I D. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. E. Sand: Shall conform to ASTM Specification C144, well -graded within the limits of 100% passing the No. 8 sieve, and not to exceed 10% passing the No. 200 sieve. F. Water: Shall be clean, potable and free from injurious amounts of acids, alkalies, organic materials or other deleterious substances. G. Mortar: Conform to the Standard Specifications of ASTM C270 for Type 'S' and Type'N' masonry mortar, with proportions by volume as follows: 1. Type 'S Mortar: 1 part portland cement or blended cement to 14 to '/2 part hydrated lime or lime putty to 2% to 3 times the sum of the separate volumes of the cement and the lime of damp loose aggregate. or '1 part portland cement or blended cement to 1 part Type 'N' masonry cement to 2'% to 3 times the sum of the separate volumes of the portland and masonry cements of damp loose aggregate. _ or 1 part Type 'S' masonry cement to 2'/, to 3 times the volume of the masonry cement of damp loose aggregate. 2. Type'N' Mortar: 1 part portland cement or blended cement to '/2 to 1% part hydrated lime or lime putty to 2% to 3 times the sum of the separate volumes of the cement and the lime of damp loose aggregate. or 1 part Type 'N' masonry cement to 2% to 3 times the volume of the masonry cement of damp loose aggregate. NOTE: Type 'N' mortar shall be used for all non -load -bearing interior ' masonry walls. Type 'S' mortar shall be used for all exterior masonry walls above and below grade and interior load -bearing masonry walls. Review with Project Architect upon selection of Subcontractor to determine type of mortar to be used prior to actual construction. 2.02 MORTAR COLOR A. Control mortar mix to determine desired color; do not use additives. 2.03 MORTAR MIX , A. Mixing: Mortar shall be mixed in accordance with ASTM C270, in a mechanical mixer for not less than three (3) minutes after all materials are in the mixer and 04100-2 until the mortar is completely and uniformly.,. mixed. Mortar for all exterior masonry above and below grade shall contain a_waterproofing admixture. B. Mortar: ASTM C270, Types 'S' and 'N' - minimum compressive strength of 1800 psi for Type 'S' and minimum of 750 psi for Type 'N'. C. Pointing Mortar: One part portland cement, % part hydrated lime, and two parts graded (80 mesh) aggregate, proportioned by volume. Add aluminum tristearate, calcium stearate, or ammonium stearate equal to two percent (2%) of portland cement weight. D. Do not use antifreeze compounds or calcium chloride. E. If water is lost by evaporation, retemper within two hours of mixing. Do not retemper mortar after two hours of mixing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. After reinforcing of masonry is in place, plug cleanout holes with masonry units. Brace against wet grout pressure. B. Install mortar and grout under provisions of Section 04210 - Brick Veneer Masonry and Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry. END OF SECTION 04100-3 I' SECTION 04150 MASONRY ACCESSORIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Joint reinforcement, anchors, ties and control joints. B. R, 1. 2. 3. 4. slated Seci Section Section Section Section ions: 03600 -Grout. 04100 -Mortar. 04210 - Brick Veneer Masonry. 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry PART 2 PRODUCTS - 2.01 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORS A.. Horizontal joint reinforcement: Truss -type, minimum 9 gauge welded steel wire; hot -dip galvanized after fabrication to 0.8 oz. for use in exterior walls, mill galvanized wire for interior walls; width 1-1/2" to 2" less than wall thickness. B: Deformed bars of grade indicated complying with ASTM A615, Grade 40. Shop -fabricate reinforcement which is shown bent or hooked. C. Miscellaneous masonry anchors: Fabricated from 16 gauge steel sheet or 3/8" steel rod, 1.5 oz. hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Joint filler: Closed -cell foam, oversized 50 percent; self -expanding. B. Building paper: Asphalt -saturated felt. C. Control joints: 1. At CMU: Rapid Poly joint PVC Compound, model #D/A 2001, by Dur-O-Wal, Arlington Heights, Illinois 60004. 2. . At brick veneer: Preformed neoprene material; profile indicated on Drawings. D. Through -wall flashing: Sheet PVC; select one of the following. 1. Vinyl Water Barrier by BFG. 2.. Nuflex by Sandell Manufacturing Co.. 04150-1 3. Wascoseal by Wasco/York. E. Flashing adhesive: As recommended by flashing material manufacturer. F. Nailing strips: Western softwood, preservative -treated; sized to masonry joints. G. Weeps: Cotton rope. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install horizontal joint reinforcing at 16" o.c., except space at 8" o.c. in parapet walls and below finished floor, or where otherwise indicated on Drawings. B. Refer to Section 04210 - Brick Veneer Masonry and Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry for further installation instructions. END OF SECTION 04150-2 SECTION 04210 BRICK VENEER MASONRY J PART1 GENERAL. • 1.01 SUMMARY 11. A. Section includes: • 1. Exterior non -load -bearing brick veneer with anchorage to back-up. 2. Veneer ties and accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. . Section 04100 - Mortar: Mortar and grout. 2. Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry. • 3. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Rod and sealant at expansion joints. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C216:. Facing Brick. B. International Masonry Industry All -Weather Council (IMIAC): Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE Ii,A. Certification letter: Submit through General Contractor to Owner. 1. Submit in letter form, certifying that brick meets specification. I. 2. Submit name and color of brick proposed.- 1.04- . ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold -weather requirements: If outside air temperature is below 40° F., follow IMIAC's Recommended Practices and Specifications for Cold Weather • Masonry Construction. B. Hot -weather requirements: When outside air temperature reaches 100° F. in • the shade and relative humidity is less than 50%, protect masonry construction from direct exposure to sun and wind. I '1 04210-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BRICK MANUFACTURERS A. Eureka Brick. B. Acme Brick Co. C. Henderson Clay Products, Henderson, Texas. D. Approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Face brick: Brick to meet ASTM C216, Type FBS-SW with a minimum compressive prism strength of 2500 psi. Modular size. Color and texture to be selected by Architect from manufacturer's medium price range. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORS A. Veneer anchors: Two-piece adjustable eyelet assembly. 1. Both pieces of 3/16" wire, assembly sized to extend minimum two inches into joint; galvanized finish. 2.04 MASONRY FLASHINGS A. Through -wall flashing: Sheet PVC; choose one of the following. 1. Vinyl Water Barrier by BFG. 2. Nuflex by Sandell Manufacturing Co.. 3. Wascoseal by Wasco/York. B. Adhesive: As recommended by flashing material manufacturer. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Control joints: Preformed neoprene material; profile indicated on Drawings. B. Nailing strips: Western softwood, preservative -treated; sized to masonry joints. C. Weeps: Cotton rope. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION 04210-2 I. A. Verify that items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located. I: B: Establish lines, levels, and coursing. Protect from disturbance. C. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.02 COURSING A. Place masonry to lines and levels indicated. B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform width. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal in width and of uniform thickness. C. Lay brick in running bond. Course to match existing coursing. Form concave mortar joints. 3.03 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay masonry in full bed of mortar, properly jointed with other work. Buttering corners of joints, and deep or excessive furrowing of mortar joints and slushing are not permitted. B. Fully bond intersections and external and internal corners. C. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. D. Remove excess mortar. E. Perform job -site cutting with proper tools to provide straight unchipped edges. Take care to prevent breaking masonry unit corners or edges. 3.04 CAVITY SPACE A. Do not let mortar fall into cavity air space or plug weep holes; clean out promptly. B. Install weep holes in veneer at 16" o.c. horizontally above through -wall flashings, above shelf angles, and at bottoms of walls. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Variation from unit to adjacent unit: • 1/32" maximum. 04210=3 I B. Variation from plane of wall: 1/4" in 10'-0" and 1/2" in 20'-0" or more. C. Variation from level coursing: 118" in 3'-0"; 1/4" in 10'-0"; 1/2" maximum. D. Variation in joint thickness: 1/8" in 3'-0". - - - - - I 3.06 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. Secure wall ties in back-up for veneer at maximum 16" o.c. vertically, 24" o.c. horizontally. Install additional ties at 8" o.c. vertically at all jambs, edges, and all openings in the brick veneerwall. "I, B. All ties shall be embedded at least 2" into the bed joints of the brick veneer. C. All ties shall be securely attached to steel studs with non -corrosive fasteners through the sheathing, not to the sheathing alone. 3.07 MASONRY FLASHINGS A. Extend flashings through veneer, turn up 8" minimum and seal. B. Lap end joints 6" minimum and seal watertight. I. C. Use flashing manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3.08 CONTROL JOINTS A. Do not continue horizontal joint. reinforcing across control joints. B. Size joint in accordance with Section 07900 - Joint Sealers for proper sealant performance. 3.09 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, build in metal door frames, fabricated metal frames, window frames, wood nailing strips, anchor bolts, plates, and other items of the work supplied by other Sections to be built in. B. Build in items plumb and level.. C. Do not build in organic materials subject to deterioration. 3.10 CUTTING AND FITTING I A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, or grounds. Coordinate with other areas of work to provide correct size, shape, and location. 04210-4 1 B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting any area not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.11 CLEANING A. Remove excess mortar and smears. Replace defective mortar. B. Clean soiled surfaces with a non -acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. C. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. B. Provide protection without damaging completed work. C. At day's end, cover unfinished walls to prevent moisture infiltration. Weight cover down to prevent blow -off and maintain protection for masonry work. END OF SECTION 04210-5 SECTION 04220 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Concrete Unit Masonry and reinforcement. B. Products installed but not furnished under this Section: 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 04100 - Mortar: Mortar and grout. 2. Section 04150 --Masonry Accessories. 3. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Rod and sealant at control joints. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C90: Hollow Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. B.. International Masonry Industry All -Weather Council (IMIAC): Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. 1.03 SUBMITTAL A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect the insulation type proposed. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. IMIAC: Recommended Practices and Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. PART2 . PRODUCTS . 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Masonry units:. ASTM C90, Grade N, Type I; normal weight. B. Unit size: Width indicated on Drawings x 8" high x 16" Tong. Manufactured to dimensions 3/8" less than nominal dimensions. If not indicated, provide 8" width. 04220-1i I C. Provide special shapes where indicated, and as follows: 1. For lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. -- . - - 2. Bullnose units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated. D. Color and texture: Standard smooth -face block unless otherwise indicated. E. Unit compressive strength: As indicated on drawings. If not indicated, minimumcompressive strength shall be 1350 psi. 2.02 MASONRY FILL INSULATION Not Used 2.03 CONTROL JOINTS I/ Pre -molded expansion joint material. Thickness -3/8" -or as shown on - I Drawings. 2.04 REINFORCING STEEL I A. Horizontal reinforcing shall be galvanized truss type. Galvanized carbon steel wire shall meet ASTM A82, coating class as follows: 1. Where installed in interior walls, unless specified otherwise: ASTM A641, Class 1. 2. Where installed in exterior walls and interior walls at toilets, showers, swimming pools, steam rooms: ASTM Al 53, Class B-2. B. Vertical reinforcing shall conform to ASTM A615, latest edition. All bars shall be Grade 60. 2.05 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Galvanized carbon steel wire shall meet ASTM A82, coating class as follows: 1. Where installed in interior walls, unless specified otherwise: ASTM A641, Class 1. 2. Where installed in exterior walls and interior walls at toilets, showers, swimming pools, steam rooms: ASTM A153, Class B-2. B. Galvanized steel sheet: ASTM A366 (commercial quality) 16 gauge cold -rolled I carbon steel sheet, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM Al 53, Class B2 where used in exterior walls and ASTM A525, Class G60 elsewahere. Use for sheet metal ties, dovetail slots and anchors. 04220-2 1 I C. Steel plates and bars: ASTM A36, hot -dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A153, Class B2. D. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AA Wire Products Co. 2. Dur-O-Wal, Inc. • 3. Hohman & Barnard, Inc. 4. Approved equal E. Adjustable anchors for connecting masonry to structural framework: 1. General: Two-piece assemblies as described below allowing vertical or horizontal differential movement between wall and framework parallel to plane of wall, but resisting tension and compression forces perpendicular to it. 1 2. For anchorage to concrete framework, provide manufacturers standard anchor with dovetail section formed from sheet metal and triangular- shaped tie section of,0.25" diameter wire, sized to extend within 1".of_ • masonry face. 3. For anchorage to steel framework provide manufacturer's standard anchors with crimped 0.25" diameter wire anchor section for welding to steel and triangular -shaped tie section of 0.25" diameter wire, sized to I. extend within 1" of masonry face. . F. Adjustable masonry veneer anchors: 1. General: Provide two-piece assemblies allowing vertical or horizontal differential movement between wall and framework parallel to plane of wall, but resisting tension and compression forces perpendicular to it; for I. embedment in masonry back-up; and with the following structural performance characteristics: a. Capable of withstanding a 100 -pound -foot load in either, tension or compression without deforming over, or developing play in excess of, 0.05". I- 2. Masonry veneer anchors for masonry back-up: Consisting of 3/16" rectangular wire section for embedment in masonry back-up with eye end sections protruding from masonry beyond masonry cavity insulation (if any) and 3/16" rectangular wire section and allowing approximately 1-1/4" vertical adjustment; hot -dip galvanized. G. Miscellaneous anchors: 1. Unit -type masonry inserts in concrete: Cast iron or malleable iron inserts of type and size indicated, galvanized. 2. Dovetail slots: Furnish dovetail slots, with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated from 22 gauge galvanized sheet metal. 3. Anchor bolts: Steel bolts complying with A307, Grade A; with ASTM A563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot -dip galvanized to comply 04220-3 I with ASTM Al 53, Class C; of diameter and length indicated and in the I following configurations: - - a. Headed bolts. PART 3 EXECUTION - 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located. B. Establish lines, levels, and coursing. Protect from disturbance. C. Provide temporary bracing during erection of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. 3.02 COURSING I A. Place masonry to lines and levels indicated. •1 B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform width. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness. 1 C. Unless noted otherwise on Drawings, lay masonry units in stack bond in areas exposed to view in finished rooms and in running bond in concealed areas and unfinished rooms. Course one block unit and one mortar joint to equal 8". Rake mortar joints on all exposed walls. 3.03 PLACING AND BONDING A. Lay solid concrete masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; 1 butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints. Remove excess mortar. B. Lay hollow concrete masonry -units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings and foundation walls and in all courses of piers, columns and pilasters, and where adjacent to cells of cavities to be reinforced or filled with concrete or grout. For starting courses on footings where cells are not grouted, spread out full mortar bed, including areas under cells. C. Fully bond intersections, and external and internal corners. 1 D. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove mortar and replace. 04220-4 1 I I E. Perform jobsite cutting with proper tools to provide straight unchipped edges. Take care to prevent breaking masonry unit comers or edges. F. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members and partitions of dissimilar materials with a control joint. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Alignment of pilasters: Maximum 1/4" from true line. B. Variation from unit to adjacent unit: 1/32". C. Variation from plane of wall: 1/4" in 10'-0" and 1/2" in 20'-0". D. Variation from plumb: 1/4" per story, non -cumulative. E. Variation from level coursing: 1/8" in 3'-0"; 1/4" in 10'-0"; 1/2" maximum. F. Variation in joint thickness: 1/8" in 3'-0". I 3.05 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES A. Reinforce masonry units as indicated on Drawings. If not indicated, provide at I. a minimum one #5 vertical at 4'-0" o.c. maximum, and horizontal truss joint reinforcing at 16" o.c. vertically. B. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16" o.c. vertically, except space at 8" o.c. in parapet walls and below finished floor, or where otherwise indicated on Drawings. C. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below openings. Extend 24" minimum each side of opening. Place joint 1, reinforcement continuous in first and second joint below top of walls. D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6". Extend 24" minimum each side of openings. Place reinforcing bars supported and secured against displacement. Maintain position within 1/2" of true dimension. E. Grout cells full that contain vertical reinforcing. F. Verify that anchors embedded in concrete or attached to structural steel members are properly placed. . G. Reinforce joint corners and intersections with strap anchors at 16" o.c.. vertically. I, 04220-5 ,.1 I.I 3.06 MASONRY FILL INSULATION Not Used. 3.07 LINTELS A. Install lintels as indicated on Drawings. B. Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings where steel or precast concrete lintels are not scheduled. Construct lintels using grout fill and reinforcing as indicated on Drawings. Maintain minimum 8" bearing on each 1 side of opening. C. Use reinforcing bars of one-piece lengths only. I D. Place and consolidate grout fill without disturbing reinforcing. Allow lintels to reach strength before removing temporary supports. 3.08 CONTROL JOINTS A. Control joints shall be placed as shown on Drawings; if not shown, they shall be 3/8" wide at 24'-0" o.c. maximum. B. Build in control joint filler where indicated or specified. Install joint fillers to completely fill joints. At exposed locations, recess face of fillers 3/8" from finished masonry surface for the application of sealant. C. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcing across control joints. Do not form a continuous span through movement joints unless provisions are made to prevent in -plane restraint of wall or partition movement. 3.09 BUILT-IN WORK A. As work progresses, build in metal door frames, fabricated metal frames, window frames, wood nailing strips, anchor bolts, plates, and other items to be built in the work supplied by other Sections. B. Build in items plumb and level. Masonry Contractor shall be responsible for 1 the cost to repair or correct improperly installed built-in elements and any affected work. 04220-6 i i I C. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with mortar. Fill. masonry cores witkgrout minimum 12" from framed openings. D. Do not build in organic materials subject to deterioration. 3.10 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, sleeves, and grounds. Cooperate with • other Sections of work to provide correct size, shape, and location of work. I. B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting any area not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired. 3.11 CLEANING IA. Remove excess mortar and smears. B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work. C. Clean soiled surfaces with a non -acidic solution which will not harm masonry or adjacent materials. Consult masonry manufacturer for acceptable cleaners. D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Maintain protective boards at exposed external corners which may be damaged by construction activities. 1 B. Provide protection without damaging completed work. C. At day's end, cover unfinished walls to prevent moisture infiltration. -Weight cover down to prevent blow -off and maintain protection for fresh masonry work. END OF SECTION 04220-7 I SECTION 05050 METAL FASTENING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Bolting and Welding B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05120 - Structural Steel 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTMA325: High strength bolts for Structural Steel Joints. B. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325. B. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. 2.02 FINISH A. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or in contact with concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installation of welded or bolted connections with Section 05120 - Structural Steel. . END OF SECTION 05050-1 J SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY • A. Section includes: 1. Structural steel framing members, structural steel support members, and struts, with required bracing, welds, and fasteners. 2. Base plates and shear stud connectors. B. Products furnished but not installed under this Section: - 1. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Anchors cast in concrete. • 2. Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry: Anchors embedded in masonry. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Grouting base plates and bearing plates. 1.02 REFERENCES r A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A36: Structural Steel. - � 2. A325: High -Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. 3. A500: Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. 4. A501: Hot -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. B. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code. C. AISC: -Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. D. FS TT -P-636: Primer Coating, Alkyd, Wood or Ferrous Metals. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings: Submit directly to the Architect. 1.. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, connections, attachments, and fasteners. 05120-1 I I 2. Include supplementary parts and members necessary to complete structural steel work, regardless of whether parts are definitely shown or specified, and furnish bolts, gussets, plates, and related items as required for proper assembly of items. I 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. 4. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchors to be installed by other trades. - 5. Templates are to be furnished by fabricator with instructions for setting of anchor bolts and bearing plates. 6. Omission from shop drawings of materials required by Contract Documents does not relieve Contractor of responsibility of furnishing and installing such materials even though shop drawings may have been returned and reviewed. B. Substitutions: Submit substitutions of sections or modifications of details, or both, and reasons for proposal, with shop drawings. Clearly identify substitutions as such. Accepted substitutions, modifications, and necessary changes in related portions of Work shall be coordinated by fabricator and shall be accomplished at no additional cost to Owner. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for welding work: Qualify welding operators in accordance with , AWS Standard Qualification Procedures. Provide certification that welders employed in work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within previous 12 months. If recertification of welders is required, provide without additional cost to Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural steel members: ASTM A36. B. Structural tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Structural steel pipe: ASTM A501. D. Bolts, nuts, and washers: ASTM A325. E. Welding materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. F. Primer: FSTT-P-636; for shop application and touch-up. 2.02 FABRICATION 05120-2 1 C U A. Fabricate structural_steel.members in accordance with AISC Specification. II B. Responsibility for error: Fabricator shall be responsible for errors of detailing; - - fabrications, and for correct fitting of structural steel members. Fabricator shall not splice structural steel members without prior acceptance by Engineer. Members having splice not shown and detailed on shop drawings will be rejected. 1 2.03 FINISH A. Clean, prepare, and shop -prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces to be field welded or in contact with concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION . 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which structural steel work is to be installed. I3.02 SURVEY A. Establish permanent bench marks as shown and as necessary for accurate erection of structural steel. Check elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces, and locations of anchor bolts and similar devices, before erection work proceeds, and report discrepancies to Engineer. Do not proceed with erection until corrections have been made, or until compensating adjustments I. to structural steel work have been agreed upon with Architect. 3.03 ERECTION A. Erect structural steel in accordance with AISC Specification. B. Make provision for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Do not cut or alter structural members in field without approval of Engineer. D. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop -primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. Use a primer consistent with shop coat. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 05120-3 A. Testing: 1. Materials and fabrication procedures are subject to observation and testing in mill, shop, and field, conducted by qualified Engineer. Inspections and tests will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for I. providing materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with specified requirements. Promptly remove and replace materials or fabricated components which do not comply. 2. Engineer reserves the right to use ultrasonic inspection to verify adequacy of welds. Corrective measures due to failed tests will be paid for by Contractor. END OF SECTION I I I. I -1, 05120-4 1 11 SECTION 05400 COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Load -bearing and non -load -bearing formed steel stud exterior and interior wall framing. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. 2. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. - 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM A90: Test Method for Weight of Coating on Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles. - B. ASTM A446: Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by Hot -Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. C. AISC: Specification for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members. D. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product data: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for securing studs to tracks and for other framing' connections. Provide manufacturer's • descriptive literature on standard framing members, materials and finish, • product criteria, and limitations. B. Shop drawings: - 1. Indicate component details, framing openings, bearing, anchorage, temporary bracing, bridging, welds, type and locations of mechanical fasteners and accessories or items required of other work for complete installation. - - - - 2. Detail layout for cold -formed framing as indicated on Drawings. C. Design system to accommodate -construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings.. 054004. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in structural framing components with a minimum of three years' experience. B. Calculate structural properties of framing members in accordance with AISC requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FRAMING MATERIALS A. Studs: ASTM A446, A570, or A611 sheet steel formed to channel shape; of gauge and spacing indicated on Drawings. B. Track: Formed steel channel shaped; same width and gauge as studs, tight fit; solid web. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Plates, bridging, gussets, clips: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered; same finish as framing members. 2.03 FASTENINGS A. Self -drilling, self -tapping screws,'bolts, nuts and washers: Hot -dip galvanized; ASTM A90. B. Anchoring devices: Power -driven, powder -actuated, drilled expansion bolts, or screws with sleeves, as application dictates. C. Welding: AWS D1.1. 2.04 FINISHES A. Galvanizing: G90 coating class. B. Primer: FS TT -P-645, touch-up for galvanized surfaces. 1 2.05 FABRICATION A. Galvanize, touch-up, and prime paint metal materials used on exterior wall and I soffit framing, and roof framing. B. Fabricate assemblies of sizes and profiles required, with joints fitted, and , secured, reinforced and braced to suit design requirements. 05400-2 I �I C. Fit and assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site and installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that building framing components are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 ERECTION OF STUDDING • A. Install components according to manufacturer's instructions and as indicated on Drawings. 1. Align floor and ceiling tracks; locate to wall or partition layout. Secure in place with screws or welding at maximum 24" o.c.. Coordinate installation of sealant with floor and ceiling track. 2: Space studs as indicated on Drawings and not more than 2" from abutting walls and at each side of openings. Connect studs to tracks using clips and ties, screws, or welding. Use two fasteners at each end of the studs. • 3. Construct corners using a minimum of three studs. Double studs at door and window jambs, and wall openings. . B. Erect load -bearing studs one piece full length. Splicing of studs is not acceptable. Brace, and reinforce to develop full strength to meet design requirements. C. Refer to Drawings for height of partition framing. D. Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple -stud spaces made inaccessible after erection. E. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to match wall stud spacing. F. For non -load -bearing framing, provide deflection allowance in stud track located directly below horizontal building framing. G. Attach cross studs or furring channels to studs for attachment of fixtures anchored to walls. Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items, and to prevent stud rotation. H. Touch up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer. Provide manufacturer's standard bridging for walls without plywood, gypsum board, cementitious board, or other finish panels on both sides. 05400-3 U SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: _. 1. Shop -fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized and prime painted. 2. Refer to Schedule at end of this Section. B. Products furnished but not installed under this Section: 1. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Metal fabrications to be cast in concrete. 2. Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry: Metal fabrications to be embedded -in masonry. .. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 09900 - Painting: Paint finish. • 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. A36: Structural Steel. 2. A53: Hot -Dipped, Zinc -coated welded and seamless steel pipe. 3. A307: Low -Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Fasteners. 4. A325: High -Strength Bolts. 5. A366: Cold -Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet, Commercial Quality. 6. A446: Steel Sheet, Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality. 7. A500: Cold -formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. 8. A570: Hot -Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip, Structural Quality. 9. A591: Steel Sheet, Cold -Rolled, Electrolytic Zinc -Coated. B. AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code. C. Paint manufacturer's specifications for primer and rust inhibitor. D. Paint manufacturer's specifications for touch-up of galvanized surfaces. 05500-1' 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop drawings: Submit directly to Architect. 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. 2. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 3. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. , Indicate net weld lengths. 4. Prepare shop drawings under seal of a Professional Engineer registered ' in the State in which the project is located. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel materials: 1. Steel sections: ASTM A36, 2. Cold -rolled steel: ASTM A366, -Class I; matte finish. , 3. Cold -rolled sheet: ASTM A570. 4. Galvanized structural steel sheets: ASTM A466, G90. 5. Galvanized sheet steel: ASTM A591, Class C. 6. Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. 7. Piping: ASTM A53. B. Bolts, nuts, and washers: ASTM A307, and ASTM A325.. C. Welding materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. D. Paint: ' 1. Primer: Benjamin Moore IronClad Quick Dry Industrial Rust -Inhibitive Primer 168. 2.. Touch-up primer for galvanized surfaces: Benjamin Moore IronClad. I Retard -X Rust -Inhibitive Latex Primer 162. E. Concrete inserts: Cast steel or malleable bolts, washers, and shims; , galvanized. 2.02 FABRICATION ' A. Verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Fit and shop -assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. 05500-2 1 t. D. Grind exposed welds flush and smooth with adjacent finished surface: Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E.— Exposed mechanical fastenings: Flush countersunk screws -or bolts, unobtrusively located; consistent with design of structure, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. G. Supply components required for anchorage of metal fabrications. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as metal fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03 FINISH A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. B. _" Do -riot prime surfaces in direct contact bond with concrete or where field welding is required. C. Prime paint items scheduled with one coat; touch up with same primer. D. Galvanize items to a minimum 2.0 ounce per square foot zinc coating. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Obtain Architect approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. B. Clean and strip previously -primed steel items to bare metal where site welding. is scheduled. C. Make provision for erection loads with temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment. D. Supply items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry, with setting templates, to appropriate Sections. Use grout specified in Section 03600 - Grout for setting metal fabrications. 3.02 INSTALLATION A.. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. 05500-3 I B. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. After installation, touch up field welds and scratched or damaged surfaces with primer. C;-- Provide and install items listed in Schedule and shown on Drawings with anchors and attachments necessary for installation. , 3.03 SCHEDULE ' The Schedule is a list of principal items only. Refer to Drawings for items not specifically scheduled. A. Loose bearing plates and lintels: Fabricate to sizes and configuration indicated on Drawings. Prime paint finish. B. Miscellaneous framing and supports: Fabricate as required to complete work. Fabricate of welded construction in as large units as possible. Drill and tap for hardware and other items. Include anchors required for building into work at other Sections. Prime paint finish. - C. Miscellaneous steel trim: Profiles and sizes as indicated on Drawings; continuous welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Use concealed field splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages; coordinate assembly and installation into work of other Sections. Prime paint finish. D. Steel stairs: Not Used. E. Steel pipe railings: Not Used. F. Handrail brackets: Not Used. I G. Rough hardware: Custom -fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, dowels, , hangers, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes required for framing, supporting, and anchoring other construction. Galvanized unless indicated otherwise. ' END OF SECTION i 1 05500-4 1 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Blocking and nailers for roofing system and related metal flashing. 2. Blocking for roof -mounted mechanical systems. 3. Preservative and fire -resistive treatment. 1.02 REFERENCES A. American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA) B. FS TT -W-550: Wood Preservative, Chromated Copper Arsenate Mixture. C. FS TT -W-571: Treating Practices. D. NFPA: National Design Specification for Stress Grade Lumber and Its Fastening. E. PS 1: Construction and Industrial Plywood. F. PS 20: American Softwood Lumber Standard. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber: Identify with grade stamp of an agency certified by NFPA. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect: 1. Product data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature on materials and methods of fire -retardant and preservative treatments. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Lumber: 1. Grade and species: All structural lumber shall be #2 southern yellow pine or construction -grade fir, unless otherwise specified herein. 06100-1 I 2. Moisture: Moisture content shall not exceed 19% in 2X dimensional lumber and in 1X lumber shall not exceed 12%. 3. Sizing: Dimensioned framing lumber shall be surfaced on all four sides. - 4. Preservative -treated lumber: All cants, wood curbs, sills; fascia framing, - ' and wood in connection with roofing or so indicated on the Drawings shall be treated lumber. All treated lumber shall be #2 southern yellow pine or construction -grade fir impregnated with Osmosalts or Wollmanized to meet or exceed Federal Specifications TT -W-569 or new interim specifications TT -W-535, and shall be stamped or tagged as meeting the ' "above grade" specification of the American Wood Preservers Association. Osmosalts or Woilmansalts shall be applied in a closed cylinder by vacuum -pressure process, full cell methods, in strict accordance with recommended practices of the AWPA and the latest edition of Federal Specification TT -W-571. 5. All fire -treated wood products shall be third -generation fire -retardant; use of phosphate- or halogen -based treatment is prohibited. B. Miscellaneous: _ 1. Plywood: Provide APA-graded panels complying with PS I/ANSI Al 99.1 for type of application indicated. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners: , 1. Nails, spikes, and staples: Galvanized for exterior locations, high - humidity areas, and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations; size and type to suit application. ' 2. Bolts, nuts, washers, lags, and screws: Medium carbon steel; size and type to suit application; galvanized for exterior locations, high -humidity areas, and treated wood; plain finish for other interior locations. 3. Fasteners: Toggle -bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry; expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete; bolts or power -activated type for anchorage to steel. 2.03 WOOD TREATMENT A. Materials: 1. Wood preservative: CCA.type; FS TT -W-550. ' B. Treatment: 1. Shop -pressure -treat wood materials requiring pressure -impregnated preservatives to FS TT -W-571, Table 3. 2. Redry wood after pressure treatment to maximum 19% moisture content. C. Wood requiring treatment: 06100-2 1 II r. . I � 1. ' Wood preservative: Nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar items in conjunction with roofing, flashing, soffits fascia, and other construction; sills, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar items in contact with masonry ill or concrete. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SITE TREATMENT OF WOOD MATERIALS A. Retreat site -sawn ends with brush application of preservative according to manufacturer's instructions. Allow preservative to cure prior to placing members. 3.02 . INSTALLATION A. Install miscellaneous blocking, furring, nailing strips, framing, and sheathing as detailed on Drawings, and as required for installation of equipment and accessories. Coordinate to allow proper attachment of work of other Sections.. - Use fire -treated wood in areas requiring rated or noncombustible construction. Use treated wood in areas in contact with masonry or concrete, or subject to moisture, such as blocking at roofing or around pools. B. Install members true, plumb, and level. C. Secure in place with appropriate fasteners. Use fasteners of correct size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or require finishing. Do not split wood with fasteners; set panel products to allow expansion at joints. D. Do not splice structural members between supports. E. Firestop concealed spaces with wood blocking not less than 2" thick where space is not blocked by other framing members. F. Construct members of continuous pieces of longest possible lengths. END OF SECTION 06100-3 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION iI PART 1 II 1.01 Ji A. t iI II B. Ii 1.02 1i A. II B. 1. Iqk C. I PART 2 2.01 GENERAL SUMMARY Section includes: 1. Fiberglass batt insulation. 2. Fiberglass batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces and crevices in exterior wall assembly. . Related Sections: 1. Section 13120 Pre-engineered structures. REFERENCES FS HH-1-521: Insulation Blankets, Thermal (Mineral Fiber, for Ambient Temperatures). American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. E84: Batt Insulation. 2. E136: Batt Insulation. Factory Mutual (FM). PRODUCTS FIBERGLASS BATT INSULATION A. Manufacturers and products: 1. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp: FS -25. 2. U. S. Gypsum Corp: FS -25. 3. Manville: FSK-25. 4. CertainTeed: FSK-25. 5. Approved equal. B. Provide insulation and vapor barrier having a flame spread rating of 0-25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. C. Provide insulation with R value indicated on Drawings. If not indicated, provide R-13 minimum. 07210-1 D. Provide unfaced batt insulation for filling of voids in exterior walls. 2.02 SOUND ISOLATION BATTS Not Used. 2.03 WOOD FIBER BOARD SOUND INSULATION Not Used. 2.04 RIGID INSULATION AT ROOF DECK Not Used. 2.05 RIGID INSULATION AT FOUNDATION WALLS Not Used. 2.06 SEMI -RIGID FOIL -FACED CURTAINWALL INSULATION Not Used. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Joint sealing tape: Constructed of same material as insulation backing, and as recommended by insulation manufacturer. B. Wire: Steel wire of gauge necessary to support insulation between studs. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Verify that adjacent materials are dry and ready to receive iinsulation. B. Verify that mechanical and electrical services within walls have been installed and tested. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, without gaps or voids. 07210-2 B.. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use bans free of damage. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight tb exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. C. Where stud walls extend over 8'-0" vertically, support batt insulation by running steel wire through the batt, and support wire on each end at the webs of studs. D Install insulation with factory -applied membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membrane. Staple or nail in place; tape seal butt ends and side flanges with manufacturer's recommended sealing tape. Tape seal tears or cuts in membrane. END OF SECTION 07210-3 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces. 2. Sealant and backing. 3. Fire -sating caulk/putty. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04210 - Brick Veneer Masonry. 2. Section 04220 - Concrete Unit Masonry. 3. Section 05400 - Cold=Formed Metal Framing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASTM D1056: Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. B. ANSI/ASTM D1565: Flexible Cellular Materials - Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Open Cell Foam). C. ASTM C834: Latex Sealing Compounds. D. FF TT -S-227: Sealing Compound, Rubber Base, Two Component. E. FF TT -S-230: Sealing Compound, Synthetic -Rubber Base, Single Component, Chemical Curing. F. FF TT -S-1543: Sealing Compound, Silicone -Rubber Base. • G. SWI (Sealing and Waterproofers Institute): Sealant and Caulking Guide Specifications. H. NFPA 101 & 70: Fire-safing caulk. 1.03. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install solvent -curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. 07900-1 I B. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.O4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING - -- - - - I A. Coordinate work of this Section with all Sections referencing this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANT MATERIALS , A. Acrylic latex sealant: FS TT -S-00230, Type II, Class A; color to be selected by Architect. B. Polysulfide sealant: FS TT -S-00227, Type I, self -leveling, Class A; color to be selected by Architect. C. Polyurethane sealant: FS TT -S-00230, Type II - non -sag, and Type I - ' self -leveling, Class A; color as selected. D. Silicone sealant: FS TT -S-01543, Class A, low modulus type; color as ' selected; fungus and mildew resistant where indicated in Schedule. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. B. Joint cleaner: Non -corrosive and non -staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint -forming materials. C. Joint filler: Polyethylene foam rod, oversized 30% to 50%. D. Bond breaker: Pressure -sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer , to suit application. 2.03 FIRESTOPPING PUTTY A. Firestopping material shall be asbestos -free, 100% intumescent, SSBC approved and capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame and gases, with a flame spread of 25 or less as measured by ASTM E84. Material shall be manufactured by Nelson Electric, a unit of General Signal, or approved equal. ` 07900-2, I I I I I PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION v° .. A. Verify that surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work and field - measurements are as shown on Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer. B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing substrates and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. -- D. Protect elements surrounding work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios. C. . Install joint backing to achieve neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width. • D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. • E. Apply sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within recommended temperature ranges. F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. G. • Tool joint concave. 3.04 • SCHEDULE A. General exterior construction: 1. Two-partsilicone; or H. 07900-3 • L! 2. Two-part polyurethane. I B. General interior construction: 1. Acrylic latex.- --- - - ' C. Interior traffic surfaces: 1. Two-part polyurethane, self -leveling. D. Exterior sidewalks: 1. Two-part polysulfide, self -leveling; or 2. Two-part polyurethane, self -leveling. 3.05 Firestopping: I I I A. Provide firestopping in the following locations: , 1. Duct, cable, conduit, and piping penetrations through floor slabs and through time -rated partitions, ceilings, or fire walls. 2. Penetrations of vertical service shafts. 3. Other locations as required by codes, manufacturer's instructions, or as indicated on Drawings. ' B. Coordinate the work with other trades. Firestopping materials at penetrations of insulated pipes and ducts can be applied after insulation is in place. If insulation is composed of combustible material, the thickness of the firestopping material must be equivalent to that of the -insulation. If the insulation is composed of non-combustible material, it may be considered as part of the penetrating item. C. Surfaces to be in contact with firestopping materials shall be free of dirt, grease, oil, loose material, or other substances that may affect proper fitting or the required fire resistance. D. Install firestopping in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. After completion of firestopping work in any area, equipment shall be removed ' and walls, ceilings and all other surfaces not to receive firestopping shall be cleaned of deposits of firestopping materials. END OF SECTION t 1 07900-4 , SECTION 08111 STANDARD ST•EEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1: Rolled steel doors, panels, and frames. 2. Interior light frames. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04100 - Mortar and Grout: Masonry mortar fill of metal frames. 2. Section 08710 - Finish Hardware. 3. Section 09900 - Painting: Field painting of doors and frames. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Door Hardware Institute (DHI): The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware. B. SDI -100: Standard Steel Doors and Frames. C. SDI -105: Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect. B. Shop drawings: Indicate frame configuration, anchor types and spacing, location of cutouts for hardware, reinforcement, and finish. Indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method, and cutouts for glazing. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Protect doors and frames with resilient packaging. B. Break seal on -site to permit ventilation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Curries. 08111-1' B. Ceco: C. Republic. 2.02 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Interior: 1. Doors: SDI Grade I (Standard Duty) Model 3 (Seamless - Hollow Steel Construction), 18 gauge cold -rolled steel. 2. Frames: 16 gauge, cold -rolled steel, mitered, welded, ground smooth. B. Exterior: 1. Doors: 1-3/4" 16 gauge cold -rolled steel. 2. Frames: 16 gauge cold -rolled steel, mitered, welded, and ground smooth. 2.03 CORE CONSTRUCTION A. Rigid core of polystyrene foam board, 1500 psf compressive strength, 18 psi shear strength. Strength of bond between core and steel face sheet shall exceed strength of core so that delamination will not occur under operating conditions. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Rubber silencers: Resilient rubber. B. Glazing stops: Rolled steel channel shape, butted corners; prepared for countersunk screws. C. Plaster guards: Provide 26 gauge steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to frame, at back of hardware cutouts in masonry openings. D. Louvers: Provide as indicated on Drawings and Door Schedule. E. Weatherstripping: Provide at exterior doors. 2.05 PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. Bituminous coating: Fibered-asphalt emulsion. B. Primer: Zinc chromate type. 2.06 FABRICATION 08111-2 1 -1 I. 1 1 1 I ■ A. Fabricate units rigid, neat, and free from warp or buckle. Fabricate welded as specified. Weld exposed joints continuously. Grind, dress, and make welds smooth, flush and invisible. B.. Reinforce units to receive surface -applied finish hardware. C. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single rubber silencers for single doors and mullions of double doors on strike side, and two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. D. Close top edge of exterior door flush with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight. E. Primer: Air-dried. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install frames in accordance with SDI -105. B. Install doors in accordance with DHI. C. Coordinate with adjacent wall construction for anchor placement. D. Coordinate installation of glazing. 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust hardware for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION 08111-3 J7 SECTION 08500 ALUMINUM WINDOW FRAMES QPART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY IIA. Section includes: 1.. All necessary materials, labor and equipment for the complete installation of aluminum windows as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08800 - Glazing. 2. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM E283: Air infiltration testing.. B. ASTM E331: Water infiltration testing. C. Aluminum Association - AA-M12C22A31 - Class I Clear Anodic Coating standards. 9. 1.03 PERFORMANCE A. Air infiltration shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E283. Infiltration shall not exceed .06 CFM per square foot. (.0003 m3/s-m2) of fixed area. DB. Water infiltration shallbe tested in accordance with ASTM E 331. There shall be no water penetration at a test pressure of 6.24 PSF (300 Pa.). C. Structural performance shall be based on a maximum deflection of 1/175 of the span and allowable stress with a safety factor of 1.65. The system shall meet or exceed these criteria under a windload of 40 PSF. D. Thermal performance: - Q1. Mullion and perimeter gutters shall be separated from mullion and perimeter faces by a specially -designed clip, eliminating all metal -to -metal contact between exterior and interior of the frame. Performance shall be such that condensation will appear on the interior surface of 1" insulated glass before on the metal. 08500-1'• I 2. Thermal testing: When tested in accordance with AAMA 1502.7-1981 and 1503.1-1980, the following results should be obtained: a. U value: Maximum of .56. b. CRF: Maximum of 57. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Test results indicating compliance with specified performance criteria, certified by an independent testing laboratory, shall be made available upon request. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect: ' 1. Product data: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Shop drawings: Include system and component dimensions, components within assembly, framed opening requirements and tolerances, anchorage and fasteners, glazing, and affected related work. 3. Samples: Submit samples of typical framing sections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT A. Kawneer NuCore®. ' B. Approved equal. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Extrusions shall be 6063-T5 alloy and temper, ASTM 6221, alloy G. S. 10A -T5. Fasteners, where exposed, shall be aluminum, stainless steel or zinc plated steel. Perimeter anchors shall be aluminum or steel, providing the steel is properly isolated from the aluminum. Glazing gaskets shall be elastomeric extrusions. Single -acting entrance frame weatherstripping shall be a non -porous, polymeric material. 2.03 FINISH ' A. All exposed surfaces shall be free of scratches and other serious blemishes and shall receive an Achitectural Class I Clear Anodic Coating conforming with Aluminum Association Standard AA-M12C22A41 (Kawneer #14 Clear or approved equal.) 08500-2 1 X17 0 0 I I I d ii 0 IC' I jI 2.04 FABRICATION A. Mullion and perimeter framing shall be of two-part construction consisting of gutter and face sections designed to permit unobstructed face glazing with . through sight lines and no projecting stops. All exterior face members will be seamless. All vertical and horizontal members shall have a nominal dimension of 1-3/4" x 4-1/2". Steel mullion inserts shall be supplied if required to meet the specified deflection criteria. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Framing shall be installed, glazed, and adjusted by experienced workmen in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and/or approved shop drawings. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Variation from plane: 0.03" in 1'-0" maximum or 0.25" in 30'-0" maximum, whichever is less. B. Misalignment of two adjoining members abutting in plane: 0.015" maximum. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation, all metal surfaces shall be cleaned to remove mortar, plaster, paint, or other contaminants. After cleaning, all work shall be protected against damage. Final cleaning shall take place after glazing is completed, just prior to substantial completion. 1. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. 2. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08500-3 11 Q PART1 GENERAL II 1.01 SUMMARY SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE IIA. Section includes: 1. Conditions for furnishing a complete line of finish hardware, including acoustic door seals, covered by a Hardware Allowance. B. Related Sections: 1 1. Section 01020 - Allowances. " 2. Section 08111 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 11 PART2 PRODUCTS I II II II I 1 2.01 ALLOWANCE A. The finish hardware will be purchased under an Allowance; refer to Section 01020 - Allowances, for the amount. Hardware will be selected by the Architect in consultation with the Owner, the amount charged against the Hardware Allowance. Any difference in cost, above or below the Allowance, including sales tax, shall be adjusted accordingly. The cost of installation shall be included in the Contractor's bid. 2.02 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. To be generated by Hardware Supplier for review and approval by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DETAILS A. Immediately after the award of the Contract, the selected Hardware Supplier shall submit, through the General Contractor, a Hardware Schedule to the Architect for his approval. . B. Immediately after approval of the Hardware Schedule and the awarding of the Hardware Contract, the Hardware Supplier shall prepare, supply, coordinate and submit such items as shop drawings, template drawings, keying schedules, etc., as required to insure progress of the job. 08710-1"" C. The General Contractor shall receive, store, and assume responsibility for all finish hardware until final acceptance of the building. 3.02 KEYING A. Locks shall be keyed per Architect's direction. 3.03 HARDWARE ITEMS NOT INCLUDED A. Rough hardware. B. Toilet partition hardware. C. Access door hardware. END OF SECTION 08710-2 I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 1 H' PART 1 1.01 II • A. Section includes: • 1. Exterior glazing. I. 2. Miscellaneous interior glazing. 3. Glazing sealants. GENERAL SUMMARY SECTION 08800 GLAZING B. Related Sections: II A. Section 08110 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. Section 08500 - Aluminum Window Frames. 1.02 REFERENCES 0 A O, B Ii O C D 1.03 • ANSI Z97.1: Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings. • Federal Specifications (FS): 1. FS DD -G-451: Sheet, Figured (Flat, for Glazing, Mirrors and Other Uses). 2. FS DD -G-1403: Glass, Plate (Float), Sheet, Figured, and Spandrel (Heat Strengthened and Fully Tempered). 3. FS TT -S-227: Sealer Compound: Rubber Base, Two Component (for Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing in Building Construction). Flat Glass Marketing Association (FGMA): Glazing Manual and Glazing Sealing Systems Manual. ASTM C1036-91 and C1048-91. QUALITY ASSURANCE • A. Conform to FGMA Glazing Manual for glazing. installation methods. 1.04 • SUBMITTALS A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect: 1. Product data: Submit manufacturer's performance data and installation • instructions. 08800-1 I 2. Shop drawings: include glazing unit quantities and dimensions. May be combined with window, storefront, and curtain wall shop drawings. 3. Samples: Submit 12" x 12" samples of insulating and spandrel glass - _ units. - - - - , PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GLASS A. Safety glass: Clear tempered float glass, FS DD -G-1403; 1/4' thick unless I noted otherwise. B. Wire glass: Provide at all fire -rated walls and at view panels at fire -rated doors; 1/4" thick. Wire shall be oriented parallel and perpendicular to the walls and floor. I C. Clear float glass: 1/4" thick. D. Insulating clear glazing: 1" insulating units shall be factory -assembled with manufacturer's standard spacers and sealants, and consist of: 1. Exterior panel: 1/4" clear annealed glass, heat -strengthened where required by wind loading or panel size. 2. 112" hermetically -sealed air space. 3. Interior panel: 1/4" clear annealed glass, except were required by code to be tempered float glass; FS'DD-G-1403. E. Insulating reflective glazing: Not Used. F. Reflective spandrel panels: Not Used. I 2.02 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Polysulfide sealant: FS TT -S-227; Class A, Type 2; two -component. B. Silicone sealant: FS TT -S-001543; Class A. I. C. Acrylic terpolymer compound especially for glazing; nonhardening, ' nonstaining, and nonbleeding. D. Follow glass and frame manufacturer's recommendations for sealant type for I specific application. 08800-2 1 II I 2.03 GLAZING ACCESSORIES • A. Setting blocks: Resilient blocks of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness; compatible with glazing sealant. B. Spacers: Resilient blocks of 40 to 50 Shore A durometer hardness; self- adhesive on one side; compatible with glazing sealant. C. Filler rods: Closed -cell or jacketed foam rods of polyethylene, butyl, neoprene, polyurethane, or vinyl; compatible with glazing sealant. D. Joint cleaners, primers,. and sealers: •As recommended by glazing sealant manufacturer. 0 0 E. Gaskets: ASTM D2000, SBC 415 to 3BC 620; extruded or molded neoprene or EPDM, black. P�. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions, and ready for work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate conditions. • 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces; prime or seal where recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended application. B Inspect glass edges immediately prior to setting; discard those panes with edge damage that will contribute to glazing failure. 3.03 GLAZING I`' [_I A. Follow window, storefront, and curtain wall manufacturer's glazing instructions. B. Observe the following requirements for all glazing, unless they conflict with manufacturer's requirements: 1. Locate setting blocks at quarter points of sill; set in sealant if heel or toe bead is required. - 2. Install spacers inside and out except where preshimmed tape or glazing gaskets are to be used. 08800=3" J 3. Set each piece in a series with other pieces in pattern draw, bow, or other visually perceptible characteristics. _ 4. Provide glazing sealants and gaskets as required for particular glazing application. Coordinate with other Sections for material compatibility. 5. Provide filler rod where sealants are used in the following locations: a. Head and jamb channel. b. Colored glass over 75 united inches in size. c. Clear glass over 125 united inches in size. 6. Do not leave voids in glazing channels except as specifically indicated or recommended by glass manufacturer. Force sealant into channel to eliminate voids. Tool exposed surfaces to slight wash away from joint; trim and clean promptly. 7. Do not allow sealant to close weeps of aluminum storefront or curtain wall system. 8. Gaskets: a. Provide adequate anchorage, particularly for driven -in wedge gaskets. b. __ Miter and weld ends, of channel gaskets at corners to provide- 1 continuous gaskets. c. Seal face gaskets at corners with sealant to close opening and prevent withdrawal of gaskets from corners. 3.04 TEMPERED GLASS LOCATIONS A. Glazing in ingress and egress doors. B. Glazing in fixed panels of area in excess of nine square feet with lowest edge less than 18" above finished floor level or having walking surface within 36" of glazing. I 3.05 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Immediately prior to Architect's acceptance of project, replace broken or otherwise damaged glass. Wash and polish glass inside and out. I END OF SECTION I I 08800-4 1 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Gypsum board. 2. Taped and sanded joint treatment. 3. Suspended cold -formed framing for gypsum board ceilings. 4. Gypsum board accessories. B. Products installed but not furnished under this Section: 1. Section 07210 - Building Insulation: Batt insulation for acoustical use. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 05400 - Cold -Formed Metal Framing. 2. Section 07210 - Building Insulation: Thermal and acoustical insulation. 3. Section 09900 - Painting: Surface finish. . 1.02 REFERENCES A. GA -201: Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. B. GA -216: Recommended Specifications for the Application of Finishing of Gypsum Board. C. ANSI/ASTM E119: Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. This specification is based upon products manufactured by U.S. Gypsum. Equivalent products by National Gypsum and Flintkote are also acceptable. 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS A. Gypsum board: ANSI/ASTM C36; maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. B. Fire -rated gypsum board: ANSI/ASTM C36;,j/2" and 5/8" thick, type 'X'; maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. 09260-1 L1 u C. Moisture -resistant gypsum board: ASTM O630; maximum permissible_length; ends square cut, tapered edges. D. Fire -rated moisture -resistant gypsum board: ASTM C630; type 'X'; maximum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. E. Exterior gypsum sheathing: ASTM C79; maximum permissible length; ends square cut. F. Interior cement board: ANSI Al 18.9-1990 and ANSI 108.11-190. Durock by USG as backer for tile at shower areas. 2.03 ACCESSORIES I A. Corner beads: USG Perf-A-Bead or equal. B. Joint materials: Manufacturer's standard reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesives, and fasteners. C. Control joints: USG Sheetrock Zinc Control Joint No. 093 or equal. 2.04 SUSPENDED METAL FURRING SYSTEM I A. Cold -rolled channels: 1-1/2" 16 gauge steel. B. Metal furring channels: 7/8" deep, 1/4" face dimension, complying with ASTM C645. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUSPENDED METAL FURRING SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install cold -rolled channels parallel to slope (perpendicular to ridge) at 4'-0" o.c. with hanger wires at 4'-0" o.c. to structure above, per manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install metal furring channels perpendicular to slope (parallel to ridge) at 2'-0" ' o.c. with positive wired attachment to each cold -rolled channel, per manufacturer's recommendations. C. Attach gypsum board to furring channels with screws per manufacturer's recommendations. 3.02 WALL FURRING INSTALLATION A. Erect furring as indicated on Drawings. 09260-2 11 I 3.03 ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Place acoustical insulation in partitions tight within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items -within or behind partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions. 3.04 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install gypsum board in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with attachment to firm bearing. B. Double -layer applications: Secure second layer to first with screws. Use I adhesive only to hold second layer until screwed in place. IC. Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces, with 1/2" between boards. Apply sealant at base of space, and apply control joint accessory piece at face. D. Place- corner beads at external corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. 1 3.05 JOINT TREATMENT A. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. Sand after second and third applications of joint compound. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces. END OF SECTION it I 09260-3 [_j I SECTION 09511 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS o PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnishing and installation of all suspended metal ceiling grid system, lay -in acoustical ceiling panels, and perimeter trim as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 15: Air diffusion devices in ceiling system. 2. Division 16: Light fixtures attached to ceiling system. 1.02 REFERENCES• A. American Society for Teating and Materials (ASTM): 1. C635: Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings. 2. C636: Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panels. 1.03 . SUBMITTALS A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect: 1. Product data: Submit in letter form a list of grid system components, acoustical units, and trim items. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain uniform temperature of 60° F minimum and humidity of 20 to 40 percent prior to, during, and after installation. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Do not install ceiling grids and panels until building is enclosed, sufficient heat 1 is provided, dust -generating activities have terminated, and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. B. Schedule installation of acoustical ceiling tiles after interior wet work is dry. 1.06 MAINTENANCE . 09511=1 I I A. Provide extra -acoustical panels and ceiling suspension grid components equal to 2% of panels installed. Store as directed by Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SUSPENSION SYSTEM I A. Manufacturers: 1. Chicago Metallic. 2. USG Interiors, Inc. 3. National Rolling Mills, Inc. 4. Armstrong Corp. 5. Approved equal. B. Materials: I 1. At ceilings indicated on Drawings as lay -in rated, lay -in non -rated, and lay -in washable: — - a. Grid: 2'-0" x 4'-0", ASTM C635, intermediate -duty, steel exposed T; nominal 1" width. Fire -rated grid shall have been tested in accordance with ASTM E119 and bear the UL label indicating I assemblies approved by design number. b. Accessories: Stabilizer bars, clips, and splices. c. Grid finish: White. d. Support system: Hot- or cold -rolled steel channels; galvanized hanger wire, minimum 12 gauge; to rigidly secure suspension system. H . I e. Edge moldings: Metal channel with exposed flange to match suspension system. f. Hold-down clips: Provide at all entry foyers and vestibules. 2. At ceilings indicated on Drawings as lay -in decorative: a. Grid: 2'-0" x 2'-0" Donn "Fineline®" narrow -profile slotted ceiling grid by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal. b. Accessories: Manufacturer's recommended accessories for a complete ceiling system. c. Grid finish: To be selected by Architect. d. Rating: 1 hour. e. Air diffusers: Supply Donn air diffusers compatible with ceiling grid in capacities required by Mechanical drawings. f. Support system: Hot- or cold -rolled steel channels; galvanized hanger wire, minimum 12 gauge; to rigidly secure suspension system. 2.02 ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS 09511-2 I I I 1 A. Manufacturers: Items specified are based on products manufactured by USG Interiors. Equivalent products by other manufacturers are also acceptable. B. Materials: 1. At ceilings indicated on Drawings as lay -in rated, and lay -in non -rated:• a. USG Auratone® Natural Fissured II, item 56705 at non -rated and 56765 at rated ceilings, or equal. Both 2'-0" x 4'-0" x 5/8". 2. At ceilings indicated on Drawings as lay -in decorative: a. USG Glacier®, Item 708, or equal; 2'-0" x 2'-0" x 3/4". Color to be selected by Architect. 3. At ceilings indicated on Drawings as lay -in washable: a. USG Orion 230®, item 64131, or equal; 2"-0" x 4'-0" x 1/2". PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify, that -existing -conditions are ready to receive work. - - B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. I C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented in this Section. B. Install after major above -ceiling work is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. 1 C. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes, and conduit. Where. carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of • adjacent members. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular - spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels as required to span extra distance. D. Locate system as shown on Drawings. If not shown, center in room or space. E. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. Do not eccentrically load system, or produce rotation of runners. F. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Miter corners. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. Secure at 16" on center. 09511-3 1 G. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. Install acoustic units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp and dents.-- -- - - - H. Hanger wires shall be perpendicular to the plane of the ceiling. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Variation from level: 1/8" in 12'-0". END OF SECTION 09511-4 I I 1 I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I 1 I I I I I I. •1 I I 1 • SECTION 09650 • RESILIENT FLOORING AND'f3ASE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: • 1. Vinyl composition tile. 2. Resilient base. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect: 1. Samples: Manufacturer's standard line of each type of tile, sheet material and base to be used. 2. Contract closeout submittals: a. Operation and maintenance data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning, stripping, and re -waxing. B. Replacement materials: Submit one box for each fifty boxes installed for each type, color, and pattern. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory requirements: Conform to applicable code for flame/fuel/smoke rating requirements in accordance with ASTM E84: - 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Store materials in area of installation for three days prior to installation to achieve temperature stability. B. Maintain ambient temperature required by adhesive manufacturer for three days prior to, during, and 24 hours after installation of materials. C. Furnish tile in 45 -piece boxes. Do not deliver in bulk. 09650-1f I PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE " - --- - - ,' A. Tile shall be Imperial series, 118" thick as manufactured by Armstrong, or equal by GAF. B. Color and finish shall be selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's ' standard colors and finishes. C. Vinyl composition tile shall meet ASTM F1066-87 Class 2 Composition 1 (non -asbestos) with a static load limit of not less than 75 psi. 2.02 RESILIENT BASE I A. FS SS -W-40, Type II vinyl; 4" high, 118" thickness with matching end stops and preformed corner units, top -set coved base; color to be selected by Architect. B. Adhesive: As recommended by resilient base manufacturer for application intended. 2.03 ACCESSORIES fi A. Edge strips: Resilient material; minimum width 1 ", 1/8" thickness; tapered bullnose edge, color to match flooring. I B. Subfloor filler: White premixed latex; type recommended by flooring material manufacturer. C. Primers and adhesives: Waterproof; of types recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer for specific material. D. Slip -resistant rubber flooring compatible with the vinyl compostion tile; color to be selected by Architect: 1. Flexco Radial Rubber Tile, by Flexco Company, Tuscombia, Alabama; (800) 633-3151. 2. Appproved equal. 2.04 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING Not Used. _ 09650-2 1 u 1 'YfL♦ i PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that concrete floors are dry (maximum 7% moisture content) and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, and dusting. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove subfloor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes and other defects with subfloor filler. B. Apply, trowel and float filler to leave smooth; flat, hard surface. C. D. 3.03 Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. Vacuum -clean substrate. INSTALLATION A. Resilient tile flooring: U 1. Install per manufacturer's instructions and specifications. U 2. Open enough cartons of floor tile to cover each area; ensure that shade variations do not occur within any one area. 3. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. 4. Set flooring in place; press with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. 5. Lay flooring from center marks established with principal walls. Adjust as required to avoid use of units less than 1/2 tile at perimeter. 0• 6. Lay tile with grain running alternate directions. 7. Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. . • 8. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. I a B. Base: . 1. Fit joints tight and vertical. Maintain minimum of 18" between joints. Use premolded corner units. .. • 2. Install base on solid backing. Bond tight to wall and floor surfaces. 3. Scribe to fit door frames and other interruptions. 09650-3` I J 3.04 PROTECTION I • - A. - -Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation. I 3.05 CLEANING AND FINISHING A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. B. Do not wash, scrub, or strip the floor for at least four to five days after I installation. C. Scrub the floor using a neutral detergent and a floor machine of 170-250 rpm ' capability equipped with a scrub brush or a scrubbing pad (3M blue or equal). D. Thoroughly rinse and allow to dry. Do not flood the floor with rinse water, scrubbing or stripping solutions. E. After the floor has been thoroughly stripped, rinsed, and dried, apply three to five coats of high quality, metal cross -linked, acrylic floor polish. Seal as recommended by the polish manufacturer. Allow at least 30 minutes drying time between applications. Do not allow traffic on the floor for the length of time specified by the polish manufacturer. END OF SECTION I 09650-4 1 I i SECTION 09680 y-.. r • CARPET .r4 PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY. A. Section includes: 1. Furnishing and installation of all direct glue -down carpet and accessories, and other work required to complete installation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01020 - Allowances. PART2 PRODUCTS. 2.01 CARPET A. See Section 01020 - Allowances for selection procedure and amount of, allowance. B. Typical specifications: 1. Yarn: Solution -dyed branded nylon. 2. Pile: Yarn system to be tufted and textured and have a face weight of at least 28 ounces per square yard. 3. Treatments: Permanent anti -static, anti -soil and anti -microbial protection. 4. Strength: Tuf-Bind to 20 lbs. 5. Stitch gauge: Minimum of ten (10) stitches per inch. 6. Backing: a. Primary and secondary polypropylene. b. Unitary polypropylene backing may be considered as an alternate. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION . A. Install per manufacturer's specifications and written instructions. Carpet shall be laid in the direction of traffic flow. 3.02 PROTECTION A. Take measures as required to prevent damage due to subsequent work.. 09680-1- I SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Painting and finishing of interior and exterior exposed surfaces. 2. Field painting of exposed pipes and ducts, hangers, exposed steel and iron work, CMU, all items attached to or protruding through the roof, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under Division 15 - Mechanical and Division 16 - Electrical, B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. - II 2. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry. 3. Section 06410 - Cabinetwork. 4. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. 5. Section 07631 - Gutters and Downspouts. 6. Section 08111 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 7. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Systems. IC. Items not painted unless noted otherwise: 1. Aluminum, brass, bronze, stainless steel, and chrome -plated steel. 2. Prefinished items, such as toilet compartments and acoustical ceiling O materials. 3. UL, FM and other code -required labels. 4. Equipment identification, performance rating, or name plates. 0 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect. B. Product data: Submit list of manufacturers and materials proposed, with 0 application instructions and label analysis for each finish material. 1. Submit two 12" x 12" hardboard samples of each color and texture. Resubmit until color, texture, and sheen are accepted. 2. . For masonry, provide two 4" squares of masonry for each type of finish and color. Indicate filler, primer, and finish coats. 3. If directed by Architect, duplicate painted finishes of acceptable samples. on actual wall surfaces for further acceptance. 4. For stained wood, provide stained, finished samples as directed by 0 Architect. 09900-1 [U 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING - A. Deliver paint materials in sealed labeled original containers, bearing - manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, color designation and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. B. Provide adequate storage facilities. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45° F in well -ventilated area. C. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Apply paint finishes only when moisture content of surfaces is within acceptable ranges for type of finish being applied. B. Ensure surface temperatures or surrounding air temperature is above 400 F before applying alkyd finishes; above 45° F for interior latex, and 50° F for exterior latex work. Minimum for varnish and transparent finishes is 65° F. C. Provide adequate continuous ventilation and sufficient heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 45° F for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of finishes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A Benjamin Moore and Company. B. PPG Industries, Inc. C. Pratt and Lambert, Inc. D. Sherwin-Williams Company. d E. Anchor Paint Company. F. DuPont. 2.02 MATERIALS 09900-2 I A. Paint accessory materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, block filler, and other materials not specifically indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified of high quality and approved manufacturer. B. Paints: Ready -mixed. Pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of readily and uniformly dispersed to a completely homogeneous mixture. C. Paints to have good flowing and brushing properties and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PROTECTION A. Protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of. inadequate or unsuitable protection. --------------- 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare surfaces for painting per manufacturer's instructions for substrate to be painted. . 3.03 APPLICATIONS A. Apply each coat at proper consistency. B. Each coat of paint is to be slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise I. approved by Architect. Sand lightly between coats if necessary to achieve required finish. ' C. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. 3.04 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Replace identification markings on mechanical or electrical equipment when painted over or spattered. B. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment in finished areas where it will be exposed to the public. Color and texture shall match adjacent surfaces. C. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical equipment I. before installing backboards and mounting equipment on them. D. Paint all items attached to or protruding through the roof. Color to be selected by Architect. 09900-3 1 I 3.05 CLEANING - - _ - A. As work proceeds and upon .completion, promptly remove paint where spilled, ' splashed, or spattered. During progress of work, keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris. ' Remove masking in a timely fashion to prevent damage to paint and other finishes. B. Upon completion of work, leave premises neat and clean. ' 3.06 EXTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE A. Paint Schedule provides for minimum two -coat application. Third coat may be required by Architect to give complete coverage and uniform appearance. Omit primer for shop -primed items. B. Specified paint -systems are by Benjamin Moore. Systems of similar- ' performance by other named manufacturers are acceptable. C. Colors shall be selected by Architect. 1. Ferrous metal (Acrylic latex, high -gloss finish): 1st coat: IronClad Retard -X Rust Inhibitive Latex Primer 162. 2nd coat: Impervex Enamel 309. 1 3rd coat: Impervex Enamel 309. 2. Galvanized metal (Acrylic latex, high -gloss finish): ' 1st coat: IronClad Galvanized Metal Latex Primer 155. 2nd coat: Impervex Enamel 309. 3rd coat: Impervex Enamel 309. 3. Concrete unit masonry (Alkyd, eggshell finish): 1st coat: Moorcraft Interior and Exterior Block Filler 173. 2nd coat: Moore's Eggshell Finish House Paint 108. 3rd coat: Moore's Eggshell Finish House Paint 108. (Back roll 1st coat and paint coats to ensure good coverage.) 3.07 INTERIOR PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE 1 A. Paint Schedule provides for minimum two -coat application. Third coat may be required by Architect to give complete coverage and uniform appearance. Omit primer.for shop -primed items. B. Paint systems specified are by Benjamin Moore. Systems of similar performance by other named manufacturers are acceptable. C. Colors shall be selected by Architect. 1. Ferrous metal: , 09900-4 I 1st coat: Ironclad Epoxy Rust Inhibitive Primer 181. 2nd coat: Iron Clad Tile -Like Clear.Glaze - Semi -Gloss 370 02. • 3rd coat: Iron Clad Tile -Like Clear Glaze - Semi -Gloss 370 02. 2. Gypsum board (Latex): • 1st coat: Moore's Latex Quick Dry Prime Seal 201. 2nd coat: Regal Aquavelvet 319.. 3rd coat: Regal Aquavelvet 319. 3. Gypsum board (Alkyd): ' 1st coat: Moore's Latex Quick Dry Prime Seal 201. 2nd coat: Satin Impervo Enamel 235 3rd coat: Satin Impervo Enamel 235 4. Gypsum board (Epoxy): 1st coat: Moore's Latex Quick Dry Prime Seal 201. 2nd coat: Iron Clad Tile -Like Clear Glaze - Semi -Gloss 370 02. I. 3rd coat: Iron Clad Tile -Like Clear Glaze - Semi -Gloss 370 02. 5. Masonry: 1st coat: Moorcraft Super -Hide Latex Block Filler 153. 2nd coat:--Regal-Aquavelvet 319 3rd coat: Regal Aquavelvet 319 . 6. Wood, painted: 1st coat: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody 345 or Moore's Latex Enamel Underbody 2. 2nd coat: Regal Aquavelvet 319 3rd coat: Regal Aquavelvet 319 7. Wood, stained: ' Filler: Benwood Paste Wood Filler, 238, tinted to shade of the stain Moore's Universal Tinting Colors. (omit for close -grained woods). ' Stain: Moore's Interior Wood Finishes Penetrating Stain 241 (omit if natural). Finish: Two coats Benwood Urethane Finish Low Lustre. Over I. close-grained or unfilled open -grained wood, apply first coat thinned with 1 quart mineral spirits per gallon. Lightly sand all wood surfaces between coats as necessary to achieve smooth consistent finish. 8. Wood, painted (Fire -retardant finish): 1st coat: Moore's Alkyd Enamel Underbody 217. 2nd coat: IronClad Retardo Latex Fire Retardant Paint 220. 3rd coat: IronClad Retardo Latex Fire Retardant Paint 220. 3.08 PAVEMENT MARKINGS • A. Paint: 1. Type: Chlorinated rubber alkyd, FS TT -P-115, Type III, factory -mixed, quick -drying, nonbleeding. 2. Colors: 09900-5 1 H. a. Exterior sidewalk curbs: Yellow. b. Fire lanes: Red. c. Lane striping: Yellow. d. Parking lot light pole bases: Yellow. - e. Handicap symbols: Per local code. f. Parking stall striping: Yellow. B. Preparation: Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. C. Application: Apply one coat of paint at manufacturer's recommended rate with total minimum of 100 to 110 square feet per gallon. Apply with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges. At sidewalk curbs, use a straightedge to ensure a uniform, clean, and straight stripe. 3.09 IDENTIFICATION OF FIRE -RATED PARTITIONS A. Label all fire -rated partitions above the ceiling line with the following stencilled -identification at 10'-0'' intervals: FIRE AND SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS Fire -rated partitions are identified on Drawings. END OF SECTION 09900-6 • SECTION 10160 METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART1' ' GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Metal partitions for toilet compartments. 2. Urinal screens. 3. Attachment hardware. 1.02 SUBMITTALS ... A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect: 1. Product data: Product list indicating manufacturer,- model, and color proposed. 2. Shop drawings: Clearly indicate partition layouts, swing of doors, elevations, anchoring and mounting details, panel construction, components hardware, finishes and all relevant dimensions. PART2 PRODUCTS' 2.01 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Toilet compartments: 1. Concord by Accurate Partitions Corp. 2. Embassy by Global Steel Products Corp. 3. Type FT -500 by Metpar Steel Products Corp. 4. Academy by Sanymetal Products Co. B. Urinal screens: - 1. Type C by Sanymetal Products Co., or similar by other named manufacturers. 2.02 MATERIALS • .. A. Galvanized sheet steel: ASTM A591; galvanized-bonderized, of following thicknesses: 1. Panels and doors: 22 gauge. 2.. Pilasters: 18 gauge. . 3. ' Reinforcement for anchors: 12 gauge. 4. Reinforcement for tapping: 14 gauge. 5. Urinal screens: 18 gauge. 10160-1" I B. Pilaster shoes: 3" high; Type 302/304, No. 4 stainless'steel finish. C. Attachments, screws, and bolts: Tamper -proof heavy-duty stainless steel;' extruded aluminum brackets. D. Hardware: Chrome -plated non-ferrous cast pivot hinges, gravity type, I adjustable for door close positioning; nylon bearings; thumb turn door latch; door strike and keeper with rubber bumper; cast alloy chrome -plated coat hook with rubber bumper. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Provide formed and closed edges for doors, panels and pilasters. Miter and weld corners and grind smooth. B. Provide internal reinforcement at locations of attached hardware and fittings; refer to Drawings for positions. Mark positions of reinforcement. for partition - mounted washroom accessories., 2.04 FINISHING ' A. Clean, degrease and neutralize panels; follow with a phosphatizing treatment, ' prime coat and two finish coats baked enamel. Color as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard colors. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 PREPARATION A. Take site dimensions affecting this work. Verify correct spacing of plumbing fixtures. ' B. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing, where required. ' 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install partitions secure, plumb, level, and square. , B. Leave 1/2" space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using proper anchoring devices. C. Attach panels and pilasters to bracket with through -sleeve tamper -proof bolts and nuts. 101602 I D. Anchor urinal screen panels to walls as recommended by manufacturer to suit supporting wall construction. E. Provide for adjustment of floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster. Conceal floor fastenings with stainless steel shoes. F. Equip each door with hinges, one door latch, and one coat hook and bumper. Adjust and align hardware to uniform clearance at vertical edges of doors, not to exceed 3/16". G. Adjust hinges to locate doors in partial open position when unlatched, except that out -'swinging doors shall return to closed position. 3.03 CLEANING A. Field touch-up of scratches or defaced enamel finish will not be permitted. Damaged, scratched or marred materials will be rejected, and shall -be replaced with new materials. B. Remove protective maskings. Clean surfaces free of oil and imperfections. END OF SECTION I 10160=3 " . SECTION 10430 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cast aluminum signage at entrances. 2. Traffic signs. B. Related Section: • 1. Section 01020 -Allowances. 1.02 ALLOWANCE A: Exterior signage is covered in an allowance.-. Refer to Section 01020 - Allowances for the amount and procedure. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect: 1. Product data: Descriptive literature. 2. Samples: Example of each proposed sign color and lettering type and size. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Nelson -Harkins Industries. B. Andico Industries Corporation. C. APCO Corporation. . D. Approved equal. .PART3. . EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION A. Locate all exterior signage as shown on Drawings or as directed by Architect. 3.02 PREPARATION 1'0430-1 A. Provide structural support as directed by the manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Prior to installation examine all components for defects and correctness. B. Locate signage as indicated on Drawings, or as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION 10430-2 SECTION 10440 I. .. INTERIOR SIGNAGE PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: - - 1. All interior identifing devices. - - - 2. - All interior safety signage with the exception of fire exit lights. B. Related Section: 1. Section 01020 - Allowances. 1.02 ALLOWANCE A. " Exteriorsignage is covered in an allowance.: -Refer to Section.01020 - Allowances for the amount and procedure. 1.03 REFERENCES - A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). C. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 1.04 SUBMITTALS - A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect: 1. Product data: Descriptive literature. 2. Samples: Each sign color and lettering type and size. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURER - A. ES Graphic Blast signs by Best Manufacturing Company, 1202 N. Park Ave., Montrose Colorado 81401-3170; (800) 235-2378. B. Approved equal by Architectural Signage Company or APCO Corporation. 2.03 DESCRIPTION A. All signs shall be ES plastic, color and typography as selected by Architect from the manufacturer's standard line. — -- - PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATIONS A. Locate signs as indicated on Drawings or as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION 10440-2 • SECTION 10520 • FIREFIGHTING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Furnishing and installation of all fire extinguishers, cabinets and brackets as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 REFERENCE A. NFPA 10: Portable Fire Extinguishers 1.03 SUBMITTAL3 - A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect: 1. Product data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Larsen's Manufacturing Co., 7421 Commerce Lane N.E., Minneapolis, Minnesota 55432;(612)571-1181. B. Approved equal by: 1. Modern Metal Products. 2. J. L. Industries. C. Provide fire extinguishers, cabinets, and accessories by single manufacturer. Models listed are by Larsen. 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Units shall be Larsen Model No. MP10 multi -purpose dry chemical extinguishers, or approved equal. 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Provide each fire extinguisher unit with a Larsen Model No. 2409 -6R -AL semi -recessed cabinet, or approved equal, with rolled edge, extruded tubular aluminum door and frame with piano -type hinges and clear anodized finish. 10520-1 Cabinets to have full glass door with polished wire glass. Interior of cabinet to be baked white finish on 18 gauge steel tub. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify that rough openings, for cabinets are correctly sized and located. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install the items of this Section in strict accordance with the original design, approved shop drawings, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction, as approved by the Architect. Anchor all components firmly into position. B. Verify servicing, charging, and tagging of all fire extinguishers. END OF SECTION 10520-2 SECTION 10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES:. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY . A. Section includes: . 1. Furnishing and installation of toilet accessories and attachment hardware. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ANSI Al 17.1: Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. B. The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 1.03 . SUBMITTALS A. Submit through General Contractor to Architect: 1. Product data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature and installation instructions. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Bradley Corporation. B. American Dispenser Co., Inc. C. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., .• D. G.M. Ketcham Co., Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Stainless steel: AISI Type 3021304. B., Mounting devices: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication or of same material as accessory unit. C. Adhesive: Epoxy -type contact cement.': 10810-1 1 2.03 FINISHES A. Chrome/nickel plating: Polished finish. B. Stainless steel: No. 4 luster finish, unless specified otherwise. C. Shop -primed ferrous metals: Pretreat and clean, spray -apply one coat primer and bake. 2.04 FABRICATION ' A. Weld and grind smooth joints of fabricated components. B. Form exposed surfaces from one sheet of stock, free of joints. Form surfaces flat without distortion. Maintain flat surfaces without scratches or dents. C. Provide steel anchor plates and anchor components for installation on building finishes. Hot -dip galvanize ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices. D. Back -paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. ' E. Shop -assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.01 PREPARATION A. Deliver inserts and rough -in frames to jobsite at appropriate time for building -in. Provide templates and rough -in measurements as required. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures, accessories and items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown on Drawings. Use tamper -proof fasteners. B. Install true, plumb, and level, securely and rigidly anchored to substrate. ' 3.03 SCHEDULE OF ACCESSORIES' A. Toilet paper holder: Surface -mounted, single -roll; vandal- and theft -resistant filling and locking mechanism with no key required; controlled delivery; 18 gauge chrome -plated steel. Furnish and install at all water closets. Install 19" minimum and 36" maximum from rear wall at all accessible stalls. 1. American Dispenser Model No. 834. 2. Bobrick Model No. B-273. 3. Bradley Model No. 5054. 10810-2 i CI I O B. Sanitary napkin disposal: Surface -mounted, 22 gauge 18-8 Type 304 stainless steel, satin finish. Tight -fitting self-closing_top cover, locking bottom panel with continuous stainless steel -piano hinge. One pef women's toilet. Install at 19" A.F.F. minimum at accessible stalls. 1. American Dispenser Model No. 38. 2. Bobrick Model No. B270. 11 3. Bradley Model No. 4781. u 4. G.M. Ketcham Model No. SS4. O C. Mirrors: No. 1 quality 1/4" float glass electrolytically copper -plated; coating guaranteed for ten years. Mitered and welded stainless steel frame; concealed theft -resistant wall hanger. Refer to Drawings for sizes and locations. Mount a• with bottom edge at 40" maximum A.F.F. 1. American Dispenser Model No. 537. O 2. Bobrick Model No. B-165. 3. Bradley Model No. 720. D. Soap dispensers: Surface -mounted for liquid soap; one per lavatory. Mount dispensing mechanism at 44" A.F.F. maximum at accessible lavatories. 1. Bobrick Model No. B-155. E. Paper towel dispenser: Surface -mounted stainless steel for single -fold towels. Mount to dispense at 48" A.F.F. maximum. 1. Bobrick Model No. B-263. Q 2. Bradley Model No. 251-15. 0 F. Grab bars: Provide at locations indicated on Drawings. Mount with center lines at 33" A.F.F. minimum and 36" A.F.F. maximum. Provide lengths as indicated on Drawings. II 1. Bobrick Model No. B-6206: a. For attachment to toilet partitions, provide and install mounting anchors #2582. I. b. When grab bars mount back-to-back through a toilet partition provide and install mounting anchor #2592. c. For attachment to stud walls, provide and install mounting anchor #256. d. For attachment to masonry, provide and install mounting anchor #2572. 2. Equal by Bradley. G. Waste receptacles: 1. Bobrick B-279.. .::. H I ' END OF SECTION 10810-3 .1 SECTION 11480 ATHLETIC ACCESSORIES PART.1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Manufacture, deliver, and install athletic equipment necessary for installation of basketball backstops and volleyball floor sleeves. 1.02 RELATED WORK BY OTHERS A. General Contractor to install sub -framing at roof to receive goal structure. 1.03- - SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Two Main Court Units including Fiberglass Backboards, and Breakaway Rims. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings, indicating layout, accessories and dimensional relationship to building dimensions. B. Manufacturer's brochures showing product. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Basketball backstops - Furnish and install as shown on plans as manufactured by Architectural Design Products, (ADP) or approved equal. A.1 Fixed Backstops: Shall be ADP Model #2500, Stationary, Ceiling Braced A.2 Front Drop Pipe Assembly - Shall be of two (2) parallel 2-3/8" O.D. pipes, stabilized by 2- 3/8" O.D. pipe spreaders and 7/8" O.D. bi- directional pipe. Center to center of these pipes for rectangular boards shall be designed to follow the parameter of the.board so as to give a "clear view" through the board. 11480=1 I A.3 Oblique Bracing Pipes - Shall be of (2) parallel 2-3/8" O.D. pipes supporting the front drop pipe assembly. These pipes shall be attached to the front drop pie assembly and run diagonally to the superstructure and shall be stabilized by 7/8" O.D. bi-directional braces. A.4 Superstructure Mounting - The backboard front drop pipe assembly shall be suspended from 3-1/2" O.D. superstructure pipe. The super- structure shall be attached to the building across the supporting members. A.5 Fiberglass Backboards - Main Courts shall be Model #74 Fiberglass, 72" x 42" Rectangular, white finish with the official orange boarder and target area gelcoated into the board. Goal mounting holes shall be 5" center to center horizontally and 5" center to center vertically. A.6 Breakaway Rims - Units to include Model #25 Breakaway Rims. Made with official size 18" ring (5/8" diameter steel) and supported with 3/16" x 1-1/2" steel curved to conform with the goal. Net hooks shall be no -tie design. Finish shall be bright orange enamel and attachment shall be 5" center to center. Meets all NCAA and NFSHA specifications. 8.1 VOLLEYBALL SLEEVES - Provide floor sleeves and cover plated, as shown on drawings, as manufactured by Jayfro, Corporation, or approved equal. 2 Pair required. B.1 Model VBP-4G Floor sleeve and stainless Steel Cover Plate. Cover lifts and rotates to lis flat when standards are in use. Can accommodate 3-1/2" O.D. post or smaller. 11480-2 [I I I I I I I 1l H I [l U PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.1 Basketball backstops to be installed by skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced with the specified requirements and methods necessary for a proper performance of the work in accordance with approved shop drawings. A.2 Volleyball floor sleeves and instructions for installation to be delivered as directed by architect/owner. END OF SECTION s II SECTION 13120 PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY O' A. Section includes: 1. All structural steel, joist girders, steel joists, purlins, girts, metal roofing, metal wall panels, accessories, closures, trim pieces, insulation, liner Of ` panels, and miscellaneous items required to complete construction of a lit pre-engineered building. 01 B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete. flu 2." Section 09900 -Painting. lit 1.02 REFERENCES A. The following standards and criteria, of most recent issue, shall be used where �� applicable in the structural design of the building covered by this specification. 1. Metal Building Manufacturers' Association (MBMA): "Recommended Design Practices Manual". �I 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC): "Steel Construction Manual", Eighth Edition. 3. American Iron and Steel Institute: "Cold Formed Steel Design Manual". III 4. Steel Joist Institute (SJI): "Standard Specifications and Load Tables". 5. The Aluminum Association: "Aluminum Construction Manual". 6. American Welding Society (AWS): "Code for Welding in Building 0I Construction". II B. The following criteria shall also be applicable in other phases of design. 1. The Standard Building Code (SBC), 1991 Edition with 1993 amendments. 2. Structural Steel Painting Council - Standards. � I 3. Federal, Military and Commercial Standards. 4. ASTM Standards. IiC. Ratings by: Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). I' 13120=1 II ASSURANCE The intent of the Drawings and these Specifications is to establish a quality and performance level for structural design, material, durability and workmanship. strictly to these specifications The building shall be the design of a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the fabrication of pre-engineered structures, and/or metal building components. Acceptable manufacturers are Varco Pruden, Butler, and American Buildings. new, unused, free from defect and of American be by an erector who has erected and is completely familiar with the specific manufacturer of the type specified. SUBMITTALS Shop drawings: Submit with shop drawings, schematic of proposed wind bracing plan (1/16" = 1'-0"), showing roof and wall locations of diagonal wind bracing rods and locations of any wind portal frames used, and submit 3/4" (minimum) scale dimensioned anchor bolt setting detail for each column condition including plate size and anchor bolt size. (4 sets of blueline prints) Submit complete erection drawings showing sidewall, endwall and roof framing, wind bracing provisions, transverse cross sections, covering and trim details, and accessory installation details to clearly indicate proper assembly of building components. All erection drawings shall bear the seal of the Registered Professional Engineer who was in charge of their preparation and who is currently licensed in the state in which the project is to be built. Submit no later than three weeks after award of contract (4 sets of blueline prints). Submit sample of proposed roof and wall panel for acceptance of color by Any discrepancies among the Drawings, the Specifications, and the building manufacturer's standard conditions shall be brought to the attention of the Architect immediately. This shall be done prior to bid date. shop drawings, a certification prepared and signed by a Engineer, registered in the state of Arkansas, verifying I building's design meets the loading requirements of the Drawings and II Specifications, and codes of authorities having jurisdiction. II 1.05 DESIGN BASIS A. For structural steel or welded plate members, comply with AISC "Specification ftfor the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings". B. For light -gauge steel members, comply with AISC "Specifications of the Design I of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members". C. Design primary and secondary members and covering for applicable loads and • ill f combination of loads in accordance with Metal Building Manufacturer's Association (MBMA) "Recommended Design Practices Manual" and in fit accordance with the SBC, 1991 edition with 1993 amendments. Where MBMA • conflicts with the SBC, the code producing the more critical condition shall govern, including, but not limited to, city, county, state, or local jurisdictional 'I codes: . I. D. Welding procedures and operator qualifications and welding quality standards shall be in accordance with the American Welding Society Structural Welding • Code. ' . Q III F. Certification of welder is required within past 12 months for welds proposed. 1.07 SPECIAL DESIGN CRITERIA A. Structural system shall be designed with no fixed -base columns. �� B. Diagonal wind bracing rods, if required, shall occur at perimeter walls only, and only in bays not interrupted by wall openings, unless bracing is above the . •opening. �I Otherwise, wind bracing shall consist of single and/or multispan rigid frames and/or portal frames. IIC. Exterior columns at perimeter walls shall bear at finish floor elevation. D. Interior columns shall bear at 8" below finish floor elevation. E. The roof structure shall not be used for diaphragm action to resist lateral loads • II unless the system has been specifically designed using diaphragm action and complete integrity can be proved to the Owner's and Architect's satisfaction prior to bid. Diagonal wind bracing rods in the roof as shown on Framing Plan, • � shall be considered as a minimum requirement. •' 13120-3 I1' I 1.08 DESIGN LOADING I A. The structure shall be designed to meet the following minimum design loads. Loads shall be applied according to the Standard Building Code, 1991 edition with 1993 amendments: Article XII - Minimum Design Loads. 1. Roof live load: purlins, beams and frames shall be designed for a 20 psf live load - Verify with the City Building Official - and no reduction shall be made on account of tributary area. 2. Snow load: Does not control. 3. Wind load: Design according to Section 1205 - Wind Loads. Basic Wind Loads shall be 70 MPH - Verify with the City Building Official. The roof shall meet the requirements for a UL Class 90 wind uplift rating. 4. Dead load: Actual weight per manufacturer's design, including roof insulation, applied to horizontal projection with no reduction, with 12 PSF considered as a minimum requirement. I 5. Seismic loads: Design according to Section 1206 - Seismic Design Requirements; seismic zone as verified by city building official. 6. Roof covering: Roof covering shall be designed for either 50 PSF I uniformly distributed or a 200 pound concentrated (point) load (over a V-0" x 1'-0" area) located at center of maximum roofing (panel) span. The most severe condition shall govern. 7. Combination of loading: Apply loads on component members in the combinations required by Section 1208 - Load Combinations, including collateral loads, as provided in the 1993 Amendments of the 1991 SBC. Also, provide the Architect, with Bid Proposal, load combinations at each column such as to produce the maximum and minimum loads on the foundations. (Provide four sets of blueline prints.) 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1 A. Deliver and store prefabricated components, sheets, panels, and other ' manufactured items so they will not be damaged or deformed. Stack materials on platforms or pallets, covered with tarpaulins or other suitable weathertight ventilated covering. Store metal sheets or panels so that water accumulations will drain freely. Do not store sheets or panels in contact with other materials which might cause staining. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK I A. Furnish and erect a pre-engineered and prefabricated steel building, the extent of which is shown on the drawings. Building shall be furnished and erected complete with all columns, beams, purlins, joists, joist girders, girts, struts, bracing, fasteners, sealant, roof and wall panels, trim, insulation, liner panels, 13120-4 flu gutters and downspouts, (roof curbs, roof jacks;flashing, and all miscellaneous items necessary to provide a complete building in conformance with the drawings. �i B. Manufacturer's standard components may be used, providing components, accessories, and complete structure conform to architectural design - OI appearance shown and to specified requirements: Iii 1. Varco Pruden III 3. Butler 3. American Buildings [I 2.02 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION A. Appurtenances: This building shall be constructed using the metal building manufacturer's standard structural components (columns, purlins, beams). Dimensions of the appurtenances may be changed with the Owner's approval by a small amount (1'-0") in any direction to more economically accommodate the manufacturer's standard components. � Any proposed changes shall be shown on the submission made with the bid proposal and detailed with loading information as described in the specifications. B. Roof slope: As indicated on drawings. C. End walls: Standard load -bearing post and beam end wall designed with rigid frame in east end wall to accommodate future expansion, as shown on the Drawings. D. Framing system: 1. Width as determined by metal building manufacturer using multiple bay rigid frame, continuous beams, truss girders, etc., as indicated on the Drawings. 2. . Length as determined by metal building manufacturer using purlins, joists, truss purlins, etc. E. Bracing: Diagonal rod bracing (as limited by special design criteria) or portal frames in sidewall or portal frames in end bay width. Bracing is not to obstruct openings. F. Columns: Columns shall be welded Plate I, H, WF, round column, or tube sections. G. Provide all framing for wall and roof openings as shown on the Drawings and/or noted in the specifications. 13120-5 I I 2.03 STRUCTURAL MATERIALS A. Materials: 1-. Hot -rolled structural shapes: ASTM A36 or A529 orA572:- - ,1 2. Tubing or pipe: ASTM A500, Grade B; ASTM A501; or ASTM A53. 3. Members fabricated from plate or bar stock: 42,000 psi minimum yield strength; ASTM A529, A570, or A572. 4. Members fabricated by cold forming: ASTM A607, Grade 50 minimum. 5. Galvanized steel sheet: ASTM A446 with 090 coating; "Class" to suit building manufacturer's standards. B. Structural framing components: 1. Rigid frames: Hot -rolled structural steel. Factory -welded and shop - painted built-up I, H, or WF shape consisting of tapered or parallel flange beams, or joist girders and straight columns. Furnish complete with attachment plates, bearing plates, and splice members, factory -drilled for bolted field assembly. 3. Secondary framing: Gins, purlins, eave struts, end wall beams, and flange and sag bracing to be minimum 16 gauge rolled formed sections. 4. Base channel, sill angle, end wall structural members (except columns and beams), purlin spacers; minimum 14 gauge cold -formed steel, galvanized or manufacturer's standard finish. 5. All concentrated loads shall be located at purlin panel points. 6. Sidewall columns: All sidewall main building frame columns are pinned -base and shall consist of welded plate sections with necessary plates for bolted field connections. 7. Interior columns: Interior columns, sidewall intermediate columns and columns required in appurtenances are pinned -base and shall consist of I, H, WF, round pipe, or tube sections with necessary plates for bolted field connections. 8. End wall columns: Factory -welded I, H, WF, round pipe, tube sections or manufacturer's standard end wall columns. 9. All base plates, cap plates and stiffener plates shall be factory -welded into place and have the bolt connection holes shop -fabricated. 10. Wall support girts: The girts' configuration and thickness shall be the building manufacturer's standard, provided all design criteria, including deflection and girt spacing, is met. 11. Based on a simple span, the deflection of the girts (supporting the wall S covering) shall not exceed 1/180 of span when supporting the applicable design load previously described. 12. All girt webs shall have factory -punched holes for sag rod, door post, and fascia frame installation. 13. Wind bracing: Diagonal wind bracing; adjustable, threaded steel rods, 5/8" diameter minimum; ASTM A36 or A572, Grade D. 13120-6 1 I ne is 'iGi; _,?ii"�%•g 0 :1 _I 0 a] a I 14. Wind bracing needs shall be provided as required in the roof plane and perimeter walls according to manufacturer's standards. See Section 13120, Subpart 1.07 B for location restrictions of diagonal bracing and type of wind bracing allowed 15. Beam knee braces, flange braces, purlin braces, wind struts, sag rods, etc., shall be installed as specified by the erection drawings. 16. Base shall be full -gauge outset girts. - 17. Bolts: ASTM A307 or A325 as necessary for design loads and connection details. 18. All.bolts for field assembly and for field connections of structural components shall be of proper size and strength as shown on erection drawings. 19. Fabrication: Shop -fabricate to the indicated size and section, complete with base plates, bearing plates, and other plates as required for erection, welded in place, and with all required holes for anchoring of connections shop -drilled or -punched to template dimensions. 20. Shop connections: power -riveted, bolted, or welded. 21. Field connections: bolted. 2.04 PAINTING A. Shop painting: Clean surfaces to be primed of loose mill scale, rust, dirt, oil, grease, and other matter precluding paint bond. Follow procedures of SSPC-SP7 for brush-off blast cleaning, and SSPC-SP1 for solvent cleaning. B. Prime structural steel primary and secondary framing members with manufacturer's standard rust -inhibitive primer having over 50% rust -inhibitive pigment, such as red -lead mixed pigment alkyd varnish (FS TT -P-86, Type II) or zinc chromate iron -oxide alkyd (TT -P-636). All members shall be primed with light gray to white primer under base bid. C. Prime galvanized members, -after phosphoric acid pretreatment, with zinc dust -zinc oxide primer (FS TT -P-641). . 2.05 A. B. ROOF COVERING SYSTEM . General: Provide roofing sheets formed to general profile or configuration as indicated. Base Bid Roofing system to be SSRTM by Varco Pruden, or approved equal. Alternate Roofing system to be PR+TM by Varco Pruden, or approved equal. Provide flashings, closers, fillers, metal expansion joints, ridge covers, and other sheet metal accessories, factory -formed of same material and finish as roofing.. Roof covering and supports: The exposed metal roof covering shall be 24 gauge (minimum) steel panels, and of such configuration to provide the 13120=7 I specified load -carrying capabilities and deflection requirements of this I Specification. - C. -- Panel are to be continuous from eave-to ridge. D. Deflection of the roof panel shall not exceed 1/180 of its span when supporting the applicable vertical live loads previously described. 1 E. Finish: At Gymnasium roof: Galvalume zinc -aluminum alloy coating per ASTM A792, at a rate of 0.5 ounces per square foot, or a thickness of approximately 0.0022"; coat both sides. At Office area roof: Varco Pruden KXLTM KynarT"' factory paint finish, or approved equal, color as selected by Architect. F. Ridge assembly or eave assembly shall allow panel to move with expansion or contraction. G. The roof shall provide for expansion/contraction without detrimental effect on the roof panel when ambient air temperature varies 1000 F from the ' temperature at which the roof was installed. Roof expansion joints shall be added in each roof slope if this condition cannot be met otherwise. H. Uplift rating: The roof system shall carry a UL Class 90 wind uplift rating I. Flexible closure strips: Closed -cell, expanded cellular rubber, self -extinguishing, cut or premolded to match corrugation configuration of roofing and siding sheets. Provide where indicated and necessary to ensure weathertight construction. J. Sealing tape: 100% solids, pressure sensitive gray polyisobutylene compound tape with release paper backing. Not less than 1/2" wide and 1/8" thick, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining and permanently elastic. K. Joint sealant: One -part elastomeric, polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone rubber as recommended by building manufacturer. L. Accessories: 1. Accessories shall be manufacturer's standard unless otherwise noted, and furnished as specified. 2. Location of standardaccessories shall be as shown on erection drawings as furnished by manufacturer and as approved by Architect and as shown on architectural drawings. - M. Guarantee: Durability of the roof panels due to rupture, structural failure or I perforation shall be guaranteed for a period of twenty (20) years by the building 1 13120-8 I .-(ni�-t :''�Y. ��. r4♦. �ii'4_if fl�'�n{$it��' _ " S.n _ I manufacturer. A specimen copy of the document must accompany.the-bid, • clearly stating the conditions_under which the guarantee is valid. N. Weathertightness warranty: Roof system shall carry a twenty-year minimum - weathertightness warranty on manufacturer's standard form. A specimen copy of the document must accompany the bid clearly stating the conditions under which the warranty is valid. This warranty shall become a part of this Contract. 2.06 TRIM AND FLASHING aA. Fascia: Fascia trim and supports to be standard manufacturers construction • using 26 gauge galvanized steel (ASTM A525, G90 coating). Finish to be Varco Pruden KXLTM KynarTM factory paint finish, or approved equal, color as selected by Architect. II B. Miscellaneous material: Color -finished closures, flashing, and trim, etc., shall be the building manufacturer's standard and provide a complete and weathertight building. Finish to be Varco Pruden KXL'' KynarTM factory paint finish,•or approved equal, color as selected by Architect. C. Roof curbs: Units are to be welded or molded of minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel, finished to match roofing. Provide positive water diversion around each curb. Coordinate size of opening with the mechanical contractor in order to insure exact opening size necessary. Flash or shingle into metal roofing and seal. Curb framing rests on top of secondary framing and must be compatible with thermal expansion and contraction properties of the roof on which it is used. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. . Gutters and downspouts: Gutters and downspouts shall be designed for a ten-year rainfall intensity of 7.5"/hour for a period of five minutes' duration. I B. Gutters shall be minimum 24 gauge galvanized steel roll formed (ASTM A525, G90 coating). Finish to be baked or laminated. Color as selected by the Architect. C. Downspouts shall be minimum 26 gauge galvanized steel (ASTM A525, G90 coating). Downspout spacing shall be as required by rainfall criteria and • located at column covers. Color and finish to be the same as gutters.. 2.08 • INSULATION • A. Glass fiber batt insulation: 1.- Roof: 6" thick, with fiberglass -net -reinforced vinyl facing. 13120-9 II LI 2. Walls: 3" thick, with WMP-10 facing. B. Thermal blocks: 1" thick high -density polystyrene, cut to length. 2.09 LINER PANELS A. Panel rib liner panels shall be full height, finish to match exterior. 2.10 WALL PANELS A. Wall Panels shall be Varco Pruden VP Panel Rib, or approved equal, minimum 24 gauge, with all necessary fasteners, mastics, flashing and closures; continuous from base to eave. Finish to be Varco Pruden KXLTM KynarTM factory paint finish, or approved equal, color as selected by Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 STRUCTURAL FRAME FABRICATION A. All material shall be completely fabricated and prepared for shipment knocked down, including any necessary crating or bundling. All parts of building are to be accurately made and true to dimension so that in erection of same, all parts will easily fit together. B. All structural steel members are to be sheared, formed, punched, welded and painted in the plant of the manufacturer. C. Welding shall be in accordance with the standard practices of the American Welding Society, and shall be performed by certified welders. D. Holes and clips required for primary and secondary connections shall be provided as required in the plant of the manufacturer. _ E. Clearly and legibly mark each piece and part of assembly to correspond with previously prepared erection drawings, diagrams, and instruction manuals. Use removable tags or washable marker so identification may be easily removed. 3.02 STRUCTURAL FRAME ERECTION A. Framing: Erect structural framing true to line, level and plumb, rigid and secure. Level base plates to a true even plane with full bearing to supporting structures, set with anchor bolts if required for accurate bearing elevations. B. Purlins and girls: Provide rake or gable purlins/joists with tight -fitting closure channels and fascias. Locate and space wall gins to suit door and other 13120-10 I Q [0 I IJ i:w openings arrangements and heights. Provide an appropriate girt at 8'-0"± A.F.F. for attachment of plywood and at 12'-0"± A.F.F. for -attachment of angle. Secure purlins/joists and girt to structural framing and hold rigidly to a straight line by sag rods.. C. Bracing: Provide diagonal rod or angle bracing in roof and side walls as indicated on approved shop drawings. D. Moment -resisting portal frames may be used in lieu of sidewall rod bracing or for wind bracing in end bays, to suit manufacturer's design. E. Field modifications of parts shall be in accordance with the best standard procedures and shall be the responsibility of the building erector. All field modifications shall be approved in advance by the Architect. F. Erection of the metal building, accessories and insulation shall be performed •by either authorized dealers or builders of the manufacturer or by the building. manufacturer's crews. us G. In addition, building manufacturer shall have a qualified field engineer on site full time to assure that the building is being constructed according to manufacturer's erection drawings, specifications, and standards. IIH. State name of proposed erector to perform the work in space provided on bid form. 3.03 ROOF PANEL ERECTION I I I :1.: A. Apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to fine. Protect factory finishes from damage. B. Provide weather seal and flash roof panels at eave and rake with rubber, neoprene, or other closures to exclude weather. C. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of ribbed roof sheets, and between roof sheeting and protruding equipment, vents and accessories. D. Apply sealant tape continuous to clean, dry surface of weather side of fastenings on end laps and elsewhere to make weatherproof to driving rains. E. Roof panels shall be fastened to the purlins/joists with concealed high fixed clips adequately spaced to develop the uplift requirements. 13120-11 L 3.04 ROOFING OPENINGS A. Flue and vent openings, 12" and smaller, may be flashed and sealed to the roof panel, providing complete structural support and weathertightness is — - - maintained. B. Metal building manufacturer shall provide and install standard roof jacks for all , flue and plumbing vent penetrations through the roof. - C. Mechanical openings larger than 12" round or square, shall have a roof curb as 1 required by equipment and shall be supplied and installed by this contractor. Assume joist or purlin at non-standard spacing may occur below roof openings larger than purlin or joist spacing. Spacing to be determined on approved shop I drawings. D. Reinforce and brace units, with joints properly formed and edges beaded to be 1 watertight under normal positive pressure conditions. Mount equipment on - square -to -round bases designed, to match the indicated roof pitch and roll formed to match corrugation profile of roof panels. E. Roof curbs and structural framing system to be designed to support rooftop mechanical equipment loads next to main frames and next to columns. F. Metal building manufacturer shall provide and install roof curbs for all rooftop mechanical units as indicated on the plans. G. Note: Location, size and number of all rooftop openings with curbs shall be verified from final shop and erection drawings approved by the Architect. 3.05 WALL PANEL ERECTION A. Apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to line. Protect factory finishes from damage. B. Provide weather seal and flash wall panels with rubber, neoprene, or other closures to exclude weather. ' C. Wall panels shall be fastened to the purlins/joists with concealed high fixed clips adequately spaced for structural integrity. I 3.06 WALL OPENINGS: _ A. All wall openings for doors, windows, etc., shall be framed according to manufacturer's standards and as shown on the drawings. I 13120-12 I Q 0 B. C. Q I D I EL I I I Note: Where approved by the Architect, the location of wall openings may be varied slightly -to accommodate standard panel..configurations at framed openings. Provide framing for all openings as required and where indicated on the Drawings. D. Note: Location, size and number of all wall openings shall be verified from final shop and erection drawings approved by the Architect. 3.07 GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUTS A. Form gutter in sections not less than 8'-0" in length, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and special pieces that may be required. Join sections with riveted and soldered or sealed joints. Unless otherwise indicated, provide expansion type slip joint at center of runs. Furnish gutter supports sized as required and spaced at 36" o.c. maximum. B. Form downspouts in sections approximately 10-0" long, complete with elbows and offsets. Join sections with minimum 1-1/2" telescoping joints. Provide fasteners for top, bottom, and 5'-0" o.c. intermediately between, designed to securely hold downspouts not less than 1" away from walls. 3.08 MISCELLANEOUS A. Framed openings: Provide shapes of proper design and size to reinforce openings and to carry loads and vibrations imposed, including equipment furnished under mechanical or electrical work. Securely attach to building structural frame. Apply side lap or stitching screws as per manufacturer's specifications. B. Sheet metal accessories: Install gutters, downspouts, curbs, and other sheet metal accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting. C. Guarantees: The steel building manufacturer shall submit all applicable guarantees to the Owner prior to final payment. END OF SECTION 13120-13 I D SECTION 13125 BLEACHERS QPART1 GENERAL 1.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design and fabrication of Frame -Type Bleacher II 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Southern Bleacher Co., Inc., P.O.. Box One, Graham, Texas • 76450 U.S.A. (800)433-0912 or (817)549-0733. Fax (817)549-1365, or approved equal B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer must have ten years of experience in the manufacture of bleachers and grandstands; welders must be AWS certified. C. Source Quality Control: Mill Test Certification. 1.03 BUILDING CODES A. Owner to confirm the national code and the version which applies to project for inclusion in specifications. . 1.04 WARRANTY . IWarrants Frame -Type Bleacher to be free from defect in material and workmanship in the course of manufacturing and installation for a period of one year beginning at Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Southern Bleacher Co., Inc., or approved equal. 2.02 FRAME -TYPE BLEACHERS A. Product Description 1. Five Row Non -Elevated Frame -Type Bleachers 13125-1 I I a. Rise and Depth Dimensions: Vertical rise and horizontal depth per I row; 8 inches x 24 inches. Seat is 17 inches above its respective tread. -b.- Framework:: Prefabricated bleacher frames are spaced at 6 -foot - I intervals and connected by crossbraces. c. Seats: Nominal 2 x 10 anodized aluminum plank with 2 x 10 end caps. d. Treads: Nominal 2 x 10 mill aluminum plank with 2 x 10 end caps. i B. Material/Finishes 1. Framework: a. Galvanized Steel: Structural fabrication with ASTM-A36 steel. Shop Connections are seal welded. After fabrication, all steel is hot -dipped galvanized to ASTM-A123 specification. I 2. Extruded Aluminum: a. Seat Planks: Extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6, clear anodized 204R1, AA-M10C22A31, Class II. b. Tread Planks: Extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T6, mill finish. 3. Accessories: a. Channel End Caps: Aluminum alloy 6063-T6, dear anodized 204R1, AA-M10C22A31, Class II. b Hardware: (1) Bolts, Nuts: Hot -dipped galvanized or plated. finish. (2) Hold -Down Clip Assembly: Aluminum alloy 6061-T6. C. Manufactured Units 1. Model 515 (5 row x 15', 50 seats) Quantity of Units:4 D. Fabrication 1. Design Load: a. Live Load: 100 psi. gross horizontal projection b. Lateral Sway Load: 24 plf seat plank c. Perpendicular Sway Load: 10 plf seat plank d. Live Load of Seat and Tread Plank: 120 plf 2. All connections made in shop to be welded. a. Manufactured by certified welders conforming to AWS Standards. I 13125-2 I I 0 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUREMENTS SECTION 15010 0 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: U A Comply with the Conditions of the Contract, General and Supplementary Conditions, and any other applicable requirements contained herein or issued under separate cover. B. Perform other work related to or necessary for the mechanical installation in accordance with the D applicable Specification Division or Section contained herein. C. In Mechanical Specification Sections, items under "RELATED WORKare listed for convenience only and are not guaranteed to be a complete listing of all applicable work a1.02 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS: A Comply with the latest edition of applicable codes including the folowing: 1. Standard Building Code 2. Arkansas State Plumbing Code 3. Arkansas State Gas Code 4. Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) - 5. National Electrical Code (NFPA 70) a 6. . Arkansas State Fire Prevention Code 7. Arkansas Gas Pipeline Code B. •. Comply with applicable Regulations as amended, including the following: 1. Arkansas State Department of Health Regulations 2. 1994 Arkansas Rules and Regulations for Energy Efficiency Standards for New Building Construction 3. Arkansas Department of Labor Regulations 4. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA.) 5. Utility Company Regulations and Requirements 1 6. Other State and Federal.Laws-and Regulations 7. Local Ordinances C. .1 Furnish products and perform installation conforming to the latest accepted Standards published by the following organizations: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. .9. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Air Movement and Control Association (ANICA) American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) American Water Works Association (AVMIA) GENREAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010 --1. I I 10: American Refrigeration Institute (ARI) - 11. American Gas Association (AGA) 12. Cast Iron Sal Pipe Institute (GSPI) -- 13. Midwest Insulation Contractors Association (MICA) 14. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contactors National Association (SMACNA) 15. Insurance Service Office (ISO) 16. Factory Insurance Association (FIA) 17. Factory Mutual (F1v 18. Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers (IBR) 19. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) 20. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) 21. American Society of Sanitary' Engineers (ASSE) 22. Plumbing and Drainage Institution (PD!) 23. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) D. In case of discrepancy or conflict between Codes, Regulations, Standards, Drawings and/or Specifications, the requirement yielding the higher(est) quality of work shall govern. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE FEES: A Obtain and maintain all necessary licenses, permits and inspections and pay all fees including taxes and penalties, if any, required by the Administrative Authority. Refundable deposits will be paid by the Owner. 1.04 PRE -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: A Submit for approval, Manufacturers technical data sheets including performance specifications for , all equipment and air devices shown on the schedules. Also provide data on all system accessories and all materials. Include all piping, ductwork and insulation materials. Accessories to be submitted on shall include valves and all piping accessories, and all duct accessories including extractors, turning vanes, control dampers and balancing dampers. B. Submit for approval, Contractors original Shop Drawings of all assemblies of manufactured items including control diagrams. Submit all items called out in individual sections, in addition to those called for in this section. C. Indicate all pertinent dimensions on scale drawings necessary for clarity and or coordination of the installation between trades. D. Provide complete electrical data and wiring diagrams. E Make Submittals on all work contained in Division 15, Mechanical at one time except by special pemrssion. F. Bind Submittals in durable cover(s) with contents conveniently organized and properly indexed with index tabs. G. Obtain approval on product manufacturers not specifically named prior to mating submittals. H. Each Mechanical Section contains a listing of required Submittals only for convenience. GENREAL NIECHAMCAL REQUIREEYENTS 15010-2 I II D I I. I.. •- • • - • ii t; •• and •i - •.r _i t:•• r• - 1.05 INTENT: A It is intended that the Contractor provide a complete and operating mechanical system including all incidental items, and connections necessary for proper operation or customarily included even though each and everyitem may not be indicated.: a B. The Drawings indicate the general layout requirements for equipment, fixtures, piping, ductwork, etc. Final layout will be governed by actual field conditions with all measurements verified at the site. DC.It is intended that the mechanical installation be safe, reliable energy, efficient, and easily maintained with adequate provisions allowed for access to equipment IID. It is intended that the mechanical system operate quietly with noise levels below the criteria recommended for the application by ASHRAE Provide corrective action as required to reduce objectional noise or vibration. O PART 2- PRODUCTS a2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: A Furnish only new standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of said products. Ii B. Support all products by service organizations with adequate spare parts inventory and personnel located reasonably dose to the site. C.. Where multiple units of the same type or Bass of products are required, provide all units of the same manufacturer. 11 2.02 PRODUCT HANDLING A Store products in the original containers and shelter in a suitable environment at an approved location. Make readily accessible for inspections and inventory accounting. - 2.03 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS: ' A For products specified by generic reference standard, select any product meeting such standard. B. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers, select any named. Submit request, in writing, for substitution of any product or manufacturer not specifically named and obtain approval at least five working days prior to bid date. C1 I C. Provide all infaration required to support claim of "equality' of product proposed for substitution. Substitutions will be considered only if equivalent in quality, efficiency, performarnce, size, weight, reliability, appearance, arid ease of maintenance to the specified product or manufacturer. 1 D. Mere approved product substitutions alter the design, space requirements, electrical requirements, connections, or etc, include all work necessary to provide a complete installation of quality equal I to or better than that which would have been achieved with products or manufacturers as specified. 2.04 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION: A Identify each major component as to manufacturer's name, address, model number, serial number, and pertinent ratings on a durable plate attached to the component in a conspicuous place. B. Identify each major component as it is named on the Drawings or referred to herein with engraved nameplates made from laminated plastic sheets. 1. Furnish with white letters on blade background except for other color coded requirements. I 2. Provide appropriate size nameplates with information easily readable. 3. Submit for approval, a schedule of nameplates to be affixed to each major.component 4. Attadi nameplates with approved adhesive on factory baked enameled surfaces only. Attach nameplates with proper screws on field painted and all other surfaces. C. Identify outdoor underground lines with continuous strip of plastic utility marker tape as manufactured by Seton stating at regular intervals "CAUTION (state utility) PIPE BELOW" Install one foot directly above pipe before badkfilling to grade. 2.05 ANCHORS: 1 A Size anchors for minimum safety factor of two times recommended load. Use only corrosion resistant materials. B. In new concrete, use malleable iron inserts set prior to pouring concrete. C. In existing concrete or solid masonry, use Phillips "Redhead" expansion shields or Ecen self 1 drilling expansion shields. Use power driven fasteners only for light loads and with spedfic approval. D. In hollow masonry, use steel toggle bolts. E On structural steel, use approved beam damps or direct weld. 1 F. In wood, use wood screws or lag screws or through bolt with nuts and washers. G. In sheet metal, use self tapping sheet metal screws or machine bolts with washers and nuts. , H. In bar joists, use hanger rod between bottom angles secured with washers and nuts. 2.06 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A Generally, support piping in accordance with ANSI B31.1 and support ducts in accordance with SMACNA dud construction lion standards. GENREAL IVECHAMCAL REQUIREIVVIE 4TS 15010-4 I 1 B. Support horizontal steel and co PPS pipe as follows: . u II1. For pipe sizes Z' and smaller, use adjustable wrought steel ring or Bevis hanger spaced • at 5 feet on center with 3/8" steel hanger rod. 2.. For pipe sizes 2-12" through 4", use adjustable wrought steel devis spaced at 10 feet on O Center with 5r8" steel hanger rod. . 3. Support high trrpeature pipe with pipe idler hangers to allow for expansion. C. Support cast iron soil pipe 4" and smaller with adjustable wrought steel ring or devis hanger spaced at 5 feet on center with 5/8" steel hanger rod. O D. Support PVC pipe with approved hangers at 4 feet on center. E. Provide trapeze hangers consisting of steel angles or channels with spacers and steel hanger rods for multiple piping or dud nms. DF. Provide copper plated hangersif in contactwith copper piping. G. Provide 18 gauge galvanized saddles for insulated pipe and size hanger to accomodate pipe and insulation. H. . Use steel riser damps for vertical piping support through floors. Provide steel bracket and wrought steel damp for supportfrom walls. I. Support ducts with steel bands, steel angles, or steel channels near each transverse joint IIJ. Support piping on roof with 4'k4'X2' redwood blocks with wooden saddle fomred to fit pipe and nailed to block Loosely damp pipe to saddle with steel straps. !t 2.07 CONCRETE BASES: A Provide concrete bases for floor mounted equipment indicated on the Drawings and all exterior equipment mounted on grade. Use proper ceir ent—sand mix to achieve strength of 3000 psi after 28 days. 0 B. Provide steel reinforcing bars as required and provide proper ties and support during pouring. C.- Establish sizes of bases required to accommodate equipment. Generally, make bases extend 3" 1! D. larger than equipment . Provide properly sized anchor bolts held in position with templates. Where anchor bolts cannot be held in sufficient alignment, provide adjustable bolts in pipe sleeves. DE Prior to pouring, set steel re -bar dowels in holes drilled in existing slab for proper anchorage of base. Install near each corner and at other intervals not to exceed 24 inches. 0 F. Trowel finish and rub smooth. Form edges with 3/4"chamfer. G. Grout bases for pumps and other vibrating equipment with non -shrink grout. II2.08 SLEEVES: a GENREAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS - 15010-5 - Ii L A For pipes or round duds through dry floors above grade or interior walls, form sleeves with 18 gauge galvanized sheet metal. Sleeves are not required in_non fire rated dry wall construction nor slab on grade. B. For pipes through outside walls, firewalls, concrete beams, footings or potentially wet floors, provide , schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves. Provide integral waterstop in outside wall sleeves. C. For rectangular ducts through walls or floors, form sleeves with steel angles or channels or galvanized sheet metal. I D. Extend sleeves through floors one inch above floor and seal watertight For core drilled penetrations in existing floors, provide one inch angle rings set in sealant in lieu of sleeves. Make wall sleeves flush with wall. E. Size sleeves to allow for movement due to expansion and to provide for pipe insulation run continuous through sleeves. F. V.here pipes or ducts pass through sleeves, completely fill space with insulation or approved fire barrier materials. Provide tight fitting escutcheon plates on both sides of wall sleeves as follows: 1. Galvanized sheet metal caps for ducts. 2 Galvanized or cad plated plates for pipes in mechanical spaces or unfinished areas. 3. Chrome plated brass for pipes in finished areas. 2.09 FLASHING AND SEALS: A Wiens piping penetrates roof membrane, provide 30 inch square sheet of 5 lb/sq. ft lead or 18 t gauge copper. Extend flashing into top of open vent pipes one inch or provide flashing assembly or pitch pan as recommended by roofing manufacturer. B. Flash floor drains, except in slab on grade, with copper sheet flashing. Extend flashing under tile or floor finish to 6 inches up wall in showers or 2 feet from floor drain. Clamp flashing to auxilliary drain collar on floor drain. I C. Provide curbs for all roof mounted equipment Make curbs minirmum of 4 indies above flood level of roof. Flash and counter flash with galvanized sheet metal, soldered and properly waterproofed. D. Mere piping penetrates outside walls, make watertight with oakum and sealant or provide modular rubber seal designed for the purpose. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS: A Handle, install, conned, test, and operate all products, assemblies, and systems in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. In case of conflicting requirements between the manufacturer's directions and the Contract Documents, obtain instructions before proceeding with the work. 3.02 INSPECTIONS: GENREAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-6 I ^k_P II H H H A Arra with the Administrative Authori for in spections ty of all work required and obtain approval prior to concealing or proceeding with the work B. Give adequate notice before concealing any work for inspections by the Architect or Owner's representatives.. Obtain instructions to proceed before concealing the work II 3.03 CLEANING: aA Keep the premises dean and free from debris, dirt, etc. B. Upon completion of the work, dean and polish all fixtures, equipment, etc. O3.04 VK)RI< 1 -hIP A H Perform all work in accordance with the best practices of the trade and provide a "neat' installation Oby mechanics skilled in their respective trades and properly licensed. B. Accurately install piping, ductwork, and other equipment, plumb, level, and true to line with runs Oparallel or perpendicular to building lines. Make bends or offsets uniform C. Carefully perform all sitting, drilling, digging, etc., and patch or refinish the disturbed area to the D condition of adjoining or similar surfaces in an approved manner. Do not cut any structural member without specific approval. Do not cut any electrical or mechanical lines that may be concealed. a D. Conceal piping; ductwork, etc. in chases, firings, or above ceilings unless indicated otherwise. Flush mount equipment required in finished walls where possible. D I .D D •a I a A In ducts or other enclosures used for transporting environmental air, including return air plenums above ceilings, use only products conforming to NFPA and UL composite classifications not exceeding 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed ratings. This requirement applies to all materials including adhesives, finishes, etc. B. . Completely seal penetrations through fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, floors, or other barriers for the passage of piping, duct ork, etc. with a UL listed material to preserve the fire/smoke rating of the barrier. C. Provide approved fire dampers in air ducts penetrating fire barriers requiring a fire construction rating greater than one hour. Maintain access to fire dampers fusible link. 3.06. COORDINATION: A Coordinate the mechanical work with the work of related trades to avoid interferences. Detemine the exact route of piping and ductwork prior to fabrication and the exact locaion of each outlet and equipment connection prior to installation.. B. Study the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings, and Specifications including Shop Drawings and manufacturer's technical data sheets, and compare to actual site conditions GENREAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMEMS 15010-7-= a: I and constraints. In case of conflicts or interference, obtain darification or instructions before Worming any work - C. Piping or equipment requiring slope or specific mounting elevations will generally have right of way over products whose elevations can be changed. D. Carefully plan the sequence of work as required to minimize disruptions and installation time. 3.07 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: A Make all required utility connections to each item of equipment shun or specified including equipment furnished by Owner, and make operational. B. Connect overflows, relief discharges, blowdowns, drain valves, etc. with approved piping and extend to floor drains or other approved discharge points. C. Make all electrical connections to equipment including power supply and control wiring in 1 accordance with Division 16, Electrical. 3.08 PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS: , A Locate existing utility lines and adequately identify and protect during the execution of the work B. Protect public and private property against damage. C. Protect all work including building finishes against damage due to dirt, water, dierricals, frost, heat, handling, theft, etc. Keep openings in piping and ductwork and equipment dosed with suitable plugs or caps during installation. D. Provide necessary warning devices, baricades, or coverings required for safety around moving ' parts, sharp objects or high temperature surfaces. 3.09 CHASES AND OPENINGS: ' A Provide templates or details for chases and other openings required through floors, walls, ceilings, etc. to accommodate piping or ductwork 3.10 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING: A Excavate bottoms of trenches to required depth and grade for proper slope with uniform and solid bearing for piping. Do not lay pipe on mud, rocks, or unstable soil. Remove unsuitable bearing material and backfill to proper depth with sand or other approved material. B. After piping has been satisfactorily leak tested and approved, backfill trench to a depth of one foot , above top of pipe with sand or fine pea gravel. Install continous strip of plastic "CAUTION' tape over pipe and sand. Use suitable material for remaining backfill to finished grade, tamped to 95% ' compaction. 3.11 PIPING INSTALLATION: A Erect piping without fordng or springing and allow for proper clearance and headroom GENREAL NECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-8 I En B. Provide for on and contraction with I cha direction, or approved. expansi Piles �, � in PP expansion couplings. C. Install all piping in a manner to prevent freezing. If neoessay to install water piping in unheated spaces or outdoors above the frost line, provide electric heat tracing around pipe prior to insulating. O3.12 PAINTING: • Q A Paint ductwork piping, equipment, etc. exposed in finished areas to match adjacent surfaces as directed. Paint items flat black or as directed if visible through grilles or other openings. B. Paint all exposed piping and equipment in mechanical spaces for uniform appearance or identification as directed. I. C. Paint ferrous piping, equipment, hangers, etc. exposed outdoors or subject to rusting, with one coat primer and two coats of approved exterior enamel based paint D. Paint roof mounted and other outdoor equipment to uniformly match background or adjacent Qsurfaces as directed. E Paint plywood backboards used for mounting equipment O3.13 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANGNG: A After systems are completed and fully operational, perform Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) • in accordance with procedures recormiended in ASHRAE Systems volume, AABC Standards, and NEBB Standards on the following systems: 1. Supply Air System 2. Return Air System 3. Exhaust Air System 4. Outside Air System B. Furnish all test equipment, tools and instrumentation required for TAB. Submit proof of calibration when required. OC. Before beginning TAB, submit forms to be used to. the Engineer for approval. D. Adjust fan speeds, dampers, valves, and other controls to achieve design ratings.. Balance each air device or valve to within plus or sinus 10 percent of indicated flow rates. Perform TAB for each possible made of operation. E Notify Engineer 24 hours prior to taking final readings and arrange for Engineer to be present for final readings. F. Obtain and record all measurements required for final TAB report. Indude at least the following data: 1. Running amperes and voltage at each motor 314 horsepower or larger. Indicate rpm and direction of rotation. 2. Air flow rates (din) at each suply air outlet, return and outside air intake. • GENREAL MECHANICAL REGIUIRENENTS 15010--9 3. Dry bulb air temperatures in each conditioned space and at entrance and exit of all coils with corresponding outside air temperature. Record refrigerant pressures at the same time. 4. Static pressures in each control zone relative to outdoors and across each fan, air filter, major component, and major duct run. G. TAB shall be performed by a qualified TAB specialist approved by the Engineer. 3.14 POST CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: A Deliver special tools, lubricants, and other products necessary for proper operation and maintenance of the mechanical systems. B. Deliver spare parts as called for under other Mechanical Sections contained herein or on the Drawings. C. Submit Project Record Documents ;indicating all changes from the Contract Documents made during constuction. D. Submit Certificates of Final Inspections from the Administrative Authority. E Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals covering all phases of equipment and systems provided. Include complete spare parts data with cement prices and sources of supply. Include ' copy of manufacturing data sheets and shop drawings required in pre -construction submittals. F. Submit extended warranties in excess of the standard one year warranty where required by other Mechanical Sections contained herein or on the Drawings. G. Submit TAB report on approved record forms. 3.15 INSTRUCTIONS TO OWNER A Provide competent instruction to OwiWs personnel covering operation and maintenance of all mechanical systems. Provide specialized instruction by manufacturers technical representatives when required. END OF SECTION ' [1 I 1 GENREAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15010-10 MECHANICAL INSULATION ;. -- SECTION 15250. PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.01 V�ORK INCLUDED A Above ground domestic water piping insulation ' B. Underground domestic hot water piping insulation C. Interior air duct accoustical/thnl liner D. Exterior dud wrap insulation E Refrigerant piping insulation F. Cooling condensate drain insulation 1.02 RELATED WORK A Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15412 Domestic Water Piping System I. C. Section 15890 Low Pressure Ductwork and Accessories 1.03 SUBMITTALS:. A Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on each type of insulation to be used. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE aA Perform installation in accordance with MICA, Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards. I. B. Follow manufacturer's directions on adhesive application, fastener spacing, etc. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A Gass fiber type equal to Owens -Coming Fiberglass 23ASJ\SSL for 1/2" and greater thickness. 0 1. K -factor no greater than 0.24 2 Jacket pern ante no greater than 0.02 pem's. I. 3. Self sealing laps on longitudinal and transverse joints of all service jacket. 4. J -M "Zeston" PVC fitting covers over Fiberglass inserts for valves and fittings. Provide 25/50 flame/smoke rating when used in air plenums. 0 B. Flexible elastorneric pipe insulation equal to Armstrong "ArmafleX' for 1/2" and less thickness. 1. Use proper adhesive.. 2. . Use sheets cut and molded around valves and fittings. 3. Do not use in air plenums unless 25/50 flametsmoke rated. C. Acoustical Fiberglass interior duct liner with 1-1/2 lb. density and coated face. Meet UL 181 on erosion tests and NFPA 90A on flameJsrnoke rating. D. Sable Fiberglass exterior dud wrap equal to FRIG 25. aMECHANICAL INSULATION 15250-1 1 L! 1. K factor no greater than 0.3. - 2 3/4 lb. density. 3. , Foil reinforced kraft (FRIE vapor barrier. E Foam!vinyl safety covers for drains &•supply lines equal to Plumberex "Handy -Shield." 1. Mite vinyl cover over insulating foam liner. 2 Locking strap with redoseable sealing strips and weep seam 3. Nleet Federal Std. 4.19.4 GSA and ANSI A117-1-1980. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: , A Successfully perform all leak tests prior to applying insulation. ' B. Provide aluminum sheet metal jacket over insulation exposed outdoors above grade. Use rivets and seal joints watertight C. Provide approved coating of mastic over piping insulation Jackets installed underground and make , waterproof and puncture resistant D. Insure surfaces are dean and dry prior to installing insulation. ' E Neatly finish insulation at hangers or other protrusion. Seal vapor barrier joints in duct wrap with FRK dud tape. 3.02 INSULATION SCHEDULE See Plans END OF SECTION U I I I I [1 MECHANICAL INSULATION , 15250-2 1 O SANITARY DRAIN, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM SECTION 15411 PART1-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED:. A Underground drain and vent piping • B. Above ground drain, waste, and vent piping C. Sanitarysewer servicepiping D. Condensation drip and overflow piping O E Cleanouts F. Floor Drains •G. Manholes 1.02 RELATED VIORK A Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements _ . :11 B. Section 15440 Plumbing .Flxtures.and Trim 1.03 SUBMITTALS OA Submit manufacturer's data sheets on deanouts and floor drains. B. Submit list of piping products to be used for the listed services and state their manufacturers, 0 dasses or types, and other applicable data. C. Submit record drawings indicating actual location and routing of installed piping. • O D. Submit Shop Drawings on manholes indicating manufactured items, reinforcing steel requirements, etc. OPART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING: OA Underground drain and vent piping inside building and to five feet outside building: a 1. Service Weight (SV) cast iron hub and spigot pipe and fittings, coated inside and outside •with coal tar varnish, and joints made with compression type molded neoprene gaskets. B. Above ground drain and vent piping: O1:• Service Vltright (SV) cast iron "No -Hub" pipe and fittings, and joints made with standard weight stainless steel/neoprene couplings. OC. Waste arms for lavatories, sinks, and urinals:. 1. OW cooper pipe with cast brass adapters and wrought copper fittings and joints made Owith 50-50 solder. 2. Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with screwed fittings (optional)• . OSANITARY DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM • 15411-1 I D. Underground sewer piping outside building to sewer main: - ' 1. Service Weight (SV) cast iron hub and spigot pipe and fittings, coated inside and outside I with coal tar varnish, and joints made with compression type molded neoprene gaskets. 2. Vitrified slat glaze day hub and spigot pipe fittings and joints made with compression type I molded neoprene gaskets. (Optional) E Condensation drip and overflow piping: I 1. Outside building - Schedule 40 PVC pipe and fittings with joints made with solvent -cement weld. F. Acid Resistant Piping: 1. Schedule 40 polypropoiene with mechanical joint couplings equal to orion type II "Blueline" for above ground piping and "Brownline" for below ground piping. 2.02 CLEANOUTS: A Provide deanouts compatible with type of drain piping to which it is connected. Provide covers compatible with type of floor or wall finish with consideration given to traffic conditions. Make deanouts same size as pipe through 4 inches. B. Floor Cleanout (FCC): Cast iron with tapered brass plug, threaded adjustable housing, and round nickel bronze scoriated top. Wade Series V46000 or equal. I C. Grade Cleanout (GOO): Same as FCC except with heavy duty cast iron scoriated top. Set GCO in 18 inch diameter concrete base 4 inches thick and flush with finished grade. D. Wall peanut (V\CO): Cast iron with tapered brass plug and stainless steel access cover. Wade W-8450 or equal. E Stack deanout (SCO): Formed with deanout tee or other approved fitting of cast iron with brass plug and stainless steel access cover. Wade W-460 or equal. 2.03 FLOOR DRAINS: I A Standard Floor Drain (FD): Laquered cast iron body with flange, damping collar with seepage openings, and adjustable round satin bronze strainer. Floor drains are 2 indies unless shown otherwise. B. Safe Waste Drain (SWD): Same As FD except provide funnel of same material as strainer. I C. Drain with Backwater Valve (BWV): Same as FD except furnish with integral BVW Wade No. 31 or equal. Provide for all drains installed below grade or where drain flooding may occur. D. Garbage Can Wash Drain: Cast iron with flange, sediment bucket, and heavy duty hinged grate. Wade W-1740 or equal. 2.04 TRAPS: I SANITARY DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM I 15411-2 1 I A Provide water seal trap for all'conhections to drain, "waste, and vent system Provide deep seal traps for all floor drains. Floor drain traps to be cast iron, varnish coated inside and out_and ' compatible with type of drain pipe to which it is connected. Provide Wade W-2400 trap primer valve with vacuum breaker where required. B. Provide traps enameled on inside for janitor's sinks. C. Provide chrome plated brass traps for plumbing fixtures in finished spaces. 2.05 MANHOLES: I. A Provide heavy duty cast iron covers with mounting ring suitable for supporting truck traffic. PART 3 - EXECUTION I3.01 PREPARATION: A Swab pipes and dean joints and fittings inside and out prior to mailing connections. Use proper alubricants on compression gaskets. 3.02 INSTALLATION: O A Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, slope horizontal drain and vent piping in accordance with the following: aS - Minimum Slope 3"and smaller 1/4" per foot 4" and larger 1/8" per foot II B. Slope condensation drip and overflow piping a ninirrwm of 1/15' per foot. -Extend to approved discharge point IIC. Bury all underground outside sewer pipe a rrinimum of 2 feet from finished grade. D. On condensate drain for each cooling coil, provide deep seal trap of same material as drip piping. Make trap water seal 2" greater than rated static pressure of fan associated with cooling coil but • no less than 3" deep. E Form manholes with steel reinforced concrete to required depths. Provide one inch steel ladder rungs 12 inches on center firniy set in concrete. Provide heavy cast iron cover in mounting ring formed in concrete with steel re -bar around ring. DF. Make floor drains and deanouts free from leaks. Lubricate deanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil and do not overtighten. OG. Arrange with local utility for sewer tap and pay all costs to establish sewer service. 3.03 TESTING: . II A Before concealing, test drain, waste, and vent system and prove leak free: aSANITARY DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM 15411-3 O I 1. Water test - Subject system to at least 10 feet of hydrostatic head for 30 ninutes. 1 2. Air test - Subject system to at least 5 psig air pressure for 30 minutes. (Optional) 1 END OF SEC11ON 1 :1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I. 1 1 i 1 1 SANITARY DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM 1 15411-4 1 I • DOIVEST1C WATER PIPING SYSTEM SECTION 15412 • PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A Water Service Piping B. Hot and Cold Water Piping C. Temperature and Pressure (T&P) Relief Piping D. Valves E Shock Suppressors 1.02 RELATED WORK a A Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements. B. Section 15250 Mechanical Insulation C. Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim D. Section 15450 Plumbing.Equipment 1.03 SUBMITTALS: 0 A Submit manufacturers data sheets on valves and shock suppressors. B. Submit list of piping products to be used and state their manufacturers, Basses or types, and other applicable data.. . C. Submit Shop Drawings of shock suppressors layout proposed. UD. Submit record drawings indicating actual location and routing of installed piping. E Submit certificate of completion of chlorination. IIPART 2 - PRODUCTS .112.01 PIPING: A For underground water service piping outside building to water meter. H• 1. ASTM B88 type as indicated on drawings hard copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and joints made with 95-5 solder. 2. Thickness Gass 50, cement lined, seal coated, hub and spigot type ductile iron with joints made with ribber compression rings manufactured for the purpose.. (Optional) Ha For underground water piping inside building and to five feet outside building: . 1..:, 1" and smaller - ASTM B88 typeas indicated ob drawings soft copper tubing with no fittings or joints permitted under slab. Make connections above slab using wrought copper fittings and 95.5 solder.. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM 51412-1 •O I 2. 1-1/4" and larger - ASTM 888 type as indicated on drawings hard copper tubing with ' rought copper fittings and joints make with Sil-Fos Solder (15% silver content). _ C. For exposed piping in toilet rooms and other finished areas, use chrome plated brass pipe with threaded fittings. D. For above ground water and T&P relief piping inside building, use ASTM B88 type as indicated on drawings hard copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and joints made with 95-5 solder. E Solder containing lead shall not be used on potable water systerm. , 2.02 VALVES: A Provide valves with suitable materials including discs, plugs, balls, gaskets, linings, and lubricants for the service, temperature, and pressure to which they will be exposed. Furnish with solder or screwed connections. , B. Gate Valves: Bronze, non -rising stern, inside screw, double wedge. C. Globe or Angle Valves: Bronze, rising stem, inside screw, renewable composition disc. D. Check Valves: Bronze with swing disc. E Standard Hose Bibbs (HB): Bronze, replaceable disc, hose thread outlet with vacuum breaker. F. Freeze Proof Hose Bibbs (FPHB): 3/4" anti -siphon non -freeze type with bronze casing and box with loose key handle. Furnish for proper wall thickness. G. Garbage Can Wash Valve (GCWu7: 3✓4" non -freeze mixing type with hot and cold water ' connections, bronze casing and deep box with loose key handle. Provide vacuum breaker and furnish for proper wall thidkness. Vd de W86 -HC. H. Pressure Reducing Valves (PRV): Bronze with 125 psig inlet pressure and 50 psig adjustable outlet pressure. Furnish same size as pipe. I. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve (T&P): Bronze with test lever. Size to handle BTU/hr. , rating of water heater. 2.03 SHOCK SUPPRESSORS: A Provide Wade "Shodkstops" of all stainless steel construction with welded nested bellows and pre -charged with nitrogen. Size and locate in accordance with PDI-VNi201. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A Ream pipes and tubing and thoroughly dean inside and outside prior to connecting. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A Slope water piping minimum of 1 inch in 40 feet and arrange to drain at all low points. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM 51412-2 I I I I i • B. Bury all underground outside piping a minimum of 3 feet below finished grade. C. Use electrically insulating type connections for joining disimlar metals such as brass valves or adapters or insulating couplings. D. Use proper adapters for screwed valves to copper piping. • E Use teflon tape or other approved joint compound to connect threaded pipe. I. F. Connect to T&P relief valve and extend full size to approved discharge point G. .Where pipe passes through finished wall, ceiling, or floor, provide chrome plated escutcheon plate securely anchored to pipe. Install pipe so that no threads show. H. Arrange with local utility for water tap and meter installation. Pay all costs to establish water services. I. Install gate valve to isolate or shut-off equipment or branch lines. Use globe valves where aadjustable flow or throttling is required. J. Install hose bibbs centerline, 2 feet above floor or grade. Install garbage can wash valve 4 feet Oabove floor or drain. K Provide PRV to limit maximum static pressure at plumbing fixtures to 70 psig. Subrrit pressure data taken at different times as approved or install PRV at service connection or in building. UProvide PRV at other separate fixtures when shown on Drawings. L Make provisions necessary to prevent cross connections with sanitary drainage system or other morn -potable sources. Provide reduced pressure type baddlow preventers when required. 3.03 TESTING: O A Before concealing or insulating, test domestic water piping and prove leak free. Subject system to minimum hydrostatic pressure of 100 psig and hold for one hour. 113:04 STERILIZATION A After tests have been successfully completed, thoroughly flush and sterilize the completed domestic water system in accordance with AWWA O601. B. Flush entire system after sterilization until residual chlorine content is no greater than 0.2 parts per million. NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM SECTION 15413- PART I - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A Underground natural gas service piping R Interior natural gas piping C. Exterior exposed natural gas piping D. Connectors for appliances and other equipment. E Cocks 1.02 RELATED WORK . .A. Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements • R Section 15450 Plumbing Equipment C. Section 15780 Packaged Combination Heating -Cooling Units D. Section 15620 Fuel Fred Heaters 0 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit manufacture's Data Sheets on gas crocks. B. Submit list of piping products to be used and state their manufacturers, Basses or types, and other Qapplicable data. C. Submit record drawings indicating actual location and routing of piping as installed. O1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A Conform to ASME Code and applicable state regulations with all welding materials and welding H. operator's qualifications. Use only operators fully qualified and certified under the requirements of the Arkansas Gas Pipeline Code (AGPC). 0 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING QA Underground piping: • 1. Schedule 40 black steel or galvanized steel with malleable iron fittings or welded joints with H•buttweld fittings. •2. MIl coat pipe with high density polyethlene over adhesive undercoating. 3. Wrap field joints and fittings with Republic "X -Tr -Tape" or equal per manufacturer's reconvmendations. B. Aboveground piping: D NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM 15413-1 . O I 1. • Sdiedule 40 black steel or galvanized steel with malleable iron fittings or welded joints with ' buttweld fittings. C. Connectors for appliances and other equipment 1. PVC coated spiral flebble brass connector with brass flared gas tubing fittings. ' D. Cathodic Protection - Packaged magnesium anodes. E VWding Rod - Same material as pipe. , 2.02 GAS COCKS: A Iron body with brass plug and washer with sawed or flanged ends rated for 125 lb. OG. PART 3- EXECUTION: , 3.01 PREPARA11ON: A Ream pipes and tubing prior to connecting. ' B. Remove welding slag from welded connections. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A Slope natural gas piping minimum of 1 inch in 40 feet and provide minimum 12" deep drip pocket same size as pipe, at all low points and at final connections to equipment Provide malleable iron removable screw -on cap on bottom of drip pocket B. Bury underground gas piping rrrninxim of 2 feet below finished grade. ' C. Provide one or more anodes, sized for pipe size and length of underground service. D. Use flebble connector and gas cock for final connection to each appliance or other gas fueled unit. ' E Provide dielectric union where piping emerges from underground. F. V1kld all connections where piping must be concealed. Provide ventilated pipe sleeves where required. G. Use teflon tape or other approved joint compound to connect threaded pipe. H. Arrange with local utility for gas tap and meter installation. Pay all costs to establish natural gas service. I. Make sure all piping concealed in walls or other areas are properly vented. At top of solid walls vent with opening which is 2 times the diameter of the pipe. ' J. Provide ventilated pipe sleeves under all paving and other hard surfaces. 3.03 TESTING: ' NATURAL GAS PIPING SYST81 15413-2 C I I1 I L I I 0 0 ill [I1 [a PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A Plumbing fixtures, trim, and accessories. 1.02 RELATED VbORK A Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15411 Sanitary Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping System • C. Section 15412 Domestic Water Piping System 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturers.Data Sheets indudmg.rough-in requirements and installation instructions for all fixtures and accessories. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES: A Provide only new fixtures and trim free from blemishes, scratches, discoloration or other flaws. B. Provide fixtures and trim as scheduled on the Drawings. Include all mounting accessories and incidental items for a complete installation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION: A Verify rough -in arrangement and dean mounting surfaces prior to installation. B. Provide sturdy support for all fixtures and proper anchors for rough -in connections. Provide additional wood bloddng as required for adequate support. 3.02 INSTALLATION: z _ A Install each fixture with proper water seal trap: Furnish water closets and urinals with integral traps. Provide chrome plated brass traps, waste arms, tailpieces, and wall escutcheon plates, for all other fixtures set above floor level. B. Provide each fixture with an accessible chrome plated brass supply with screw driver or loose key stop, reducer, and escutcheon.• C. ' Furnish wall hung lavatories, drinking fountains, urinals, .water closets, and other wall mounted fixtures with heavy duty approved wall carriers designed for.the purpose and compatible with wall construction and thidmess. I D. Install fixtures at the following mounting heights above finished floor unless indicated otherwise: 1. Water Closet ' Standard 15' to top of rim Handicapped 18" to top of rim Child 10"totopofrim 2. Urinal: Standard 22" to top of rim Handicapped 1T' to top of rim Child 16" to top of rim 3. Wall Hung Lavatory. , Standard 31" to top of rim Handicapped 34" to top of rim Child 1T' to top of rim 4. Drinking Fountain: Standard 40" to top of rim Handicapped 36" to top of rim Child 28" to top of rim 5. Shower Head 72" to centerline of head 6. Shower rr1 dng valve 49" to centerline of handle Flush Controls shall be 44" rrex. AFF. ' E V here fixtures come in contact with wall, counter, or other mounting surface, caulk with fine dental t plaster or approved material for dean waterproof joint. 3.03 FIXTURE ROUGH -IN SCHEDUI F' A Provide rough -in piping connections of the following minimum sizes or as required for particular , fixture. Cold Hot Waste Vent Water Water 1. Water Closets 3" 2" 1" (flush valve) 2. Urinals 2" (flush valve) 3. Lavatories & 1-1/2" 1-1/4" 1/2" 1/2" Small Sinks 4. Janitor's Sinks 3" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" 5. Drinking 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 1/2" — ' Fountains PWMBINGFlXTURES AND TRIM ' 15440-2 Ia 6. Shower M ng See floor drain 1/2" 1/2" Valves 7. Bathtubs 1-1/2" 1-1/4" 1/2" 1/2" 8. Utility Boxes 2" 1-1/4" 1/2' 1/2" (washing mach.) B. . 1Miere lavatories are supplied with cold water only, connect cold water supply to both hot and cold connections of lavatory fitting. 3.04 ADJUSTING: . A Adjust each flush valve for minimum water usage to obtain specified performance and for minimum noise. END OF SECTION PUJMBNG FIXTURES AND TRIM. 15440-3 GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS -RESIDENTIAL - SECTION 15455 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 V\ORK INCLUDED: A terHeater 1 1.02 RELATED W)RK A Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements �, B. Section 15412 Domestic ter Piping System C. Section 15413 Natural Gas Piping System 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturers Data Sheets on all equipment covered in this section. B. Subrrit Shop Drawings required for rough -in coordination. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Furnish gas fired products fully approved and certified by AGA. Comply with ASME code for both fired and unfired pressure vessels. Comply with ASHRAE Standard 90 on standby losses. 1.05 WARRANTY: - A Provide five year manufacturers warranty on tank and burner covering parts and labor for • �- installation. - PART 2 - PRODUCTS •1 2.01 WATER HEATER (Residential Grade): • A Provide glass lined tank, anodic protection, vermin proof glass fiber insulation, baked enamel finish 1 on outer jacket, and radiant floor shield. B. Provide cast iron burner. C. Provide automatic gas shut off on high temperature in tank Provide pilot safety shut off. D. Provide brass drain valve. E Provide AGA certified draft diverter. F. Provide complete instruction manual from manufacturer. 2.02 ACCEPTED MANUFACTURERS: A AO. Sntith, Rheem, Ruud and Jackson. GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS - RESIDENTIAL 15455 -1 I I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: ' A The equipment shall fit properly into the space provided for it and shall conform to the drawing requirements. The complete installation shall be in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local codes and installation drawings. B. Provide temperature and pressure relief valve properly sized for btu ratings. Pipe to floor drain or janitor's sink C. Adjust controls for storage water temperatures stated herein. D. Provide Type B double wall flue thru roof and furnish rain cap. E Provide combustion air from outdoor or ventilated attic space per code requirerents. ', END OF SECTION 1 I I I' II U I GAS FIRED WATER HEATERS - RESIDENTIAL , 15455-2 I FORCED AIR FURNACES SECTION 15610 PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A Forced air furnaces B. Unit controls and safety devices C. Accessories 1.02 RELATED WORK A Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15900 Low Pressure Ductwork and Accessories 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturers Data Sheets on each furnace including all accessories. Clearly indicate optional - features to be furnished. Include detailed instructions and dimensions. B. Submit extended warranties required herein. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Furnish units complying with ANSI Standards for safety and effidency and certified by AGA for outdoor applications. 1.05 EXTENDED WARRANTIES: A Provide ten year unconditional parts warranty on heat exchangers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A Acceptable manufacturers other than those scheduled are Rheem, Ruud, Carrier, Bryant, Lennox and Trane Cornpany. 2.02 FURNACES: r. A Provide units factory assembled, piped, wired and tested. B. Furnish with 20 gauge galvanized steel casing with factory painted enamel finish. Insulate plenums and fan section with one inch fiberglass. Furnish outside air hoods with heavy wire mesh inlet screens. C. Fans to be belt driven or direct drive, forward curved, centrifugal type. Dynamically balance fans and resiliently mount . D. Heating section to consist of the following: FORCED AIR FURNACES'"'. 15610-1 I 1. Seam welded aluminized steel with 20 gauge tubes and 18 gauge headers. 2. 20 gauge aluminized steel burners. 3. Electronic ignition with pilot flame sensor and all other required safety controls in the valve train. Furnish fan delay control for both ON and OFF. 4. Redundant main gas control. E Provide filter frame and 1 inch throw away filter. F. Provide firestat in return return air stream of units rated for 2,000 clrn or more, and in all units serving a mean of egress, wired to shut off unit in the event of a fire. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A Provide watertight installation and corned duds, natural gas piping, electrical power and control wiring for proper operation. B. Conned control wiring to thermostat and furnace. Provide thermostat with heattcool manual switch and fan ON/AUTO switch. END OF SECTION FORCED AIR FURNACES 15610.2 1 1 I I 1 I I I J I I 1 1- IJ I I I I I GAS FIRED UNIT HEATERS SECTION 15621 PARTI-GENERAL 1.01 WDRK INCLUDED A Unit heaters B. Unit controls and safety devices C. Accessories 1.02 RELATED WJRK A Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on each unit including all accessories. Clearly indicate optional features to be furnished. Include detailed instructions and dimensions. B. Submit extended warranties required herein 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE • A Furnish units complying with ANSI Standards for safety and efficiency and certified by AGA for outdoor applications. 1.05 EXTENDED WARRANTIES: A Provide ten year unconditional parts warranty on heat exchangers. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A Units scheduled on the Drawings are manufactured by Reznor, Hastings, Sterling and Trane any .2.02 INDOOR GAS FIRED UNIT HEATER - A Provide units factory assembled, piped, wired and tested. B. Provide gas -fired, indoor, gravity -vented unit heaters. Each unit shall be equipped for use with natural gas and 120 voltage phase power supply. The heat exchanger shall be aluminized steel. De -formed burners are constructed of aluminized steel and include flared ports, burner air shutters and a stainless steel inset C. The unit is to include a 24 -volt regulated combination redundant required limit and safety controls, pilots. a. Al units must bear the AGA label • experience. control transformer, a single -stage gas control system with a gas valve and a manual match -lit pilot The unit is to include all including an energy cut-off (ECO) device on units with manual The manufacturer of this equipment must have three (3) years GAS FIRED UNIT HEATERS 156211 - I E Provide horizontal directional louvers, threaded hangar connection, baked enamel finish. PART 3- EXECUTION - --3.01 INSTALLATION: A Provide watertight installation and connect duds, natural gas piping, electrical power, and control Wring for proper operation. B. Hang unit with 1 inch diameter steel pipe. C. Provide double wall flue unit connection size. END OF SECTION GAS FIRED UNIT HEATERS 15621-2 I I r I n LJ I I Li 1 I 1 I I. i 1 3 I. SPLIT SYSTEM CONDENSING UNITS SECTION 15670 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 W)RK INCLUDED A Outdoor Condensing Units with compressors B. Cooling (evaporator) coils C. Unit controls and safety devices D. Refrigerant Piping. E Accessories . 1.02 RELATED WORK A Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15610 Forced Air Furnaces C. Section 15890 Low Pressure Ductwork and Accessories 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on each unit and all accessories to be furnished. Clearly indicate optional features to be furnished and all electrical requirements. Indude detailed installation instructions and dimensions. B. Subntit Shop Drawings on special mounting arrangements if not included in standard installation instructions: C. Submit extended warranties required herein. 1.04 OPERATING EFFICIENCY: . A Provide condensing unit and evaporator coil combination to achieve a SEER rating of at least 9.0. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE . A Test and rate cooling capacities in accordance with ARI Standard 210. B. Furnish condensing units certified by AGA for outdoor applications and UL listed for the application. 1.06 EXTENDED WARRANTY: A Provide five year unconditional parts warranty on conpressor unit PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A Acceptable manufacturers are Carrier, Rheem, Ruud, Trane and Bryant 2.02 CONDENSING.. SPLIT SYSTEM CONDENSING UNITS 1567O-1 A Provide units factory assembled, piped, wired, and charged with R-22 Include all motor starters, overloads, and contactors, and provide 24 volt control transformer. B. Furnish with 20 guage zinc -coated steel casing with baked enamel finish. C. Provide hermetically sealed 3600 rpm con-pressor(s) with the following refrigeration safety controls: 1. Compressor overloads including over -current and over -temperature. 2. High pressure controls. 3. Low pressure controls on units over 5 tons. 4. Crankcase heaters. 5. 5 rr nute timer to prevent conpressor(s) from short cycling. 6. 4 Minute time delay between starting compressors on multi-conpressor models. D. Use copper tubing mechanically bonded to aluminum fins for evaporator and condenser coils. Perform successful pressure and leak. tests at the factory on each cal. E Condenser fans to be direct drive balanced propeller fans with weatherproof motors. F. Provide fully gasketed and insulated (1" of 1 lb. density) evaporator coil casing. Provide insulated drain pan. G. Provide expansion valve at evaporator cal properly sized. H. Provide type K copper refrigerant piping sized per manufacturers recommendation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A Provide installation and conned refrigerant piping, electric power, and control wiring for proper operation. B. Limit all refrigerant piping to 50' in length where possible. For piping over 50' in length, increase pipe sizes one pipe size. END OF SECTION SPLIT SYSTEM CONDENSING UNITS 15670-2 •v7 FANS P: . SECTION 15860 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 VVORK INCLUDED A Centrifugal cabinet fans B. Fan accessories 1.02 RELATED WDRK A Section 15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. - Section 15890 Low Pressure Ductwork and accessories 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on all fans and accessories. Indicate operting point(s) on fan curve and noise data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SCHEDULED ITEMS: A Provide fans and accessories as scheduled on the Drawings or equal. Equivalent fan substitutions shall not increase horsepower or noise level for specified air volume. B. - Provide fans capable of accommodating static pressure variations of plus or minus 10%. C. Provide adjustable sheaves and belt guards on belt driven fans. D. Provide guards or safety screens on exposed blades or wheels. - - E Statically and dynamically balance fans for rrrnimum vibration. Resiliently mount centrifugal wheels. F. Provide rattle free backdraft damperswithlined edges: • G. Provide cord and plug disconnect for centrifugal cabinet fans. H. - Provide solid state speed controller for direct driven fans where indicated or required to achieve specified performance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: • A Follow manufacturer's directions. Verify correct rotation of fan wheels. B. Provide firestat upstream of each supply fan rated for 2000 cfimm to 15,000 CFM, and wire to shut down fan in the event of a fire. Provide firestat for supply fans below 2000 CFM which serve a means of eggress. Provide a smoke detector for all supply fans greater than 15,000 CFM. FANS_,',' .: 15860 -1 . - I 3.02 BALANCING I - A -Balance each fan to specified flow rate for the actual static pressure. must or replace sheaves I on belt drives or adust speed controls. Provide balancing dampers when required. END OF SECTION - I I I I I Ii I I FANS ,. 15860-2 I LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 15890 PART 1 - GENERAL • 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A Sheet metal ductwork including plenums B. FleAble insulated ducts C. Air devices including louvers and dampers • D. Other duct accessories i1.02 RELATED WORK ` t A Section.15010 General Mechanical Requirements B. Section 15250 Mechanical Insulation 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturer's Data Sheets on air devices, dampers, lowers, flebble duct, take -off fittings, and other manufactured items. I B. Submit Shop Drawings of ductwork layouts, fittings and air devices. 1.04 QUAIJTY ASSURANCE A Fabricate ductwork in compliance with SMACNA ^F Low Pressure Duct Standard a d NFPA 90A PART 2 - PRODUCTS • I2.01 SHEET METAL DUCTS: = A Use galvanized steel lock foming quality with 1.25 ounces per square foot zinc coating on each side. B. Use rivets or sheet metal screws for fasteners. C. Use proper water and fire resistant sealant 2.02 FLEXIBLE DUCTS: A Flebble spiral wound duct with 1" insulation and vapor barrier Pi equal to Cwens-Coming Fiberglas INL-25 or ATCO Series 900. 1. Insulation conductance at 75°F, no greater than 0.23 btumr. sf. deg. 2. •• Vapor transmission of vapor barrier no greater than 0.1 pen. 2.03 AIR DEVICES: • A Furnish and install items as schheduled on the Drawings. B. Provide ceiling mounted devices compatible with ceiling type. LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES 15890 -1 1 • I C. Provide st oof onrpr type louvers with heavy gauge wire mesh on outside. Field paint as directed. -- - - D. Provide insulated lour energy motorized shutter- dampers for large outdoor air intakes as scheduled. 1 2.04 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES: Ii A Provide double thickness airfoil type turning vanes at all rectangular elbows. Perforated, internally insulated blades shall be used on ducts 20" and wider. B. Provide 16 gauge galvanized steel balancing dampers with guadrants or adjustment rod and lock I screw where required for proper TAB. C. Fabricate splitter dampers of double thickness sheet metal with streamlined shape. Provide i exterior adjustment rod and lock screw. D. VNiere round duct takes of from rectangular duct, provide rectangular to round take -off fitting with butterfly volume damper. E Provide fle)dble connections of neoprene coated flameproof fabric tightly crimped into metal edging strips. Attach to ductwork and equipment with sheet metal screws. F. Provide access doors where required! for maintenance and inspection. Fabricate of galvanized steel with gaskets and quids fastenir loddng devices. Provide double thickness insulated door in insulated ductwork. G When indicated on Drawings, provide type B fire damper of the curtain type with fusible link with I 90% free area of dud. Select fusible link for 160°F. unless shown otherwise. Provide access doors at all firedanpers. PART 3 - EXECUTION I 3.01 FABRICATION: A Provide proper duct reinforcing with angles or cross breaks per SMACNA Standard, insulate per Section 15250. B. Lap metal ducts in direction of air flow. I C. Make transitions gradually with divergence no greater than 30°. D. Rigidly construct ducts with tight joints free from vibration, rattles, or air noise. Audible leaks shall be sealed with approved sealant E Construct plenums of galvanized panels suitably reinforced and diagonally braced. t 3.02 INSTALLATION: A Use fle dble duct (5 feet or less) for final connection to supply air devices only in lay -in ceilings. Connect with strap or damp. Do not use on return duds. B. Use fle)dble fabric connections at each fan and air handling device. I LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES 15890-2 I t.I -i Vi. •e R C. Verify -locations required of outlets and make adustments to coordinate with architectural features, lighting fixtures, eta D. Adjust air devices for proper throw distance and direction. E Provide at least either 2 lined, rectangular elbows or 15 feet of lined, rectangular, straight duct at the supply and return connection of all forced air units. END OF SECTION 1� I GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIRENBNrS- SECTION 16010 IPART1-GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A Comply with the Conditions of the Contract General and Supplementary Conditions, and any other applicable requirements contained herein or issued under separate cover. B. Perform other work related to or necessary for the electrical installation in accordance with the applicable Specification Division or Section contained herein. C. In Electrical Specification Sections, items under "RELATED WDRIC' are listed for convenience only and are not guaranteed to be a complete listing of all applicable work t1.02 CODES, REGULATIONS, AND STANDARDS: A - Comply with the latest edition of applicable codes including the following 1. Standard Building Code 2. Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) I. 3. National Electrical Code NEC (NFPA 70) 4. State Fre Prevention Code 1• B. Comply with applicable Regulations as amended, including the following: 1. State Department of Health Regulations 2. Rules and Regulations for Energy Efficiency Standards for New Building Construction I. 3. State and Federal Department of Labor Regulations • 4. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 5. Utility Company Regulations and Requirements 6. Other State and Federal Laws and Regulations 7. Local Ordinances 8. State.Department of Education Minimum Schoolhouse Construction Standards C. Furnish products and perform installation oonforrrang-the latest accepted Standards published by the following organizations: 1. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 3. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 4. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM) 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 7. . Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA) 8. Certified Ballast Manufacturer (CBty 9. Electrical Testing Laboratories (ER) 10. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) 11. Insurance Service Office (ISO) 12. . FactoryInsurance Association (FIA) 13. FactoryMutual (FM) GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS . - 16010L1 I I 14. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) - - D. In case of discrepancy or conflict Between Codes, Regulations, Standards, Drawings and/or , Specifications, the requirement yielding the higher(est) quality of work shall govern 1.03 PERMITS AND ADNIINISTRATTVE FEES: I A Obtain and maintain all necessary licenses, permits and inspections and pay all fees including connection fees, taxes and penalties, if any, required by the Administrative Authority. Refundable deposits will be paid by the ONner. 1.04 PRE-CONSTRUC11ON SUBMITTALS: A Refer to each Eectrical Section for a listing of required Subnttals under that Section. Refer to Section entitled Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples for submittal procedure and requirements. I B. Submit for approval, Manufacturer's technical data sheets including performance specifications for all equipment, major materials, and other manufactured items. Obtain approval on product manufacturers not specifically named prior to making submittals. C. Submit for approval, Contractor's original Shop Drawings of all assemblies of manufactured items including complete wiring diagrams. Indicate all pertinent dimensions on scale drawings necessary for clarity and for coordination of the installation between trades. D. Submit for approval, a schedule of nameplates and test report foram. , E Bind Submittals in durable cover(s) with contents conveniently organized and properly indexed. F. Make Submittals on all work contained in Division 16, Electrical, at one time except by special pem�ssion. 1.05 TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER A Provide general and -task -lighting for construction activity as required for adequate illumination. Provide minimum of 5 footcandles general illumination for all work and egress areas and 30 footcandles on task such as wall being painted. Protect lamps with wire guards or tempered glass enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior type fixtures where exposed to weather , or moisture. Provide local switching to allow lights to be turned off in patterns to conserve energy. B. Install temporary lighting to fulfill security and protection requirements without having to operate the entire temporary lighting system - C. Provide general purpose electrical outlets and special outlets as required for construction activities. Provide circuits of proper sizes, characteristics and ratings for each use required. Install wiring overhead and risers vertically where least exposed to damage. Provide rigid steel conduit to protect wiring on grade, floors, decks or other areas exposed to possible damage. GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREIVENTS I 16010-2 I 1 D. Provide 20 amp, 4 -gang receptacle outlets, equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button and pilot light, spaced that a 100 foot extension cord can reach each area of work. Use only grounded extension cords. Use 'hard -service cords" where exposed to abrasion and traffic - E Provide warning signs at power outlets that are other than 20 amp, 125 volt Provide outlets of proper NEMA configuration where 240 volt, single or three phase outlets are required. 1.06 INTENT: 1 A It is intended that the Contractor provide a complete and operating electrical system including all incidental items and connections necessary for proper operation or customarily included even though each and every item may not be indicated. a The Drawings indicate the general layout requirements for equipment, fixtures, conduit devices, etc Final layout will be governed by actual field conditions with all measurements verified at the site. • C. Conduit and wiring shown on the Drawings are diagramatic unless noted otherwise, and are intended to indicate switching and brands dreuit arrangements, phase balance, and general wiring connection requirements. D. It is intended that the electrical installation be safe, reliable, energy efficient and easily maintained • with adequate provisions for access to equipment E It is intended that the electrical system operate quietly with noise levels below the criteria reconnended for the application by NEMA Provide corrective action as required to reduce objedionalhum or vibration. Acoustically insulate between outlet boxes in common wall serving • different rooms. F. The Drawings indicate diagramatically the number and function of the conductors required for the conduit routing as shown. The Contractor has the option of changing the routing or combining circuits in one conduit run, providing the installation does not interfere with work of other trades, the system functions as intended, the ampadty of the conductors is derated in accordance with the NEC, and none of the loads require a dedicated circuit Indicate actual conduit, routing and conductor arrangement on record drawings. Indicate actual conduit routing and conductor arrangement on record drawings. G. Lighting and general purpose 20 ampere branch circuits may share a corrrrpn neutral, provided each branch circuit is derived from a different phase leg. Isolated ground circuits and those served I. with ground fault circuit breakers must have their own neutral EL "Home runs" are indicated on the Drawings with arrows from the brands circuit outlets pointing in the general direction of the panelboards to which they conned, con plete with the panelboard and circuit designations. Continue "home runs" to the designated panelboards as though the conduit runs were shown in their entirety. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: A Furnish only new standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of said products. GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-3 . 11 I B. Support all products by service organizations with adequate spare parts inventory and personnel located reasonably dose to the site. C. Where multiple units of the same type or Bass of products are required, provide all units of the same manufacturer. 2.02 PRODUCT HANDING ,t A Store products in the original containers and shelter in a suitable environment at an approved location. B. Make products readily accessible for inspections and inventory accounting. 2.03 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS: A For products specified by generic reference standard, select any product meeting such standard. , B. For products specified by naning one or more products or manufacturers, select any named. Submit request for substitution of any product or manufacturer not specifically named and obtain approval prior to bidding. C. Provide all information required to support claim of "equality' of product proposed for substitution. Substitutions will be considered only if equivalent in quality, efficiency, performance, size, weight, I reliability, appearance, and ease of maintenance to the specified product or manufacturer. D. Were approved product substitutions alter the design, space requirements, electrical requirements, connections, coding loads, or etc., include all work necessary to provide a complete installation of quality, equal to or better than that which would have been achieved with products of manufacturers as specified. 2.04 PRODUCT APPLICATION: A Furnish products that are UL listed for their intended use and environment For example, use only raintight products suitable for wet locations when installed outdoors or where indicated on the Drawings to be weatherproof (WP). PART 3- EXECUTION I 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS: A Handle, install, conned, test, and operate all products, assemblies, and systems in accordance with 1 manufacturer's recommendations. B. In case of conflicting requirements between the manufacturer's directions and the contract Documents, obtain instructions before proceeding with the work 3.02 INSPECTIONS: I A Arrange with the Administrative Authority for inspections of all work required and obtain approval prior to concealing or proceeding wittrthe work i I I I. I .1 1 I I I it it • B. Give adequate notice before concealing any work for inspections by the Ones representatives. Obtain instructions to proceed before concealing the work 3.03 CLEANING: A Keep the premises dean and free from debris, -dirt, and eta B. Upon c ornpletion of the work, dean and polish all fixtures, equipment, and eta 3.04 VbORWANSHIP. A No person shall perform electrical work on the contract without possessing an Arkansas State Master or Journeyman Ucense from the Arkansas State Electrical Examiners Board. All electrical work and apprentice electricians shall be supervised by a Master or Journeyman Electrician on a one to one ratio. • B. Perform all work in accordance with the best practices of the trade and provide a "neat" installation • by technicians skilled in their respective trades and properly licensed. • C. Accurately install conduit, and other equipment plumb, level, and true to line with runs parallel or perpendicular to building lines. Make bends or offsets uniform • D. Carefully perform all cutting, drilling, digging, and etc., and patch or refinish the disturbed area to the condition of adjoining or similar surfaces in an approved manner. Do not cut any structural • member without specific approval. Do not cut any electrical or mechanical lines that may be concealed.. . E Conceal conduit in chases, furrings, or above ceilings unless indicated otherwise. Flush mount equipment where shown in finished walls where possible.: 3.05 FLAME AND SMOKE CONSIDERATIONS: A In ducts or other enclosures used for transporting environmental air, including return air plenums above ceilings, use only products conforming to NFPA and UL composite classifications not exceeding 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed ratings, or install in conduit or approved enclosure. This requirement applies to all materials including signal cable insulation jackets, finishes, and etc. B. Completely seal penetrations made through fire and/or smoke rated walls, ceilings, floors, or other barriers for the passage of conduit with a UL listed material to preserve the firetsmoke rating of the barrier. 3.06. COORDINATION: A Coordinate the electrical work with the work of related trades to avoid interferences. Determine the exact route of conduit prior to fabrication and the exact location of each outlet and equipment enclosure prior to installation. B. Study the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings, and Specifications including Shop Drawings and manufacturer's technical data sheets, and con -pare to actual site conditions • and constraints. In case of conflicts or interference, obtain clarification or instructions before performing any work • GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS' 16010-5 I C. Piping or equipment requiring slope or specific mounting elevations will generally have right of way over conduit and other products whose elevations can be changed. D. Carefully plan the sequence of work as required to minimize disruptions and installation time. 3.07 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS: S. A Make all required electrical connections to each item of equipment shown or specified including equipment furnished by Owner, and make operational. I 3.08 PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS: A Locate a fisting utility lines and adequately identify and protect during the execution of the work. I B. Protect public and private property against damage. C. Protect all work including building finishes against damage due to dirt, water, chernicals, frost, heat, handling, theft, and etc Keep openings in conduit and equipment dosed with suitable plugs or caps during installation. D. Provide necessary warning devices, barricades, or coverings required for safety around exposed 'give" parts or high temperature surfaces. 3.09 CHASES AND OPENINGS: A Provide templates or details for chases and other openings required through floors, walls, ceilings, and eta to' accommodate conduit B. Provide any necessary cutting or drilling for required openings, and patch and refinish as directed. 3.10 PAINTING: A Pconduit, equipment, and etc. exposed in finished areas to match adjacent surfaces as 1 B. Paint conduit flat blade, or as directed, if visible through grilles or other openings. C. Paint all exposed conduit and equipment on outside of building or in equipment rooms for uniform appearance or identification as directed. D. Paint plyw od backboards used for mounting equipment prior to installin g equipment. E Touch-up scratches in factory finished surfaces with an approved paint to match the surface. 3.11 TESTING AND ADJUSTING: A Test the completed electrical systems and prove free from short circuits, poor connections, and improper grounding. B. Maintain on the premises a first Bass .voltmeter, ammeter, milli-ohrmheter, and meggar insulation tester in proper calibration and provide test measurements as required. GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-6 I 1. Meggar all 600 volt rated wiring at 1000 volts nunirrum before a PPINn9 Per• Prove __ _ resistance in excess of 10 megohms. 1 2. Test metal conduit and grounds for continuity and prove resistance less than one ohm to farthest outlet from system ground. 3. Test system ground to earth per the NEC. C. Align, adjust, calibrate, and test all systems to assure safe and proper operation. D. Verify proper taps on -motors and transformers for rated performance. 3.12 POST CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS: A Deliver special tools, and other products necessary for proper operation and maintenance of the electrical systems. B. Deliver spare parts as called for under other Electrical Sections contained herein or on the Drawings. • C. Subrrit Project Record Docurents indicating all changes from the Contract Documents made during construction. D. Submit Certificates of Final Inspections from the Administrative Authority. a Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals covering all phases of equipment and systems provided. include complete spare parts data with current prices and sources of supply. Indude copy of manufacturing data sheets and shop drawings required in pre -construction submittals. F. Subrrit extended warranties in excess of the standard one year warranty where required by other. Electrical Sections contained herein or on the Drawings. 3.13 INSTRUCTIONS TO OVMER A Provide competent instruction to O,'ner's personnel covering operation and maintenance of all electrical systems. Provide specialized instruction by manufacturer's technical representatives when required. 3.14 GENERAL WARRANTY: A Warrant the electrical installation against defects in products and/or workrrenship for a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial cornpletion. B. Provide all labor, replacement parts, services, transportation, and incidental costs necessary for the proper operation of all electrical systems during the warranty period. C. Make good any damage to the building or grounds or other equipment resulting from defects in products and/or worlvmnship during the warranty period. END OF SECTION -HTM. .: - - GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16010-7- I I I.RACEWAYS SECTION 16110 PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.01 WDRK INCLUDED A Conduit and fittings . B. Wreways C. Sleeves D. Seals 1.02 RELATED V1ORK A Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements - - - B. Section 16120 Wres and Cables - C. Section 16190 Supporting Devices D. Section 16195 Electrical Identification E - Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMITTALS: . A Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on each manufactured assembly such as special fittings, modular seals, fire -stop material, and etc. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Use only materials that are UL listed for the application and that bear the UL label. II PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 -CONDUIT AND FITTINGS: A - - Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC): - - . 1. Heavy wall steel pipe, hot dipped galvanized inside and out, and with ends factory threaded prior to galvanizing (except at terminations). . - 2 - Use only steel or malleable iron fittings. - - 3. Use box connectors with "biting" type locknuts. Use insulated bushings where wire is larger than #8 AAG. Provide approved watertight hubs in wet locations. 4. Use threaded couplings or approved unions. 5. Use factory elbows, long sweep where possible.. Provide watertight "LB" fittings with 1 gasketed covers where required. B.. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): 1.,_ - Intermediate thickness steel wall pipe, hot dipped galvanized inside and out, and with ends factory threaded prior to galvanizing (except at terminations).. 1 RACEWAYS 16110-1 LL I C. D. E F. 2 Use only steel or malleable iron fittings. I -- 3. Use box connectors with"biting" type locknuts. Use insulated bushings where wire is _. larger than #8 AM. Provide approved watertight hubs in wet locations. ' 4. Use threaded couplings or approved unions. 5. Use factory elbows, long sweep where possible. Provide watertight "LB" fittings with gasketed covers where required. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) (the term "conduit" also applies to ENT): 1. Zinc electroplated inside and out, and with threadless ends. 2 Use set saew type fittings where concealed in walls, ceilings, etc., and use watertight and concrete tight gland and ring compression fittings where exposed or in concrete. 3. Use box connectors with "biting" type locknuts. Use insulated bushings where wire is larger than #8 MG. Non-metallic Conduit (NMC): 1. Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) electrical conduit with smooth straight ends. 2 Use couplings and connectors of same material as conduit, and joined with solvent -cement specifically manufactured for the purpose. 3. Use only RAC or IMC elbows with PVC-NMC adapters. PVC-NMC elbows are not acceptable unless specifically allowed on the Drawings. 4. Use PVC-NMC box connectors only where allowed, such as for floor boxes. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC): 1. Electroplated steel tubing with extruded PVC jacket equal to "sealtight." 2. Use steel or malleable iron LFMC box connectors with insulated throats and a threaded grounding cone. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC): 1. Electroplated steel tubing equal to "Greenfield." 2 Use steel or malleable iron FMC box connectors with insulated throats and of type that threads into conduit convolutions. 202 VVIREWAYS: A Provide wireways properly sized to accommodate the conductors or as shown on the Drawings. B. Provide wireways of code gauge steel with baked enamel finish. Furnish all necessary hardware and accessories. RACEWAYS 16110-2 I. -2.03 SLEEVES: I A Provide Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe sleeves -sized to accommodate the outside -dimension of conduit B. Provide integral waterstop collaron sleeves in outside walls. • P 2.04 SEALS: A Where conduit penetrates roof membrane, provide flashing assembly or pitch pan as recom ended by roofing manufacturer. 1 B. Where conduit penetrates outside walls, make watertight with oakum and sealant or provide modular rubber seal designed for the purpose. ' C. Use conduit sealing compound equal to Muctseal" or use approved modular sealing fittings to seal between conductors and conduit where conduit passes from warm to cold spaces, as well as from the outs,`i(Jde. . D. Use 3M "Fire Barrier" or non -shrinking grout to seal between the conduit and sleeve through fire/smoke barriers. • PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS: 1 A Use RMC or IMC for the following applications: 1.. Above grade and exposed outdoors 2 V1kt locations 3. Risers from under slab or underground, including underground elbows 4. Locations subject to mechanical injury. B. Use EMT for above ground, inside, dry locations not subject to mechanical injury. C. Use NMC for underground or under slab only. ID. Use LFMC for the final connecon to motors, transfomhers and other adjustable or vibrating equipment exposed in finished areas or installed in wet or damp locations. - E Use FMC for the final connection to adjustable or vibrating equipment in dry, unfinished locations and to lighting fixtures and any other equipment in lay -in ceilings. 3.02 INSTALLATION: A Size raceways for the number, AWG, and type of conductors to be installed therein in accordance with the NEC, but no smaller than 314'. B. , . Install conduit in standard 10 foot lengths except where a shorter section is required. Make required field cuts square and ream until all burrs are removed. Field cut threads required for RMC and IMC shall be coated with a high zinc dust content galvanizing repair compound with high electrical conductivity. , RACEWAYS 16110.13 I C. Make field bends in EMT with an approved bending machine or device, and make free from links, dents, or flattened surfaces. Field bends in RMC or IMC are not allowed. Do not exceed 90" in any individual bend nor exceed 360" of total bends or elbows in anyone conduit run.- I D. Maintain at least 6 indies clearance between conduit and hot piping or equipment E Where conduit crosses a building expansion joint, provide a junction box on each side of the joint I and connect with a slack section of FMC, or provide approved expansion fitting with integral ground jumper. F. The diameter of conduit installed in structural slabs shall not exceed 20% of the thickness of the slab, and shall be installed as dose to the center plane of the slab as possible. G. Provide sleeves for conduit through masonry or concrete walls, foundation walls, or concrete beams prior to laying up or pouring. Make wall sleeves flush with wall. H. Provide sleeves for conduit through structural slabs above grade prior to pouring. Make floor 1 sleeves extend one inch above floor and seal watertight For core drilled penetrations in existing floors, provide one inch angle rings or escutcheons set in sealant in lieu of floor sleeves. I. Where outlets serving different room are mounted back-to-back or side -by -side in the same wall, sound insulate the boxes from each other with ball insulation. If the boxes are connected to each other through conduit, seal the conduit (after wiring) with "Ductseal." S J. The Drawings indicate diagramatically branch circuits and feeders required. Install conduit runs to accormtdate the wiring requirements. 3.03 EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEMS: A Where indicated on the Drawings, provide empty conduit of types as specified herein for future installation of wire or cable. B. Leave fish wore or rope in conduit with proper labels attached. END OF SECTION I 11 RACEWAYS 161;:10_4 WIRES AND CABLES SECTION 16120 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 W DRK INCLUDED A Power w ring and connectors, 600 volts or less B. - Control and signal wiring and connectors C., Msoellaneous materials 1.02 RELATED WORK A Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements :' B.: Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16190 Supporting Devices a Section 16195 - Electrical Identification.. ." E Section 16450 Grounding 1.03 SUBMTTALS: A :., Submit Manufacturer's data sheets for each type of wiring connector proposed for use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER WRING AND CONNECTORS: A Use single conductor annealed copper with 600 volt code type THHN or dual rated THHMI1-{ IN insulation: unless noted otherwise. Use type XHHW stranded copper wire for isolated power systems when indicated. B. Mnimum wire size is #12 AG. Where developed distance from panelboard to first outlet exceeds 65 feet, increase minimum size to #10 AWG. #12 and #10 AWG wire used for lighting, receptacles, and other non -vibrating equipment may be solid conductor. Al other wiring including wiring connecting to motors, transformers, and special grounding systems shall be stranded conductor. • D. Make splices required in #12 and #10 AG solid conductor wire with insulated "Scotdilok' connectors. E.. Make splices in all wire required to be stranded with approved crimp -on or bolted pressure connectors with snap -on or bolt -on insulated caps. F. - The voltage and temperature ratings of the connector insulator shall be at least equal to that required of the conductor insulation. • G. Furnish wire with color coding confonring to the following: Conductor ;: 250V or Less -' , Phase A Black WIRES AND CABLES 16120-1 I Phase B Red - Phase C Blue Neutral - - - - White Ground•Green Color coding may be solid or striped -colored insulation. Colored plastic tape may be used at terminations on #8 AWG and larger conductors with black insulation. 2.02 CONTROL AND SIGNAL WRING AND CONNECTORS: A Use stranded annealed copper conductors with insulation suitable for the purpose. B. For applications, 50 volts and greater, use #14 AWG minimum size conductor with 600 volt insulation and approved for the application. C. For power limited wiring and less than 50 volts, use #18 AWG minimum size conductor except for muEli-conductor cable recommended or required by the system manufacturer. D. For power limited wiring in air plenums, use type CLP, CMP or FPLR if not in conduit for signal, communication, or fire alarm, respectively. E For power limited wiring not in air plenums and used for fire alarm and detection systems, use type FPL ' F. Make splices required in #14 through #10 AWG wire with insulated "Scotdilok' connectors. G. Make slices required in #16 AWG and smaller wire with insulated crimp -on terminals screw connected to numbered terminal strips, or use approved cable connectors. , 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: I A Where required, use wire lubricating compound suitable for the wire insulation and conduit and that does not harden nor become adhesive. Do not use on wiring for isolated power systems. ' B. Use plastic tape that is flame retardant and cold and weather resistant equal to Scotch #33. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION: ' A Thoroughly dean conduit prior to pulling -in wires. Do not install wire until the raceway can be maintained in a dry condition. B. Use non-metallic pulling ropes attached to the conductors by means of woven basket grips or pulling eyes. Pull all conductors for a conduit run in together in such a manner as to avoid damage to the conductors, insulation, or conduit ' C. Neatly train and nest multiple conductors and cables in boxes and enclosures and hold in place with "tie -wraps." Where conductors teminate in panelboards, arrange conductors to be perpendicular or parallel to circuit breaker line-up. WIRES AND CABLES 16120-2 I H. Li BOXES AND ENCLOSURES SECTION 16130 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A Junction and pull boxes B. Outlet boxes I. C. Enclosures 1.02 RELATED WORK IA Section 16010 General Dectrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16140 Wring Devices D. Section 16190 Supporting Devices E Section 16195 Electrical Identification F. Section 16450 Grounding I1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on special enclosures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A In dry locations, provide boxes of code gauge steel with galvanized or baked enamel finish and with bolted or screw attached covers. B. In damp or wet locations, provide cast metal type FS or FD boxes with watertight gasketed covers. 2.02 OUTLET BOXES: A In dry locations, provide outlet boxes of code gauge galvanized steel. Install concealed outlet boxes so that work is flush with finished surfaces with no gaps. B. In unplastered masonry walls, use 3 1/2" deep solid or sectional type boxes with square comers. C. For empty conduit system outlets, provide 4" square boxes with single gang adapter ring unless noted otherwise. D. For surface mounted lighting fixtures and equipment, provide 4" octagonal boxes with rings except •where smaller boxes are required for. fixtures or equipment .I E Provide galvanized extension rings, plaster rings, fixture studs, and etc. as required by conditions. F. In damp or wet locations, provide cast metal type FS or FD boxes with gasketed covers and: watertight flip lids as required by device. • 2.03 ENCLOSURES: BOXES AND ENCLOSURES . . 16130-1 A Provide code gauge steel enclosures with baked enamel finish as manufactured by Hoffman to facilitate the installation of multiple components such as small motor starters, contactors, equipment controls, and eta --- -- - -- B. Furnish with hinged door and captive fasteners. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A Property size boxes in accordance with the NEC to accommodate the number and size of conductors and conduits entering the boxes. B. Size endows to adequately acconrnodate the equipment with space for wiring and maintenance. C. Provide junction or pull boxes to facilitate pulling or splicing of conductors so that no one conduit run will exceed the allowable bends of 360°. D. All boxes shall be accessible at all times. Provide approved access panels where required to maintain accessibility. E Close any unused knockouts or openings in boxes or enclosures with suitable caps or covers. END OF SECTION BOXES AND ENCLOSURES 16130-2 I WRING DEVICES SECTION 16140 .. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A Wall switches B. Receptacles C. Cover plates D. Power poles E . Lighting controls .. 1 1.02 RELATED WORK A Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16130 Boxes and Enclosures C. Section 16190 Supporting Devices D. Section 16195 Electrical Identification • 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on each type of device proposed for use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.01 WALL SWTCHES: A Provide single pole, double pole, three way, four way, and etc., toggle operated as indicated on the Drawings. B. Furnish switches of the mechanically silent type rated for 120 volts, 20 amperes, with fluorescentI. or incandescent loads. Use high capadty silver alloy for switdi contacts. C. Furnish switches with ivory handles unless shown otherwise. - D. Furnish Hubbell Specification Grade Series HBL 1220 switches with screw teminals and an • approved grounding device. 2.02 RECEPTACLES: A For general use convenience receptacles, use NEMA 5.158, back and side wire, equal to Hubbell Specification Grade Series 5252 for duplex and 5251 for simplex B. For ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) receptacles, use NEMA 5-15R, back and side wired with test and reset pushbuttons. Set trip point at 5 ma fault current Furnish device equal to Hubbell specification Grade Series GF 5252. C. For special purpose receptacles for appliances or other equipment, provide NEMA type compatible with plug configuration of appliance. Furnish Specification Grade or better. D. Furnish receptacles with ivory face plates unless shown otherwise. WRING DEVICES 16140-1 1 2.03 COVER PLATES: A Furnish cover plates equal to Sierra Series "Pplastic of color to match device face unless shown - otherwise. B. Gang groups of switches and/or receptades installed in multi -gang boxes under one continuous cover. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A Adjust switches and receptacles to mount flush and plumb. B. Provide cover plates that fit the devices securely and completely cover wall openings. Properly fill and patch oversized wall openings. C. For outlets of empty conduit systems such as telephone, television, computer teminals, and etc., provide cover plates compatible with outlet and cable/ onnedor to be installed. Provide blank cover plates on all unused outlets. END OF SECTION a WRING DEVICES 16140-2 • DISCONNECT SWITCHES SECTION 16170 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 VbORK INCLUDED: A Fused and non -fused disconnect switches 1.02 RELATED \ RK A Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements • B. Section 16190 Supporting Devices C. Section 16195 Electrical Identification D. Section 16450 Grounding I I I I [I I I I I 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturer's data sheets on each type of disconnect switch proposed for use. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 DISCONNECT SWTCHES: A For applications requiring 30-1200 amperes rating or for any two or three pole application, provide NEMA type "HD' (heavy duty) horsepower rated disconnects with enclosures suitable for the applications, such as NEMA 3R for outdoor installations. 1. Provide interlock to prevent door operating with switch in "ON' position. 2. Furnish with grounding block 3. Provide for padlocking switch in "OFF' position. 4. Furnish with terminals UL listed for 75°C. wires. 5. Furnish with factory baked enamel finish. B. For fractional horsepower 120 volt motors with integral overload protection, as well as other 120 volt equipment protected at 20 amperes or less, use specification grade single pole switch in outlet • box with minimum ratings as follows: • 1. Horsepower rated for one horsepower 2. 120/277 AC volts 3. 20 amperes PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A. Provide disconnect switch for each fixed appliance or motor load indicated on the Drawings or required by the NEC. Install switch in sight of and within 50 feet maximum of equipment it serves. B. Generally, install 30 ampere or more rated switches with the top 5 feet above floor or grade. C. • Install 20 ampere rated switches with center 4 feet above floor. DISCONNECT SNITCHES 16170-1 I SUPPORTING DEVICES SECTION 16190 PART 1 - - GENERAL 1.01 VWRK INCLUDED: • A Anchors B. Hangers and supports 1.02 RELATED WORK A Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 161306 xesand Enclosures PART 2 - PRODUCTS: 2.01 ANCHORS: • A Size anchors for minimum safety factor of two times recommended load. Use only corrosion resistant materials. B. In new concrete, use malleable iron inserts set prior to pouring concrete. C. In a)dsting.concrete or solid masonry, use Phillips "Redhead" expansion shields or Ecen self drilling expansion shields. Use power driven fasteners only for light loads and with specific • approval D. In hollow masonry, use steel toggle bolts. E On structural steel, use approved beam damps or direct weld. F. In wood, use wood screws or lag screws or through -bolt with nuts and washers. G. In sheet metal, use self tapping sheet metal screws or machine bolts with washers and nuts. H. In bar joists, use threaded hanger rod between bottom angles secured with washers and nuts. 2.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A I For multiple conduit runs, use trapeze hangers consisting of P-1000 "Unistrut" channels with pipe damps and steel hanger rods where suspended. Anchor "Unistrut" to wall where multiple runs are wall mounted. B. Support individual conduits with malleable iron one -hole conduit dams, steel two -hole pipe straps, or split ring steel conduit damps. Wre, perforated iron strap, or steel one -hole damps will not be acceptable. C. For free standing boxes and enclosures, provide steel angle frame constructed to prevent any • strain on conduits entering box' SUPPORTING DEVICES . 16190-1 . I D. Support conduit through floors with steel riser damps. E Support conduit -on -flat roofs with 4'4'5Q redwood blocks with steel straps loosely damped to conduit, or a pipe supporting assembly approved by the roofing manufacturer. F. Support outlet boxes oocuming in lay -in ceilings with approved bar hangers damped to ceiling grid to prevent any weight from bearing on ceiling tile. G. Where receptacles or multi -gang outlet boxes occur in metal stud walls, provide "caddy bar" hanger ' spanned between studs with each outlet box securely bolted to bar hanger. Single outlet boxes may be attached to the steel stud with approved spring steel brackets. H. Support lighting fixtures and other equipment located in lay -in ceilings with #12 gauge galvanized steel hanger wire attached to opposite comers of fixtures. I. Support conductors in vertical raceways with approved split -wedge type cable supports. Support multiple conductors with approved cable damps and "tie -wraps." PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A Install anchors in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations but sized to accommodate at least twice the actual load. Oversized holes that may weaken the installation will not be acceptable. B. Support all boxes and equipment enclosures directly by the building structure indepenkfentiy of the conduit C. Support conduit independently by the building structure at intervals complying with the NEC. Do not support conduit from piping, ductwork, or suspended ceiling hangers. D. Support conduit without sagging to provide drainage of condensation E Permanently and securely support conduit, boxes, and enclosures before installing any wiring. END OF SEC11ON I I [] I SUPPORTING DEVICES 16190-2 I ELECTRICAL -IDENTIFICATION SECTION 16195 PART 1 - GENERAL :.I 1.01 WORK INCLUDEa A Equipment nameplates - B. Name tags C. Grant directories D. Self -adhering labels E Wre markers 1.02 RELATED WORK ' A Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit for approval, Manufacturer's data sheets on each manufactured identifying device. B. Submit for approval; a schedule of nameplates to be affixed to each item. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A Approved manufacturers are Seton and Brady. PART 2 - PRODUCTS • 2.01 NAMEPLATES: A Identify each major component and controller (except light switches) as it is named on the Drawings with engraved nameplates made from laminated plastic sheets equal to Seton Style 2060. 1. Furnish with white letters on black background except for other color coded requirements. 2. Provide appropriate size nameplates with information easily readable. Generally, furnish 3/4" high nameplates with 3/8" letters for major equipment such as switchboards, panelboards, transformers; and 1/2" high nameplates with 1/4" letters for minor equipment such as disconnect switches, contactors, starters, and etc. 2.02 NAMETAGS: A Identify each outlet box of empty conduit system by affixing a write -on vinyl narretag equal to Seton Style PTOB to each end of pull wire installed in each conduit Indicate purpose of empty outlet box such as "telephone" with location of pull wire term nation such as "main teminal board." B. Identify conductors tertinated injunction box or outlet box intended for future connection. Provide write -on vinyl nametags indicating panelboard and circuit number or location of source. - 2.03 GRCUIT DIRECTORIE S. fl ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICA71ON 16195-1 I A Fill out dreuit directory cards for cardholder slots inside panelboard doors. Provide typewritten directory indicating function and location served for each circuit used.Provide updated directory for panels which loads -have been changed during this project , B. Identify undesignated spare circuit breakers by writing the word "spare" in soft penal in the blank for that circuit number. Leave blank the description line for uninstalled circuit breakers (spaces). ' C. Identify circuits feeding battery backup emergency or exit lighting fixtures. 2.04 LABELS: , A Identify each junction box and conduit exposed in equipment roorrs or accessible above lay -in ceilings or behind access doors with permanent self -adhering orange labels equal to Seton Opti-Code. . B. Indicate voltage Bass such as "1201208 volts" or the type of signal cable installed therein such as 'telephone." 2.05 WIRE MARKERS: A Provide permanent self adhesive wire markers on each conductor in panelboards or other equipment enclosures. B. Indicate the circuit number or terminal number to which the wire is connected. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A Attach nameplates with approved adhesive on plastic surfaces and factory baked enameled surfaces only. Attach nameplates with proper screws on all other surfaces. B. Attach nametags to pull wires or conductors with nylon cord or other approved method. C. Install typewritten circuit directories in appropriate card slots. D. Install -identifying labels on conduit where it enters or leaves a wall or floor and at other intervals not to exceed 20 feet. E Install wire markers so that information is easily visible. END OF SECTION 1 ELECT CAL IDEMIFlCATION 16195-2 I I GROUNDING SECTION 16450 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A Equipment grounding and bonding • B. System grounding . 1.02 RELATED WORK I. A Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements •B. Section 16110 Raceways C. Section 16120 1Mres and Cables ' D. Section 16130 Boxes and Enclosures 1.03 SUBMITTALS: ' A Submit certified test report of grounding electrode resistance. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING WIRES: A Provide insulated grounding conductors and jumpers sized in accordance with the NEC but no ' smaller than #12 AVG. Identify with continuous green insulation or with green tape at each termination. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: IA Bond the entire metal raceway system including conduit, boxes, enclosures, equipment frames, motor housings, and etc. System to be mechanically and electrically continuous throughout installation. B. Bond grounding conductor to conduit at the entrance and exit from that conduit containing only the grounding conductor. . C. •• Install grounding jumper from connector bushings to equipment grounding bars. Bond grounding bars and lugs to housing, except where an isolated ground is indicated. D. H Install separate grounding conductor in all raceway systems. E Bond the grounding wires to each box and enclosure through which they pass, except where an • isolated ground is indicated. , . F Install grounding electrode in accordance with the NEC. Prior to connecting to system, measure I. ground resistance under "normal dry weather" conditions. If the electrode to ground resistance is not less than 25 ohms, install additional grounding electrodes as required by the NEC to achieve specified nvnimum resistance. GROUNDING 16450-1. I CIRCUIT BREAKER LIGHTING PANELBOARDS, 240 VAC MAX. SECTION 16471 PART 1 - GENERAL - ' 1.01WORK INCLUDED: A Branch circuit panelboards rated 400 amperes or less B. Circuit breakers and accessories 1.02 RELATED VVDRK A Section 16010 Electrical Requirements B., Section 16190 Supporting Devices I. C. Section 16195 i lectrical Identification D. Section 16450 Grounding • 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submit Manufacturer's data sheets for each panelboard and each type of circuit breaker proposed for use. Submit schedule of engraved name plates and panelboard circuit directories. 1.04 . QUALITY ASSURANCE I. A Approved Manufacturer's are Square D, ITE, GE and Cutler -Hammer for comparable and competitive product lines as applicable. Additions to existing panelboards shall be made with • circuit breakers and accessories from the same manufacturer as the edsting panelboard. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELBOARDS: A Furnish with distributed phase sequence type bussing with approved plating. Provide plug -on or bolt -on circuit breaker connections as scheduled on the Drawings. B. Furnish with wiring temronals UL listed for 75°C and for copper wire. C. Endose bus assembly in galvanized steel cabinet of required gauge and gutter sizes. Paint the outside of surface mounted cabinets to match the fronts. I II I C t I I I • D. Provide "dead front' Construction of code gauge steel with flush doors, concealed hinges, and flush cylinder tumbler -type locks. Key all panelboard locks in the building alike and also key like any existing panelboards where possible. E. For surface mounted cabinets, provide fronts of same size as the cabinets. For recessed cabinets, provide oversized fronts to completely cover wall openings. F. Provide solid neutral terminal block that is isolated from the cabinet unless used for a service entrancepanelboard. G. . Provide a grounding terminal block that is bonded to the cabinet unless used for an isolated grounded panelboard. CIRCUIT BREAKERS LIGHTING PANELBOARDS 16471.-I I I H. Furnish panelboards with either a main breaker (MB) or main lugs only (MLO) as scheduled on the Drawings. ' I. Provide molded case circuit breakers of quid< -make, quick -break, thermal -magnetic type with trip indication and connron.trip on all rnulti-pole breakers. Handle ties on multi -pole breakers will not be accepted. Were required, provide the following special breakers: 1. UL labeled '&fD' (switching duty) on breakers used for switching. ' 2. UL Class A ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) types where ground fault protection is required. - 3. Current lirting types with test button and interrupting rating of 200,000 amperes RMS , syrmietrical for use as main breaker for series connected rating applications. J. Rate eadi panelboard in accordance with UL Standard 67 for the integrated equipment short circuit rating indicated on the panel sdhedules. Were a Standard MB or MLO is provided, each branch breaker shall have the required interrupting capacity (AIC). At the Contractor's option, a current limiting type main breaker may be provided with lower rated AJC brands breakers as long as the UL recognized combinations of the series connected interrupting ratings meet the required integrated equipment short circuit rating indicated on the panel schedules. K Panelboards shall be equal to Square D type NQOD with circuit breaker types being Q0, Q1, Q2, Q4, IF, IK or II as applicable. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION: A Mount panelboards with the top 6 feet above finished floor. B. Support and identify as specified in "Related WbrK', Paragraph 1.02 contained herein. END OF SECTION ' I I I I I CIRCUIT BREAKERS LIGHTING PANEI9OARDS 16471-2 I I UGHITNG FIXTURES SECTION 16510 1 PARTI-GENERAL • 1 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A V brk under this section includes furnishing and installing lighting fixtures, lamps, and accessories. The term "fixtures" in this section shall pertain to lighting fixtures. 1.02 RELATED W ORK IA Section 16010 General Electrical Requirements B. Section 16190 Supporting Devices ' 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A Submt manufacturer's data sheets complete with dimensions, mounting accessories, and photometric data for each type of fixture and lamp combination proposed for use. Indude total connected fixture watts and power factor. • PART 2 - PRODUCTS • .' 2.01 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES: i. -• A Fixture housings shall be constructed in a manner to prevent sagging or warping. Housing, trim, It and lens frame shall be true, straight, and parallel as designed. Interior light reflective finishes shall be white baked enamel with a minimum reflectance of 90%. Hinged doors on ceiling mounted fixtures shall operate smoothly without binding, and latches shall function easily without the use of I. tools. All.fixtures shall be sealed or gasketed to prevent light leaks. Lenses shall be fom-ed from 100% virgin acrylic with prismatic pattern unless noted otherwise. Lenses and louvers shall exactly fit the frame, and shall exhibit no signs of warping or sagging. I. B. . Ballasts shall be certified by ETL and carry the CBM label, and shall be high power factor with UL listing. Ballasts shall be sound rated "A". Provide single ballast for 1, 2,3, or 4 lamp fixtures. Provide high efficiency low interference electronic ballasts unless shown otherwise. Ballasts shall I. operate reliably in ambient temperatures from 50-100°F and shall contain automatic. reset thermal protection. Ballasts located in unheated spaces or outside shall operate reliably down to 0°F. Power factor shall be no less than 90%. IC. Lamps shall be Sylvania, G.E., or Westinghouse. Fluorescent lamps shall be high effidency,T8, color corrected, rapid start, unless noted otherwise. All lamps shall meet efficiency standards set forth in the National Energy Policy Ad of 1992. D. Wring within the fixture shall have insulation suitable for the voltage, current, and temperature to which the conductors will be subjected. Lamp sockets shall conform to the applicable requirements of UL 542. E Surface mounted fixtures shall be UL listed for mounting directly to low density ceilings. Fixtures shall be furnished with hangers, stems, or spacers as required or as noted on the Drawings. All fixtures installed in dam or wet locations shall be approved and listed as such. LIGHTING FIXTURES •16510..1 2.02 INCANDESCENT FIXTURES: A Fixture construction, including wiring, shall be in accordance with UL Standards and the NEC. Al - recessed fixtures shall be provided with an automatic reset thermal protection device and shall be UL listed as type "NON-I.C.'. Recessed fixtures installed where insulation is within three Indies of housing shall be UL listed as type "I.C.'. Recessed fixtures shall be pre -wired to a junction box approvedfor through wiring and shall include any bar hangers, mounting accessories, trim rings, etc. required to complete the installation. Al fixtures installed in damp or wet locations shall be approved and listed as such. B. Incandescent lamps shall be suitable for the fixtures in which they are installed. Reflector lamps shall have beam patterns as scheduled on the Drawings. Fixtures installed in a manner that will make lamp replacement inconvenient shall be furnished with extended service lamps or lamps with the longest projected life available. Al lamps shall meet the efficiency standards set forth in the National Energy Policy Act of 1992. 2.03 H.I.D. FIXTURES: A Fixture construction, including wiring, shall be in accordance with UL Standards and the NEC. All outdoor fixtures shall be listed as suitable for wet locations and shall include all mounting accessories, poles, anchor bolts, brackets, and concrete bases for pole mounted fixtures where indicated or required. B. Ballasts shall be CWA type capable of reliable starting down to -20°F and shall have a power factor of 0.9 or greater. PART 3 - EXECUTION ' 3.01 INSTALLATION: A The Contractor shall study the finished conditions and shall furnish fixtures compatible with the type ' of ceiling in which they are to be installed including all required mounting accessories. The Contractor shall relocate any fixture which, after installation, is found to interfere with other equipment or is otherwise located to conflict with proper performance as intended. B. Final Wring connections to fixtures located in lay -in ceilings shall be through Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC). Lay -in fluorescent fixtures shall be supported at all four corners directly from the structure above with #12 AV'G galvanized steel hanger wire. Hanger wires may be attached to the fixture or to the ceiling T -bar grid system at the fixture comers. Where hanger wires are attached to the T -bar grid, provide approved dips to attach fixture to the grid. Recessed incandescent fixtures installed in lay -in ceilings shall be provided with bar hangers attached to the T -bar grid and supported with a ninimum of two #12 AWG galvanized steel hanger wires and shall support fixture with no force on the ceiling panels. Trim rings shall completely cover openings in ceiling panels. Exposed sides of surface mounted fixtures shall have no visible knock -out indentations. 3.02 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING: A Upon completion of the work, thoroughly dean and polish all fixtures inside and out, and dean all 1 lamps. Adjustable fixtures shall be carefully aimed and positioned in the presence of the Architect. END OF SECTION LIGHTING FIXTURES 16510-2 I 1]